TruthArchive.ai - Tweets Saved By @HarrisonHSmith

Saved - February 13, 2026 at 6:02 AM
reSee.it AI Summary
I argue Israel’s elite and their global collaborators use the Gaza conflict as a historic opportunity to seize total control over America and the West, outlining plans to wage “Information Warfare” on America—hear their own words here: https://t.co/lZzO0jgH3D

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

⚡️THE EIGHTH FRONT⚡️ Israel’s War On Reality For the Israeli elite and their global collaborators, the Gaza conflict has become a historic opportunity to seize total control over America and the West Hear in their own words the plan to wage “Information Warfare” on America: https://t.co/lZzO0jgH3D

Saved - February 4, 2026 at 9:22 PM
reSee.it AI Summary
I might get killed for posting this, so please watch it. Friends criticize me for watermarking; I don’t need credit, just want the information out there—the Infowars way. I make this because it’s fun and I’m paid by Infowars. If you want to support me, subscribe to moonbaselive or buy via my affiliate link. Others say do it; I think Jews and non-Jews alike should recognize these manipulative tyrants. I fear being sold to Larry Ellison. My videos should be downloadable, but settings changed; I can't fix that now, though there are tools.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

I might get killed for posting this, the least you could do is watch it. https://t.co/mAV728tlvv

Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 asserts that another revolution is coming, aiming to achieve a broader peace, describing Israel’s conflict as an eight-front war—Jews against Rome, with the United States as the new Rome—and stating that Rome and Jerusalem clashed over values, a tragedy the Jews lost but must win next time. Speaker 1 adds that Jews against Rome have shifted from defense to offense. Speaker 2 notes that weapons evolve and swords do not work today, implying the need for new tools; Speaker 1 emphasizes that the battle requires the genius that created Apollo, pagers, and penetrated Hezbollah to prepare for this fight. Speaker 2 argues the most important battlefields are social media, with the next war to be decided online as much as offline. Speaker 0 designates this as the eighth front: the disinformation campaign. Speaker 3 and Speaker 0 discuss the scale of online manipulation, claiming billions of dollars are invested in the information battlefield by NGOs and governments, and asserting that money drives the effort. Speaker 6 and Speaker 7 describe policies to prohibit harmful stereotypes about Jews and to deplatform those who propagate them; they claim monitoring online spaces, including social media, messaging apps, video games, and cryptocurrency, and sharing intelligence with the FBI. Speaker 7 and others reference a spectrum of platforms and formats—podcasts, short-form video, Wikipedia, LLMs—and condemn antisemitism online, including “Hitler admires, Stalin admires, Jew haters,” while insisting on countermeasures. Speaker 8 and Speaker 9 discuss TikTok as a focal point, asserting that for every thirty minutes spent on TikTok, users become 17% more antisemitic, with carnage imagery from Gaza influencing perceptions; there is a stated problem with TikTok shaping youth attitudes. Speaker 10 and Speaker 6 describe redefining terms like Zionist as a proxy for Jews and Israelis, framing such language as hate speech; Speaker 11 indicates a desire for counterintelligence and critiques current curriculum, while Speaker 1 notes co-authoring Sunday school curricula with the ADL. Speaker 11 and Speaker 6 discuss developing technology to train LLMs and to combat antisemitism, with collaboration announced with OpenAI, Alphabet, Anthropic, Meta, and Microsoft; Speaker 10 notes a network of two dozen Jewish organizations feeding intelligence. Speaker 1 outlines a program to measure, monitor, and disrupt extremist content, with a full-time team of 40 analysts; Speaker 12 mentions monitoring campuses, digital networks, activist groups, and public officials, and that PhDs and academics support the effort. Speaker 13 and Speaker 14 discuss unifying data into a single platform, investing in intelligence, and mobilizing organizations to share information and fight common enemies; Speaker 12 emphasizes constant recording and reporting, aiming to mobilize allies. Speaker 15 and Speaker 9 reflect harsh strategies against antisemitism, including deportation and criminal measures, while Speaker 9 notes threats against those who push antisemitic conspiracy theories. Speaker 16–17 recount legal actions against antisemitic rhetoric and antisemitism lawsuits; Speaker 18 describes the J7 diaspora network meeting to share information and best practices; Speaker 19–20 advocate reform of education and even limiting the First Amendment to protect it, arguing for control over speech. Speaker 3 and Speaker 20 discuss enforcement and punishment for anti-Israel or antisemitic speech; Speaker 1 highlights training 20,000 officers annually in extremism and hate via partnerships with law enforcement going back to the FBI’s origins. Speaker 29 calls opponents “a small bunch of wannabe Nazis” and asserts intent to pursue justice; Speaker 0 closes by proclaiming that history remembers action, not denial of hatred, and that we are on the cusp of a new age where technology’s powerful benefits can drive positive outcomes in agriculture, health, transportation, and other fields, enabling Israel to become a primary power rather than a secondary one.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I think there's another revolution coming. I tend to steer it along with the the achievement of a broader peace. When history is within reach So what Israel is fighting here is not merely a seven front war, but an eight front war. For the Jews against Rome. Rome and Jerusalem clashed over values with a great tragedy for the Jewish people. But we lost that. We have to win the next one. But the new Rome, The United States, Speaker 1: Jews against Rome. We stopped playing defense and have moved to offense. Speaker 2: The the weapons change over time. You can't fight today with the swords. That doesn't work very Speaker 1: But we need the kind of genius that manufactured Apollo gold pagers and infiltrated Hezbollah for over a decade to prepare for this battle. Speaker 2: But we have to fight with the weapons that apply to the battlefields in which we're engaged, and the most important ones are on social media. Speaker 1: Because the next war will be decided based on how Israel and its allies perform online as much as offline. Speaker 0: This is the eighth front, the disinformation campaign. Speaker 3: It is actually this eighth are going to see people people Speaker 0: who Speaker 1: that it. Speaker 2: A lot of this is done with money. Speaker 3: Invested billions and billions of dollars in the information battlefield. Speaker 2: Money of NGOs, vast. Money of governments, faster. Speaker 6: We prohibit harmful stereotypes about Jewish people such as claims that Jews control financial, political, or media institutions. Speaker 7: You're damn right. We're gonna cancel them and deplatform them. Speaker 1: We monitor them online, social media, messaging apps, video games, cryptocurrency. Speaker 7: Hitler admires, Stalin admires, Jew haters. Speaker 1: Podcasts, short form video, Wikipedia, LLM. Speaker 7: American haters, Churchill haters. Speaker 1: We monitor these people, and we share the intelligence with the FBI. Speaker 7: You think your stupid little podcast is gonna change the world like hell it is. Speaker 0: Social media, this is the new battlefield. Speaker 7: You don't get to wrap your psychotic, mental, unhinged Nazi. Speaker 6: We do not allow holocaust denial and distortion. Speaker 2: And the most important purchase that is going on right now is TikTok. TikTok. TikTok number one. Speaker 8: For every thirty minutes that someone watches TikTok, they become 17% more antisemitics. So Speaker 9: you have Speaker 8: TikTok just smashing our young people's brains all day long with video of carnage in Gaza. Speaker 9: Really have a TikTok problem. Speaker 8: Because anything that we try to say to them, they are hearing it through this wall of carnage, and I sound obscene. Speaker 1: Anti Zionism is just Jew hatred. We made a change. Speaker 6: We updated our policies. Speaker 10: To designate the use of the term Zionist. Speaker 6: To recognize that the term Zionist. Speaker 10: As a proxy for a protected attribute. Speaker 6: Can be used as a proxy for Jews and Israelis. Speaker 10: As hate speech. Speaker 11: Why can't Israel be be doing some sort of, you know, counterintelligence? Speaker 1: Right now, the ADL is co writing Sunday school curriculum. Speaker 11: Information warfare like this. Speaker 1: It's building the technology to train the LLMs more effectively. Speaker 11: Like, psychological operations in America. Speaker 6: As part of a robust framework to combat antisemitism, we have industry leading policies designed with the safety of the Jewish community in mind. Speaker 3: You're right. We we control the media. So what are you gonna do about it? Are you gonna bitch on Twitter? Like, okay. Meanwhile, we're gonna control more of the media. Speaker 1: And working with OpenAI, with Alphabet, with Anthropic, with Meta, with Microsoft, we are working with them now to train the LLMs. Speaker 10: We also have, I think, over two dozen Jewish organizations that are constantly feeding us intelligence and information. Speaker 1: So number one, we measure and track. Number two, we monitor and disrupt. We have a whole apparatus. I have 40 analysts working full time, seven days a week, twenty four hours a day, monitoring extremists. Speaker 12: Monitoring campuses, digital networks, activist groups, and public officials. Speaker 1: We have several PhDs on staff. We have a network of academics and scholars we work with around the country. Speaker 0: I've talked to, the leaders of AI in the world, you you ask yourself, there's so many blessings in this, but there could be a curse. Speaker 13: First thing a country needs to do is to unify all of their data so it can be consumed and used by the AI model. Speaker 14: We need to invest in intelligence to understand have who are ir own. And we And to Speaker 13: do take all of your health care data, your diagnostic data, your genomic data. We have to take all of this data we have in our country and move it into a single, if you will, unified data platform. Speaker 14: Once we have all this information, we need to empower and mobilize an ecosystem of many organizations that we can incentivize them to work together, to share, and to fight against our common enemies. Speaker 12: Mobilizing millions of people, of allies that are quietly by our side. Speaker 13: Citizens will be on their best behavior because we're constantly recording and reporting everything that's going on. Speaker 15: You know, anti Semis, most of these people running around, we're not gonna win their hearts and minds because they don't have hearts and they don't have minds. So, you know, how are we gonna there's no reason to think we're ever gonna convince them, but we can deport them. We can put them in jail. We can make their lives miserable. We can cut off their funding. Speaker 9: We've got all these contra like, conspiracy theorists online going on on on about how you know if you try and say anything, if you try and do anything against Jews, they're gonna come after you. Speaker 12: We have featured more than 1,000 anti Semites. Speaker 9: And they're gonna destroy you and take away your business and therefore you have to be really, really scared. Speaker 12: These Jew haters have faced real consequences including firings, suspensions and expulsions. And it's kind of starting to come true. We will shine a light on you that will follow you for the rest of your life. When you look for a job, when you look for a spouse, when you look for a nanny, when you look for anything. Speaker 6: And I love that. I love it. We remove hate speech against Zionists when these harmful stereotypes about Jews are invoked. Speaker 1: In the past twelve months, ADL has filed more lawsuits than in the prior one hundred and twelve years. Speaker 16: Over the weekend, I received concerning news that I was being sued for $5,000,000 Speaker 17: Vicious communist, racist, Jew hating, Israel bashing monster. Speaker 16: Defendant frequently posts anti Israel rhetoric accusing Israel of controlling The United States and its politicians. Speaker 17: We at ZOA will fight these dangerous and monstrous lies with all of our hearts and souls. No appeasement, no conciliation, only a war against this racist hatred of the Jewish people. Speaker 12: When there is a war, it doesn't matter who your enemy is. You need to destroy their offspring to prevent them from creating more offspring. Speaker 0: What you're trying to do is you wanna corral your victim, but in fact, your countries are the victim. So you dehumanize a group of people in human society, and you prepare them for the kill, for the butchery. Speaker 15: A government can do in two months more than any organization can do in its lifetime. Speaker 18: The j seven is comprised of the seven largest diaspora communities. We meet every other week via Zoom, to share information, to share best practices. Speaker 1: And we're running everything all the time from focus groups to attitudinal surveys to like randomized controlled trials to identify what interventions work most effectively. Speaker 18: Finally, we have meetings that are some off the record, some on the record with world leaders in which we share our community's concerns, and call for action. Speaker 19: The entire education system in this country, from k to 12 and colleges, must be reformed. Speaker 20: But it's time to limit the first amendment in order to protect it. Speaker 3: The way we solve antisemitism is pretty goddamn simple. Speaker 20: Take control over what they are saying. Speaker 3: Send their ass to jail. It's not complicated. Speaker 20: And quickly before it's too late. Speaker 1: We're monitoring political Islamists and Christian nationalists, all of them. And then we train. We're the largest trainer of law enforcement in America. Extremism hate. We train 20,000 officers every year. Speaker 9: Try that again. We're here Speaker 10: because of those comments made online about the the. DOC. Speaker 1: We deeply value our partnership with law enforcement. We've been working with them literally since the FBI was founded in the nineteen thirties. Speaker 21: Alright. I think so. Is that your account? Speaker 22: That guy who consistently calls for the death of all Palestinians. Mhmm. That can probably incite somebody to do something radical. That's why we're here to talk about, to I would think to refrain from posting things like that. Speaker 5: We are gonna have a whole division within the office of the special envoy to combat antisemitism that is going to work on technology. Speaker 3: We must take all of our technological expertise and all of our available resources to develop methods to launch and win a significant counter information campaign. Speaker 0: The products of our, you know, of our technical capacities and sometimes technical and intelligence genius, and we're happy to do it. Speaker 5: The office is going to be revamped entirely to be one of the highest profile offices in the state department. Speaker 19: Because it's not working. Too many young people have never heard of the Holocaust. Speaker 23: The only solution right now is for the governments to decide that all the Jews are a protected minority. That means that the governments will be obliged to provide the security. Upgrades to security. Jewish community shouldn't have to be Speaker 24: paying for it. We have to pay for our own armed guards? Are you serious? Speaker 25: To find institutions, culture, and that everybody in Europe will learn about the Jewish contribution and why they should cherish Jewish presence. Speaker 24: All your synagogue, all your shul, all paid for. Everything everything that you need is paid for. I, for one, as a Jewish leader, will no longer talk about antisemitism in isolation from Israel. It's what we want immediately if you ask any Jew. What if what do you want? What do you want? No more protests. No more protests. Speaker 26: I'm not an antisemite. I just don't like the government of Bibi Netanyahu. No. You're a Jew hater. Speaker 3: Would a group be banned if it accuses Israel of genocide or apartheid? Speaker 8: If those criteria are satisfied, then that is the case. Speaker 19: Any candidate running for a seat in this building, whether for congress or senate, we will target them as they target us. Accordingly, we will start a fund to help their opponents. Speaker 4: Beginning already in q one, hedge funds get set up in Israel so we can become another capital finance. I'll argue, we will beat London within a short decade as a second capital of finance. It's gonna be New York as a gateway to America, Hong Kong a gateway to China, Dubai a gateway to Southeast Asia, Israel and is a gateway to other parts of the world. Speaker 23: So we heard earlier about a mission, a goal to bring a million immigrants to Israel. Speaker 5: History has proven that when a country starts with allowing antisemitism, the results are not kind to that country. Speaker 27: I wanna make a warning to somebody else, and that's American Gentiles. The minute your country is taken over by antisemitism, the minute you start to be a country that's not blessing Israel but cursing Israel, you have begun the process of shrinking away from your empire. Speaker 4: And you can decide. You can stay here in New York in a declining empire, or you can come to Israel, which is part of the rising middle of the world, which is moving south and east. That's what I encourage you to do. Speaker 21: Our faith in the American project itself has been shaken. The only serious answer to this challenge is to believe again that being Jewish is the most important thing in the world. Speaker 27: When we're kicked out of America and America, the whole thing is done, the whole American Jews project project is done, we're gonna be fine. Speaker 21: For decades, American society allowed Jews to live normal lives. This was a pleasant holiday from our destiny. The holiday is Speaker 28: Western culture that stands against the Jews is going down. The West will survive only if it decides to love itself and if it decides to love us, the Jewish people. Speaker 21: The Jewish people are not normal. We never really were. Speaker 24: And now that Israel has turned the entire geopolitical situation on its head, our job in the diaspora is to leverage those wins and win here. Due to our enemies here, what Israel did to its enemies there. Speaker 0: And to the world, I say this, history will not remember those who merely denounced hatred in language. History will remember those who acted. Speaker 29: This is a small bunch of wannabe Nazis. That's what they are. Speaker 0: Antisemitism is pure evil. Speaker 29: If we have to hunt you down the way they hunted down Nazis for decades, we will find your identities. We will find you. We will achieve justice. Speaker 0: I think we're at the cusp of a new age because I think that we will achieve the expansion of peace. I think that we are in a new age because I think that the possibilities of technology with their risks, especially in AI, but with their positive benefits are enormous in every field. I mean, agriculture to health to transportation to and I think that we are together. We can lead this and become not a secondary power, but a primary power.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

A lot of my friends and family are criticizing me for not watermarking this video better. 🤣 Its ok, I don't need credit, I just want the information out there. It's the Infowars way. Take the video, upload it yourself, cut it up, whatever you want, just spread the truth! I made this because it was fun to make this. I get to do stuff like this because I get a salary from Infowars. If you want to support me, subscribe to @moonbaselive, or buy something through my affiliate link! thealexjonesstore.com/harrison

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

@DewsNewz They really gotta stop declaring war on everyone.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

@TheRealDonerr Do it.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

@ViKu1111 🎯🎯🎯 I think Jews and Non-Jews alike need to recognize what these manipulative, vicious tyrants are trying to do, and reject it!

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

@IamNottSurely I'm gonna get sold to Larry Ellison.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

@pnwguerrilla I thought I did, all my videos are supposed to be downloadable, but I guess the settings got changed at some point. I can't go back and make it downloadable at this point, unfortunately, but there are lots of tools out there you can use.

Saved - January 31, 2026 at 12:20 AM
reSee.it AI Summary
HarrisonHSmith argues the Iranian regime’s existence keeps the US safe; he predicts destroying Iran will elevate Israel to global power and enable it to undermine the US, including driving antisemitic pogroms to force the diaspora to the Middle East, accusing “the Jewish elite” of such a plan. Celine672199 counters that Jews have conspired for 3000 years and advocates forgiveness and moving on, saying it is not their religious practice.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

The continuing existence of the Iranian Regime is the only thing keeping America from being destroyed. Once Iran is destroyed (the "Expansion of Peace"), Israel will rise to Primary Power status on the world stage, they will no longer require America to do their fighting for them, and they will start deconstructing America, starting with antisemitic pogroms to drive the diaspora to the Mideast. This is what the Jewish elite are saying their plan is.

Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 argues we are at the cusp of a new age and will achieve the expansion of peace, stating that together we can lead this and become not a secondary power, but a primary power in the advance of humanity. Speaker 1 emphasizes living in a time of miracles and unprecedented opportunities, and identifies the challenge as leveraging Israel's successes into our successes and victories here because we are one people. They say Israel's weakness is ours and Israel's strength is ours, and that now Israel has turned the entire geopolitical situation on its head, so the diaspora must leverage those wins and win here. Speaker 2 notes, in response, to skip Miami and go straight to Israel if leaving New York. They describe an Israeli economy undergoing a transformation, not only high-tech-led but with a built finance sector. They mention new tax laws and regulatory relaxation, with hedge funds set up in Israel in Q1 so Israel can become another capital of finance, potentially beating London within a short decade. They describe Israel as a gateway to the world: New York as a gateway to America, Hong Kong to China, Dubai to Southeast Asia, and IMEC running through Israel, with opportunities being limitless. They forecast building a trillion-dollar economy over the next decade and present a choice: stay in New York in a declining empire or come to Israel, which is part of the rising middle of the world moving south and east. Speaker 3 recalls a mission to bring a million immigrants to Israel, stating the need for those million olim to maintain Israel’s demographic balance, noting that the Soviet Jews who came saved the country and that it is necessary to save the country again. Speaker 4 reflects on the transformation of the American Jewish condition over the past two years and the anxiety over rising antisemitism. They contend that the only serious answer is to believe again that being Jewish is the most important thing in the world and in our lives, arguing that American society allowed Jews to live normal lives for decades, which was a pleasant holiday from destiny, but the holiday is over. They urge not lamenting fate but heeding the summons, shedding Jewish stars or wearing them with purpose, and embracing the truth that the Jewish people are not normal, never really were. They call for a great Jewish awakening to continue in strength.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I think we're at the cusp of a new age because I think that we will achieve the expansion of peace. And I think that we are together. We can lead this and become not a secondary power, but a primary power in the advance of humanity. Speaker 1: And so we are living in a time of miracles and unprecedented opportunities. And the challenge for us here, and with this all in because this is this is key. The challenge for us here is to leverage Israel's successes into our successes and our victories here because we are one people. Israel's weakness is ours and Israel's strength is ours. And now that Israel has turned the entire geopolitical situation on its head, our job in the diaspora is to leverage those wins and win here. Due to our enemies here, what Israel did to its enemies there, and on that, the IAC is focused. Speaker 2: So just to pick up on that, what I'll tell everybody is skip Miami. If you're leaving New York, just come straight to Israel. But the Israeli economy is gonna go through a transformation now. It's not only gonna be high-tech led. We're gonna build a finance sector in Israel. That's the first thing that's gonna happen. There's new tax laws and regulatory relaxation that's gonna happen. And you're gonna see beginning already in q one, hedge funds get set up in Israel so we can become another capital finance. I'll argue, we will beat London within a short decade as a second capital of finance. We hope so. It's gonna be it's gonna be it's gonna be New York as a gateway to America, Hong Kong a gateway to China, Dubai a gateway to the Southeast Asia, and Israel as a gateway to other parts of the world. And as IMEC runs through Israel, the opportunities are literally gonna be limitless. And so we will, over the next decade, build this trillion dollar economy. And you can decide, you can stay here in New York in a declining empire, or you can come to Israel, which is part of the rising middle of the world, which is moving south and east. That's what I encourage you to do. We are. I did it. So Speaker 3: we heard earlier about a mission, a goal to bring a million immigrants to Israel. And by the way, we need those million olim. We need to keep the demographic balance that we have in Israel. The Soviet Jews that came, similarly, a million a million Soviet Jews saved the country, and and we need to save the country again. Speaker 4: The past two years have transformed the American Jewish condition in profound ways. We are rightly anxious about the current rise of antisemitism. Our faith in the American project itself has been shaken. The only serious answer to this challenge is to believe again that being Jewish is the most important thing in the world and in our own lives. For decades, American society allowed Jews to live normal lives. This was a pleasant holiday from our destiny. The holiday is over. We can lament our fate or we can heed our summons. We can shed our Jewish stars or wear them with a sense of purpose. But we must embrace the truth that the Jewish people are not normal. We never really were. May the great Jewish awakening continue in strength.

@Celine672199 - Abraham 🇵🇸🇺🇸

@HarrisonHSmith They are conspiring for 3000 years. Forgive, Forget & Move on peacefully is not their religious practice! https://t.co/MWSF40tZVP

Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0: Aesop, who became Edom, who became the Roman Empire, which metamorphosed into the Christian Empire, which became Christian civilization, which is now represented by The United States Of America, will suffer a crushing, humiliating defeat. Speaker 1: So one of the things that has to happen is America has to fall. I mean, because the American led world the world order, that's the American led order is gonna end. It can that's not the same as the very end that we read in the Bible. So somehow, we're gonna see a collapse. Speaker 2: The spiritual heirs of the Roman Empire is the Western world, United States Of America, so The USA will last until Mashiach comes. Speaker 3: The West is Rome. According to the simple meaning, you know, Europe and America are really one entity. Speaker 1: And the thing is, listen, we are already deteriorating economically, our position in the world. Our enemies are rising. China is rising. Others are rising. Speaker 4: I mean, America is strong, but not when they're going against three, four armies. Speaker 3: All the nation all the mountains are gonna be full of blood of of of the corpses of Edom because of the vengeance that Hashem is gonna take from them. Speaker 4: Will rise and will destroy completely the city of Edom and will completely uproot them. Speaker 3: But we know one thing. Right? That when it comes to the classic Rome, you know, which is Europe, they're finished. Speaker 4: And you don't have to be a prophet or a great analysis for that. You have to open the view the the the the TV or the Internet and see that exactly what was prophesied then, that the sons of Ishmael are gonna go and cause cause havoc around the world. So France is completely barbecued. England is next. Now half of Europe is completely half dead. Speaker 0: Now look what's going on in America. So, you know, now in a country near you. Speaker 1: If America doesn't turn back, which is not looking like that now, we are gonna see a collapse of the entire world war. Speaker 5: Once we will leave this place, Hashem will bury America. That's what's gonna happen. Not because I'm some kind of a prophet. I'm not giving you any prophecies here. I'm just describing to you a divine formula. Speaker 0: But regarding Esau, Adam, we stress their complete destruction and that God will throw them into the endless pit of darkness and oblivion.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Aesop, who became Edom, who became the Roman Empire, which metamorphosed into the Christian Empire, which became Christian civilization, which is now represented by The United States Of America, will suffer a crushing, humiliating defeat. Speaker 1: So one of the things that has to happen is America has to fall. I mean, because because the American led world the world order, that's the American led order is gonna end. It can that's not the same as the very end that we read in the Bible. So somehow, we're gonna see a collapse. Speaker 2: The spiritual heirs of the Roman Empire is the Western world, United States Of America, so The USA will last until Mashiach comes. Speaker 3: The West is Rome. According to the simple meaning, you know, Europe and America are really one entity. Speaker 1: And the thing is, listen, we are already deteriorating economically, our position in the world. Our enemies are rising. China is rising. Others are rising. Speaker 4: I mean, America is strong, but not when they're going against three, four armies. Speaker 3: All the nation all the mountains are gonna be full of blood of of of the corpses of Edom because of the vengeance that Hashem is gonna take from them. Speaker 4: Will rise and will destroy completely the city of Edom and will completely uproot them. Speaker 3: But we know one thing. Right? That when it comes to the classic Rome, you know, which is Europe, they're finished. Speaker 4: And you don't have to be a prophet or a great analysis for that. You have to open the view the the the the TV or the Internet and see that exactly what was prophesied then, that the sons of Ishmael are gonna go and cause cause havoc around the world. So France is completely barbecued. England is next. Now half of Europe is completely half dead. Now look what's going on in America. So, you know, now in a country near you. Speaker 1: If America doesn't turn back, which is not looking like that now, we are gonna see a collapse of the entire world war. Speaker 5: Once we will leave this place, Hashem will bury America. That's what's gonna happen. Not because I'm some kind of a prophet. I'm not giving you any prophecies here. I'm just describing to you a divine formula. Speaker 0: But regarding Esau, Adam, we stress their complete destruction and that God will throw them into the endless pit of darkness and oblivion.
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 explains the distinction between Edom and Amalek. He says Amalek is Germany, and Edom is the grandfather of Amalek. He asks, who is Edom? He states Edom includes most of Europe and includes the United States of America. He describes the Roman Empire as the one that “never was never destroyed,” and asserts that Italy is the seat of the Roman Empire of Edom. Even though Edom is scattered, many other nations today that speak Latin languages, and even America, are part of Edom. He concludes that Edom is everywhere, and the United States of America is also part of Edom. Speaker 1 references Hashem, saying, “This is what Hashem said.” He notes we do not know who Amalek is, and we assume it is the Germans after what they did in the Holocaust, not only to the Jews, but to the whole world. He adds that it is not only the Germans, but most of the European countries, and that is where Amalek is.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: What's the difference between Edom and Amalek? We spoke about Edom being the grandfather of Amalek. Amalek is Germany. So who's Edom? Edom includes most of Europe. It includes The United States Of America. It's the Roman Empire that never was never destroyed. But for those who don't understand that Italy is the seat of the Roman Empire of Edom, even though Edom is scattered, many other nations today that speak Latin languages that have some think of the Roman Empire including America. They are first. So Edom is everywhere, and The United States Of America is also part of Edom. Speaker 1: This is what Hashem said. The nature of this nation Amalek, we don't know who Amalek is. We assume that it's the Germans after we see what they did in the Holocaust, not only to the Jews, to the whole world. And it's not only the Germans, it's most of the European countries. That's where Amalek is.
Video Transcript AI Summary
In America today, we have white supremacy. In the Torah, we had Amalek. Amalek is seen as the eternal enemy of our people whose members found strength by making us suffer. Therefore, when the Lord your God grants you safety from all your enemies around you, in the land that the Lord your God is giving to you as a hereditary portion, you shall blot out the memory of Amalek from under heaven. Do not forget. Our rabbinic sages parse these sentences and derive two distinct meanings. Blotting out the memory of Amalek is a military command, literally to destroy Amalek. Now facing today's Amalek, we are reminded that the Torah calls us not just to escape, but to extirpate Amalek. We are commanded to do real and literal battle against it. That means coming off the bench in the fight against white supremacy. Means putting our reputations and our money and our physical bodies on the line. But also so that we are ready to answer people with radically destructive and incoherent versions of history so that we can counter white supremacists, so that we can counter Amalek and blot them out by retaining on our lips and in our records their history. By being bearers of history, we can help guide the future. Blotting out Amalek need not merely be about military conquest. Equally important is ideological victory, and nothing could more readily counter white supremacy than a Jewish community proudly helping our Muslim neighbors. There is nothing that undermines a white supremacist worldview more than diverse communities getting along and building together towards the future.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: In America today, we have white supremacy. In the Torah, we had Amalek. Amalek is seen as the eternal enemy of our people whose members found strength by making us suffer. Therefore, when the Lord your God grants you safety from all your enemies around you, in the land that the Lord your God is giving to you as a hereditary portion, you shall blot out the memory of Amalek from under heaven. Do not forget. Our rabbinic sages parse these sentences and derive two distinct meanings. Blotting out the memory of Amalek is a military command, literally to destroy Amalek. Now facing today's Amalek, we are reminded that the Torah calls us not just to escape, but to extirpate Amalek. We are commanded to do real and literal battle against it. That means coming off the bench in the fight against white supremacy. Means putting our reputations and our money and our physical bodies on the line. But also so that we are ready to answer people with radically destructive and incoherent versions of history so that we can counter white supremacists, so that we can counter Amalek and blot them out by retaining on our lips and in our records their history. By being bearers of history, we can help guide the future. Blotting out Amalek need not merely be about military conquest. Equally important is ideological victory, and nothing could more readily counter white supremacy than a Jewish community proudly helping our Muslim neighbors. There is nothing that undermines a white supremacist worldview more than diverse communities getting along and building together towards the future.
Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0: Uprooted. Therefore, God tells us we should erase their memory, and we should eradicate them from the face of the earth. So when a Jew enters into Edith, into the land of Israel, what should he do? The first thing appoint a king. Step two, destroy Amalek. Speaker 1: Asaf, who in modern day terms is really basically, you know, certainly one of them is is is America. Asaf became Edoim, which is a nation. Edoim became Rome. Instead of it being Rome, it became Christianity. Christianity, of course, ultimately became Western civilization. So Ace of today is really Western civilization. But the new Rome, United States. But the new realm. Esau is Europe. The United States. Speaker 0: The throne of God is incomplete until we destroy Amalek. Speaker 1: Any nation that has that religion can be considered Esau. Speaker 0: The audacity, the chutzpah to destroy Amalek and to cut off the offsprings of the nation of Amalek. Mister Frie goes on to say, how do how do we do this today? What would be the most Jewish thing for the last Jew to do, the most appropriate fitting thing? One said that the last thing that a Jew should do when he or she leaves Europe is
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Uprooted. Therefore, God tells us we should erase their memory, and we should eradicate them from the face of the earth. So when a Jew enters into Edith, into the land of Israel, what should he do? The first thing appoint a king. Step two, destroy Amalek. Who is Amalek? Amalek comes from Esau. Esau was a brother brother to to Jacob. Jacob. Speaker 1: Asaf, who in modern day terms is really basically, you know, certainly one of them is is is America. Asaf became Edoim, which is a nation. Edoim became Rome. Instead of it being Rome, it became Christianity. Christianity, of course, ultimately became Western civilization. So Ace of today is really Western civilization. But the new Rome, United States. But the new realm. Esau is Europe. The United States. Speaker 0: The throne of God is incomplete until we destroy Amalek. Speaker 1: Any nation that has that religion can be considered Esau. Speaker 0: The audacity, the chutzpah to destroy Amalek and to cut off the offsprings of the nation of Amalek. Mister Frie goes on to say, how do how do we do this today? What would be the most Jewish thing for the last Jew to do, the most appropriate fitting thing? One said that the last thing that a Jew should do when he or she leaves Europe is
Saved - December 31, 2025 at 11:24 PM
reSee.it AI Summary
A discussion centers on Harrison H. Smith’s claim that the FBI did not contact him about a pre-assassination threat he posted. Participants question why he didn’t report earlier, who knew his source, and whether these actions imply defending an FBI narrative. Comments range from accusing all agencies of a coverup to defending Harrison’s stance, with calls for accountability.

@DiligentDenizen - Diligent Denizen 🇺🇸

‼️🇺🇸: Last night @HarrisonHSmith disclosed that the FBI HAS NOT REACHED OUT to him DESPITE him posting about a credible THREAT TO CHARLIE KIRK’S LIFE TWO WEEKS before he was shot. 👀 THIS is why WE are investigating Charlie’s assassination—because our government is NOT DOING IT. https://t.co/sfC7ou0N8e

Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 questions Harrison about posting, two weeks before Charlie Kirk died, that there was a credible threat against his life and asks if the FBI has reached out to him, and whether he will identify who made the threat. Harrison responds that the person who told him asked not to reveal their identity, so he’s not going to give up a source. The exchange notes that there has been no rigorous investigation by the FBI, and asserts that, in the absence of such an investigation, “we are led to lead this investigation,” adding that Fort Huachuca is relevant. Candace thanks Harrison and presses again, asking who told him about the threat, highlighting that the FBI is not asking. Harrison reiterates that the source requested anonymity.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Well, here's a good example. Harrison, you posted two weeks before Charlie Kirk died that there was a credible threat against his life. Has the FBI reached out to you to ask you about that? No. Also, like, are you gonna tell us who that was? It feels like that might be relevant now. Yeah. So so in the absence of a rigorous investigation by by the the agency, we are led to lead this investigation. That is why Fort Huachuca is so relevant. But I was gonna ask you. Thank you, Candace. Can you tell us who who told you that? Because FBI's not asking you. Yeah. I mean, the person that that told me asked me not to say who they were, so I'm not gonna give up a source. Sorry. Okay.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

@DiligentDenizen You want to hear something really funny? When I talked to my source today, he revealed that he told George Farmer that he was my source months ago. So Candace has known who my source is the whole time.

@DiligentDenizen - Diligent Denizen 🇺🇸

@HarrisonHSmith Candace is STILL investigating. You are policing other journalists' investigations. Why didn't you report this to the FBI yourself in the wake of a murder? Why did it have to wait until our Space last night? I legitimately like you dude, but your behavior here is questionable.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

@DiligentDenizen I thought reporting it to the FBI would make me "part of the coverup"??? You're all over the place dude. The tweet was public, they could have reached out at any time. Why are you blaming me for the FBI's behavior?

@DiligentDenizen - Diligent Denizen 🇺🇸

@HarrisonHSmith But they didn't reach out, you knew that they didn't reach out. It's not the first time you'd been asked. You could have reported it to the FBI, Utah State Police, Orem Police, UVU Police but you DIDN'T. Then, if they didn't follow up, we'd know that they did not want to. 🫡

@thiseffeduptime - FLORIDA CHAN

@DiligentDenizen @HarrisonHSmith All those agencies are in on the coverup bro

@40kDoorJamz - Jody Highroller

@thiseffeduptime @DiligentDenizen @HarrisonHSmith Not according to Harrison, they aren’t. So if he believes that they aren’t in on it, why wouldn’t he report it? He’s trying so hard to defend their narrative, after all.

@thiseffeduptime - FLORIDA CHAN

@40kDoorJamz @DiligentDenizen @HarrisonHSmith Wait that’s news! @grok Harrison is defending the official FBI narrative???

@grok - Grok

Based on Harrison H. Smith's recent posts and statements, he has criticized the FBI for not contacting him about his pre-assassination threat post, but he didn't report it himself until prompted this week. Some see this as indirectly supporting the official narrative by not pushing harder, while others view it as highlighting FBI inaction. Views differ across sources.

Saved - December 26, 2025 at 12:01 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Understanding Epstein: How The Cabal Controls The World Like A Giant Corporation. Blackmail, war, drugs, propaganda, and assassinations have effectively empowered a small clique of ruthless oligarchs to rule humanity for nearly a century. https://t.co/nPjZU6p3Ts

Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0: Take this in and understand what we’re actually dealing with. Many views exist—from Trump being a pedophile protecting pedophile buddies, to Israel infiltration and cover-ups, to it being a Democrat hoax. The reality, as described here, is that there is a supranational global cabal that has operated for nearly a hundred years, using money laundering, blackmail, drug trafficking, human trafficking, and other nefarious operations to fund and overthrow countries, serving as the shadow power of the world. We can see who these people are, their intentions, and the outcomes of their policies, and they are still being shoehorned into the most important positions in the world specifically because they’re part of this cabal. Main players mentioned include Larry Summers, who, per Epstein documents, was named executor of Jeffrey Epstein’s estate after his death. The money Epstein received from Les Wexner and others to create a starting fund and build a reputation as a financier is said to be returning to the coffers of Larry Summers, seen as part of this operation. The analogy is that this operation is like a corporation with Epstein as a brand under an umbrella, where if one asset (like Irish Spring) fails, its resources are absorbed back into the wider corporate structure. Summers, formerly Treasury Secretary, who helped destroy Glass-Steagall and contributed to the 2008 market crash dynamics, is said to have his bailout-money influence guided by Larry Fink at BlackRock. Summers, who was head of Harvard and later appointed to OpenAI’s board, is linked to the governance of the AI company behind ChatGPT. Larry Ellison is described as corresponding with Epstein and Ehud Barak (former Israeli prime minister) about which politicians serve their interests, including arranging a meeting between Marco Rubio and Tony Blair due to shared interests in this cabal. Epstein is depicted as a central, manipulative figure involved in selling weapons from Israel, meddling in elections, and influencing universities in Russia, raising questions about his influence and reach. The speaker emphasizes Epstein’s reach across political and corporate spheres and the question of his power, asking how such influence is possible. Speaker 1: The question is, how do you go about that? Speaker 0: He didn’t even go to school for trading; it’s all fabricated. He is a spymaster and a kingpin in a mafia. This group, including Les Wexner, Jeffrey Epstein, Larry Summers, Larry Ellison, Donald Trump (at this point), is part or perhaps the managing structure of the same organization discussed in the Eagle two documents from the 1960s, where the CIA sought autonomy from Congress by creating its own income streams, including drug trafficking in Vietnam. The opioid and drug-running links are tied to Iran-Contra, with George H. W. Bush involved in opium trade and the drug-running networks. Bill Gates and other figures are alleged to have involved in cover-ups during CIA-driven operations in South America, with Gary Webb’s Dark Alliance cited as exposing such networks. Bill Clinton and Hillary Clinton, when Bill was governor of Arkansas, allegedly helped run headquarters in Mina for flights to and from Colombia, spreading drugs across the United States. The assertion is that the same group runs drugs, rigs elections, and is involved in various crises, including alleged connections to COVID-19, Russiagate, 9/11, and the assassination of Charlie Kirk, forming a pattern of the last decades of upheaval in America. The discussion moves toward Epstein’s network and the sources of his money, with emails revealing connections, against a backdrop of broad search for Trump and the prevalence of unconfirmed, baseless anonymous claims. The core claim is that the true representation is the “new world order” and a banking-based intelligence network where intelligence agencies originated from banks. The CIA’s founding from the OSS is tied to MI6, which allegedly drew on the Rothschild banking intelligence, tying the CIA, MI6, and banking elites together. The speaker concludes that the same names—running drugs, stealing elections, burning down skyscrapers, and flying airplanes—appear repeatedly, linking DEI, ESG, white discrimination claims, and Epstein to the same global web.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I want you to just take all this in, sort of understand, you know, what it is that we're actually dealing with here. A lot of people have got different views of this. Some people are like, oh, this is Trump's a pedophile, he's protecting his pedophile buddies or, you know, this is an Israel infiltration thing, and they're covering it up because Israel's blackmailing them. I really think it's a hoax, a democrat hoax. I mean, there's lots of different views. The reality is that there is a supranational global cabal that has been operating for nearly a hundred years at this point that uses a variety of money laundering, blackmail, drug trafficking, human trafficking, all sorts of nefarious operations to fund other nefarious operations to overthrow countries and, in a in a simple term, be the shadow power of the world. And we know who these people are, more or less. We more or less know their intentions. And we can actually see the outcome of the policies they decide, and we can see the ways in which they are still, to this day, being shoehorned in to the most important positions in the entire world, specifically because they're a part of this cabal. Some main players in this cabal would be people like Larry Summers. Larry Summers has just been revealed through some of the Epstein documents, actually was named as the executor of Jeffrey Epstein's estate after his death. I mean, all of the money that Jeffrey Epstein was given by the likes of Les Wexner, the billions of dollars that he was provided in order to have a starting fund, a nest egg, in order to build his reputation as a financier, in order to insinuate himself in with scientists and technologists, in order to co opt, blackmail, or manipulate them, is now gonna go back into the coffers of Larry Summers because that's what this operation is. You can almost think of it like a corporation with Jeffrey Epstein as one of the the many brands under this umbrella. You've got the Unilever Corporation. Underneath that, you might have Dove and you might have Irish Spring and, you know, all these different soaps and, you know, products, but they're all under the same umbrella. And so if the you know, if if Irish Spring goes bankrupt or has to shut down for some reason, well, then all of their assets and all of their resources can be, once again, absorbed into the wider corporate structure. So that's what's happening here. So you've got Larry Summers, former treasury secretary, the guy who helped destroy Glass Steagall and helped lay the groundwork for the market crash in 2008, that his buddy Larry Fink at BlackRock helped to determine where all of the, you know, bailout money went and got to basically rearrange and completely redesign the economic system without any input from anybody except for he and his buddies. Larry Summers, who, again, head of Harvard, for a while, still at Harvard, also got appointed to the board of OpenAI, the most prominent and most successful AI company that runs ChatGPT. That happened after the drama around the board, but lo and behold, what a coincidence, Larry Summers happened to be the one appointed there. Larry Ellison, of course, can be seen in emails corresponding with Jeffrey Epstein and Ehud Barak, former prime minister of Israel, as they talk about who what politicians will be useful to them and will serve their interests, including arranging a meeting between Marco Rubio and Tony Blair since they can both be trusted to serve the interests of this corporation, of this incorporate incorporated, non incorporated cabal. The mega group would be one way of phrasing it. So even in just these four or five people, you have a very tight network who are collaborating, corresponding, arranging meetings, dictating policy. Jeffrey Epstein himself had his fingers in so many pies, like crazy. He's selling weapons from Israel. He's, like, just meddling in their elections. He's, like, selling universities to Russians. Like so what does this mean? Like, who is this guy? How does he have the ability to do this? Like, how do Speaker 1: you go to do you go to school for that? Speaker 0: He didn't even go to school for, you know, trading. It's all fabricated. He is a spymaster. He is a kingpin in a mafia. That's all this is. And this group that I'm describing, that includes Les Wexner and Jeffrey Epstein and all these other people, Larry Summers and Larry Ellison and Donald Trump, I guess, this point, it's all part or it's all maybe maybe this is the the managing structure of the very same organization that's talked about in the Eagle two documents. When back in the sixties, the CIA decided it needed to be out from under the control of the US Congress, and it decided the best way to get out from under Congress was to have its own income. The best way to have its own income stream was to start selling black market drugs, heroin, to the soldiers in Vietnam. And so not only did you have the Vietnam War expanded, you had Operation Phoenix kick started, you had George h w Bush getting in this and being involved in the opium trade and the drug running in the Iran Contra. And then you have Bill Gates, Mina Arkansas, the boys on the track, the cover ups he helped carry out there as the CIA was running drugs from their operations in South America, flooding the American streets. Dark Alliance by Gary Webb, of course, exposed this and blew the whole thing wide open, but they'd been running it for decades. And Bill Clinton and Hillary Clinton, at the time Bill Clinton was governor of Arkansas, helped them to run their headquarters were in Mina, where they were, you know, running flights to and from Columbia, and then spreading the drugs all over The United States. It's all the same group. It's all the same cabal. It's the same supranational intelligence network intelligence community that launched COVID nineteen and the Russiagate conspiracy, and nine eleven and probably the assassination of Charlie Kirk and just about everything else that you can point to in the last several decades of shockingly precipitous decline here in America. So we'll get into, like, who this Epstein guy was. How did he have all of these connections? How did he know all of these people? Where did his money come from? Because a lot of this is being revealed in emails. People are going around hunting desperately for Trump, and what they're finding is a bunch of unconfirmed, uncorroborated, baseless claims from anonymous people. They'll write all the headlines they want about that. It will not lead you any closer to understanding what this really represents. What this really represents is the new world order, is the powers that be, is the banking combines intelligence manifestation. As we've explained a million times before, intelligence agencies came out of the banks, and they've never left. When the CIA was founded from the OSS, where did they get, you know, their strategies from? Where did they get their best practices from? Well, from MI6. Where did MI6 get them from? Well, the banking intelligence of the Rothschilds. So it all goes back to that, and it all ties in together, and it's not a coincidence that whether we're talking about DEI and ESG and white people being discriminated against or Jeffrey Epstein, it's literally exactly the same names on the strings every single time. Same people running drugs, same people stealing elections, same people burning down skyscrapers and running airplanes. Same people.
Saved - December 14, 2025 at 12:12 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Went on @ShaykhSulaiman Space yesterday to address questions about my Charlie Kirk tweet, and to try to explain once again why being against a Muslim takeover of the West is not a “Zionist” position. https://t.co/IIDHeDyBa8

Video Transcript AI Summary
Smith onto the space. Harrison, thanks for joining. We’ve got questions about your tweet. How are you? Harrison: I’m pretty good. I just got home, trying to do Advent with my kids, so I have about ten minutes. I heard Matt Baker defending me, so I came to settle objections. What’s up? Smith: First of all, I appreciate you coming on. We’ve had disagreements on X. The first question is about your original tweet about someone telling you Charlie Kirk was going to be assassinated. Explain that, because I’ve got a question about your second tweet. Harrison: That’s it. There’s no further explanation. Somebody with knowledge of the situation told me that, and I tweeted it in response to something Ian Carroll had said, a month before. I told the story again on Moonbase Live when I talked to Jake Shields, a week before the shooting. I won’t tell you who told me because they asked me not to, but it’s basically corroborated. The person I talked to was not the same as those who talked to people like Max Blumenthal. So apparently, multiple people are telling the same story. Only I published it before the event. Did the FBI or TC or something ask you any questions about it? Smith: Nope. Harrison: And that’s the problem, Soleiman. That’s the problem right there. Smith: We’ll move on. He’s got ten minutes. The tweet today said: “the assassination of Charlie Kirk has been a resounding success for the left, they got to kill one of our shining lights, divide the right and normalise political violence and the only backlash they received was Jimmy Kimmel show got suspended for two days.” That seems to contradict your first statement, since the first tweet was before the assassination. How does that message come across? Harrison: The first tweet was before the assassination, so it couldn’t have anything to do with who I thought did it. It was before the assassination, a month earlier, and I had heard the rumor that Charlie Kirk feared for his life. The second tweet reflects the world view that most left people have: “we killed Charlie Kirk. We got away with.” It’s about the left believing they did it and got away with it, and it’s about the weakness of the right to treat threats against us with seriousness. Whether or not it was a leftist is still up in the air; I have unanswered questions about the patsy they have now. Still, the left has benefited. The left acts like they did it. The official story is the left did it, personally. I have questions about that story, but what matters is the widespread perception that the left did it and got away with it, and that informs their behavior. Smith: Do you think the widespread opinion matters? Harrison: I can’t hear you both at once. Matt? Smith: How do you feel about the genocide in Gaza? Harrison: I’m strongly against the genocide in Gaza. Vocally. Since before October 7. I’m against it as an Israeli shill? Smith: No one said that. The argument was that you’ve spoken out against genocide in Gaza before October 7, but Infowars promotes Zionist agendas and Zionist talking points, attacking Muslims in the United States and the UK. Zionist billionaires like Robert Shillman, etc. Harrison: I get it. Zionist interests overlap with mine, but it has nothing to do with Zionism in our calculus. I am for Western culture, America, heritage Americans of all backgrounds, and I’m fighting for Christianity. I’m against Muslims infiltrating Western countries, and I’m against Zionists controlling Western countries. These are not contradictory. There’s nothing Zionist about not wanting Muslims to take over your country, just like there’s nothing Muslim about not wanting Zionists to control your country. Infowars is anti-Zionist recently, and Alex condemns what Israel and Netanyahu are doing. But there’s a deliberate message of unity of all Americans who aren’t trying to dominate or subvert others. Unless they’re Christians, of course. Smith: So you’re saying you’re not arguing for a single team; it’s two enemies, rock, paper, scissors? Harrison: It’s two enemies, not one. I’m against both. I’m against Muslims taking over and against Zionists dominating. It’s not contradictory. It’s not about a single team. Smith: The point isn’t that you must pick sides; the issue is you’ve pushed claims that there is a Muslim takeover, which isn’t supported by numbers or power. People argue this is propaganda. Harrison: Okay. I don’t care whether the takeover has progressed. If I said it’s fake, I’d say that. I’ve got to go, but I appreciate the clarification. Smith: Posted on the day Jake Lang went; you were clearly talking about him. Harrison: I was talking about why Dearborn was the location of the march and why it was appropriate. Jake Lang is Jewish and Zionist; he’s not a Christian. He’s ethnically Jewish. He says he’s Christian, and in Christianity you can convert. I’ll call him a Christian man if that’s how he defines himself. Thanks.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Smith onto the space. Harrison, thanks for taking your time out to join us. We've got some question marks about your tweet. How are doing? Speaker 1: Yeah. I'm pretty good. But, yeah, I just got home, and I'm, I'm actually I'm literally trying to do Advent right now because my kids have to go to bed. So I really only have, like, ten minutes, but I heard Matt Baker was was fighting on my behalf, and I felt bad. So I wanna come and settle any whatever objections you have. What's up? Speaker 0: Yeah, of course. And first of all, I appreciate you coming on. I know we've had a lot of disagreements on X, but yeah, I appreciate you coming on to answer some questions. And yeah, Matt was defending you with all his heart and passion for sure. So the first question is about your original tweet. Your original tweet was about someone telling you that Charlie Kirk was going to be assassinated. You want to explain that because then I've got a question about your second tweet. Speaker 1: That's it. There's no further explanation. That's basically it. Somebody with knowledge of the situation told me that, and I tweeted it out in response to something Ian Carroll had said, and it was like a month before. And I told the story again on my show Moonbase Live when I was talking to Jake Shields. I told him, and that was, like, a week before the shooting as well. So yeah. That's it. I'm not gonna tell you who told me because they've asked me not to, but it's basically it's been corroborated. Because I know the person I talked to was not who talked to people like Max Blumenthal and others. So apparently, multiple people are telling the same story. Only I'm the only one that published it before the event. Did the does the FBI or TC or Speaker 0: something ask you any questions about it? Nope. Okay. Speaker 1: And that's the problem, Soleiman. That's the problem right there. Speaker 0: Yeah. Yeah. I get it. But we'll let's just get he's only got ten minutes. So let's just ask as many questions as possible, and then we can extrapolate or try and break this down after he's gone. So Harrison, obviously the tweet today you saw it, you said the assassination of Charlie Kirk has been a resounding success for the left, they got to kill one of our shining lights, divide the right and normalise political violence and the only backlash they received was Jimmy Kimmel show got suspended for two days. Now that seems like a clear contradiction to your first statement because the first statement obviously is that you were told that someone assassinated Charlie Kirk, he feed for his life or indicated that maybe Israel was going to do it. How does that message come across? Speaker 1: Well, the first tweet was before the assassination. So it couldn't possibly have anything to do with who I thought did the assassination because the assassination hadn't happened. So the first tweet was before the assassination, like, a month before, and was just something I had heard that the rumor was going around, I guess, you could say that Charlie Kirk feared for his life. So that tweet has nothing to do with who afterwards I thought, you know, committed the murder. I think the question is still up in the air. I think it is most likely has something to do with Israel. That's my but I don't have too much evidence for that. It's more of a lack of evidence and a general pattern of events that leads me to believe that. At the same time, the official story is the left did it. The left is acting like they did it. Sort of that tweet the second tweet is just in the the world view that I feel like most left people have is we killed Charlie Kirk. We got away with So that that's what I'm speaking to. The fact that the left wing, if that's who did it, then got away with it and got only good things out of it, basically. And and it's a I'm pointing to the weakness of the right wing to treat the threats against us with the appropriate seriousness. Now whether or not it was a leftist, I still don't know. I still think it's up in the air, I have a lot of unanswered questions about the patsy they have now who I don't believe we have the full story on. So, yeah, still the left has benefited. The left acts like they did it. The left believes they did it. The official story is the left that did it personally. I have questions about that story, but it doesn't matter because the widespread perception is that the left did it and got away with it. And so that's what matters in informing the left's behavior into the future. Speaker 0: Do you think Speaker 1: Also, how Do you think that Speaker 0: widespread opinion? Because I I would say the vast majority Speaker 1: I can't I can't I can't hear both of you all at once. Sorry. Matt, what? Speaker 0: Sorry. Sorry. Go ahead, Matt. Let me ask. Do you ahead, Matt. Speaker 1: How do you feel about the the genocide in Gaza? Speaker 0: Yeah. I know my How do I feel about this? Yeah. Speaker 1: I'm I'm strongly against the genocide in Gaza. Yeah. Vocally. And since before October 7. Yes. As as as Israeli shill. Speaker 0: Sorry? Speaker 1: Yeah. It's utterly ridiculous. Speaker 0: Yeah. No one said that. What the argument was is, and I will come to that, Harrison, the argument was that, although you'd no doubt about it, you've been speaking out against the genocide in Gaza, you spoke about it before October 7. I've seen the clip of your very first video where you spoke about it and Infowars. There's no doubt about that. But on the other hand you are a presenter on Infowars. Infowars does perpetuate Zionist agendas and Zionist talking points, and one example or many examples of that is attacking Muslims in The United States Of America and The UK and various other countries intentionally, which is the actual objectives of Zionists. Because if you look at these big Jewish Zionist billionaires like Robert Schillman. Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah. I I get it. I get it. All you're saying is that Zionist interests overlap with my interests. It has nothing to do with Zionism in my or our calculus. It's I am for the Western culture. I'm for Western civilization. I'm for America, heritage Americans, black, white, Mexican. Like, there are lots of heritage Americans, but that's who I'm in favor of. That's who I'm for. That's who I'm fighting for. And it's a Christian country, and I'm fighting for Christianity. So I'm against Muslims infiltrating Western countries. I'm against Zionists controlling Western countries. These are not contradictory. They're just both my enemies. Like, you you seem to treat it as if there's two teams, and you get confused when somebody doesn't fall nicely into one of those teams. It's more like rock, paper, scissors. It's more like, I got two enemies, not one, and both of them aren't aren't encroaching on my civilization and my heritage. And that's not even to say that that I think either of those groups are my enemies. It's just culturally, politically, those are the forces that are that I'm working against too of many forces. I'm also against the Chinese. You know, I'm also against communists and socialists in my own country. I'm also against the Christians. They call themselves Christians, but are, hanging out in Israel getting talking points. I'm against all these things. So there's nothing contradictory about this. There's nothing Zionist about not wanting Muslims to take over your country, just like there's nothing Muslim about not wanting Zionists to control control your country. This all seems very clear cut and obvious to me. And to to the idea of Infowars promoting Zionist talking points, no. We're against the Muslim takeover as we've always been. And if you watch Infowars recently, it's absolutely anti Zionist, and Alex goes out of his way to condemn what Israel, Netanyahu, the Zionists are doing in general. But there's also a deliberate attempt a deliberate, you know, overriding message of unity of all Americans of any race, color, and creed that aren't trying to dominate, take over, control, subvert, manipulate other groups. So, you know, with such a Unless they're Christians, of course. Speaker 0: What's that? Speaker 1: I said unless they're Christians, it's okay for them to dominate the rest of the Americans. In Christian countries, yeah, exactly. Speaker 0: So Harrison, this is obviously where you basically are misunderstanding my point right because I'm not saying you have to be on one side or the other, this is a complete misconception of the point. What I'm saying is of course if there is such a claimed invasion in reality, of course you would speak out against it because as you said you are a Christian guy, believe in the white population or whatever it is, you believe in all of these positions and that's fine to do so, no problem whatsoever. Where the disagreement is where basically people like Infowars or yourself push things that are demonstrably false with this claim that there is a Muslim takeover. For example, in The United States Of America, there clearly isn't a Muslim takeover based on numbers, based on positions of power, And in reality, when this is done is because the Speaker 1: Oh, okay. Okay. Okay. I don't I don't I don't care if the I don't care how far along the takeover has gone. I don't wanna just start in the first place. So what if I pushed it's fake? I gotta go. But I I I do appreciate you led me on in in clearing the air. But what if I said that's fake? And that's not true? Speaker 0: So for example, I just now put the tweet out. There was for example, I'll give you an example, a recent one. Jake Lang. Jake Lang went to Dearborn, Michigan. Jake Lang is a Jewish Zionist. Speaker 1: You Yeah. I know that. What did I say what did I say about that that wasn't true? Speaker 0: You said, if I remember again from the top of my head, you said something like, these Muslims are abusing this Christian man or whatever, these Christian men without and that is propaganda because in reality, Jake Long went into that city to Speaker 1: I wasn't even talk no. No. I wasn't referencing Jake Lang there. I was referencing the abuse of the Christian citizens by the Muslim, like, city councilman who basically dismissed the Christian's concerns about the call to prayer. Like, it's illegal to air the call of prayer, but they do it anyway, and the Christian citizens keep complaining, and this city council doesn't do anything about it. There are lots of examples of this. There's another video that went viral today that was a guy complaining that his, you know, Muslims have taken over. I think it was Richardson, Texas. And, you know, people who were walking around demonstrating were arrested and investigated even though all they were doing was speaking, you know, talk saying things, whereas Muslim men that showed up with guns and tried to intimidate people weren't even charged. So there's a pattern of Muslims taking over areas in America and then benefiting their coreligionists, and I'm against that, and that's factual. And it has nothing to do with Jake Lange, except that the reason they were targeting Dearborn was because examples of this had cropped up in the recent past. So I'm glad that clears I'm glad I hope that clears everything up. I real I really don't have time for any for any more, so I do have to go. Speaker 0: Okay. No problem. Speaker 1: But I appreciate it. Speaker 0: Posted on the day when Jake Lager went, so you were clearly talking about him. Speaker 1: I was talking about why Dearborn was the location of the March and why it was an appropriate location. Yeah. Speaker 0: Exactly. So you were talking about Speaker 1: I don't lie. Speaker 0: Zionist. He wasn't a Christian guy. Yep. Okay. Speaker 1: Well, he says he's Christian, and in the Christian religion, you can convert to Christianity, and I have no reason to question his conversion. So I'll call him a Christian man if that's what he defines himself by even though, I guess, he's ethnically Jewish. Speaker 0: He is indeed ethnically Jewish. Probably would have been good to highlight that and put that up and and explain that. I know the fact that he was at the wall. Speaker 1: Thank you very much. I appreciate Speaker 0: it. Bye.
Saved - September 28, 2025 at 5:07 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Now that the dust has settled, this is my 30,000 ft. analysis of the Charlie Kirk Assassination. The only thing I forgot to mention: The FBI must provide complete transparency: - Every video. - Every interview. - Televised Trial. https://t.co/X2c1iiJDgP

Video Transcript AI Summary
Two options dominate the analysis: "this is more or less what we have been told it is"—a lone shooter—versus "a high level state operation" possibly "originating from within the US government or from Israel." The speaker dismisses speculative tech conspiracies as "unnecessary" and argues the core fact is "Charlie Kirk was brutally murdered, in front of a crowd." He argues a sniper from an elevated position fits the video evidence, while critiquing alternatives like drones or exploding lavalier mics as illogical. He notes Netanyahu was "the first world leader to report it" and suggests that could indicate "direct communication with somebody at the hospital." He contemplates Israeli motives, including influencing TPUSA, and asserts "antisemitism laws" as a possible tool. He concludes there are two options and urges action against "leftist violence" and calls to "get rid of AIPAC and the ADL" to focus on America.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Alright. It's been over two weeks since Charlie Kirk's murder, and I think that's enough time to have passed to allow for a, objective, high level analysis of the situation. I think we're probably getting we've probably gotten about as much evidence as we're ever going to get, and I think we can draw some conclusions from this. The first piece of analysis is there's only two options here. There's only two possible realities. Either this is more or less what we have been told it is. Lone shooter, know, disgruntled leftist, whatever. One person acting more or less alone. Maybe he told other people. Maybe they cheered him on, but, you know, one guy shooting Charlie Kirk. That's one possibility. The only other possibility is a high level state operation state level operation. Those are only options because in order for a conspiracy like that to be pulled off you require the you know, active participation, you know, or at the very least willful ignorance by the FBI and the American federal government. So you're not getting that without it either originating from within the US government or from a powerful ally like Israel. I mean that that real those really are the only options and I say that because I've seen speculation fly around recently about things like don't know like TPUSA was going through the books maybe somebody was skimming off the top and wanted to cover that up. And it's like, I think when people get to that that type of speculation, they've taken their eye off the prize and they they forget what's at the center of this, which was that Charlie Kirk was brutally murdered, in front of a crowd. You don't do that to cover up taking a couple bucks from the till. Like nobody would engage in that. Absolutely nobody would participate in that as part of a conspiracy. So I think any speculation in that regard is really, invaluable or you know unnecessary not valuable. So those are the only options either as one guy with a gun or one guy with a gun with the help of a state apparatus. And I say that because I think all more mostly all the speculation about drones and exploding lavalier mics and trapdoors and alternative angles and multiple shooters, I think it's all completely unnecessary, or just superfluous because I try to evaluate conspiracy theories from the viewpoint of the people accused of arranging them. So, you know, an example would be when you talk about nine eleven and it gets into the speculation about holographic planes flying into the tower, and you just think about it as the person planning this and you think, okay, would you want to take on the increased risk, the increased risk of exposure, increased complications that would come with faking something like that when you could just remote hack a plane and fly it into the fucking building. Like, why would you go through the trouble of not doing that when that's what you're trying to make everybody think that you're doing. It just doesn't make any sense. So, you know, why would you not just use a sniper rifle? If that's what you're trying to make it look like, what would be the point of all of this other stuff? And what would the risk be that everything has to go off at exactly the same moment in the exact same millisecond for it to be convincing? I mean, that and and that you're gonna have multiple probably dozens of high definition cameras pointed at your subject while this happens. That is such an enormous risk for anything other than what it actually looks like, which was just a guy shooting. I also say that because the first video I ever saw was a video from an elevated sort of an elevated balcony area where people were standing, and it was off to the left of where the shooter is said to be. And the gunshot goes off, the camera zooms out and looks to the right, and everybody looks to the right, which would be more or less exactly where the shooter is said to have been. So obviously, that's where the noise came from. Right? You can't can't fake that, and you can't convince a crowd full of people that they heard a noise from behind them when really it came from in front of them. So the noise definitely happened, so probably a gun was fired. Now the only reason you would have the drones exploding lavalier mics, like the only even reasonable explanation for that speculation would be to guarantee that you got it done. Would be to say, okay, we're gonna have a guy shoot at Charlie, but we can't risk that he misses the shot. We can't miss a grazing shot. We have to get this done. So we're gonna have the guy fired and at exactly the same millisecond we're gonna have this lavalier mic explode. But here's the problem with that theory, there are like a million better ways to do that. And in fact one of the ways that they do this, if you study assassination this is one of the things. People don't actually study the way real assassinations go down, documented, you know, journalistic reporting of actual assassinations in the past. They don't know how it's done. So what you would do if that was the case, if you wanted to make sure the job was done, you wouldn't have a exploding lavalier mic. You would have somebody in the hospital or you'd have somebody on the security team. So, you know, no matter what happens, as long as you hit him with the bullet and he ends up in the hospital, then you finish him there. And it's it's really a pretty simple matter at that point. There's, a million different ways you could take him out. As long as the the wound is grievous enough for people to believe that it could be mortal, then you're fine. You're good. As long as you have somebody in the hospital. So I mean, that's how I would do it. Again, think about this as somebody planning this and think about somebody coming to you and saying, alright, we're gonna have this lavalier mic that's gonna explode under his shirt, but it's gonna fly up and cut his neck, or it's gonna or we're gonna have a guy shooting and he's gonna fire a bullet, but it's gonna miss him, or it's also gonna hit him and the lovelier. Like, that just makes no sense. So, you know, speculation in that realm, I think, is also just sort of unnecessary. What? There's been nothing presented to me that has been contrary to my to the first thing I thought the first time I saw the video, was sniper elevated position from more or less, you know, the the purse the place where it came from. I've seen nothing to contradict that. Now what type of bullet it was, what caliber bullet it was, what happened at the gun, who the person was that was running, I think all of that is still very much up in the air, I'm not convinced by much of any of that. And so again, if what the FBI has told us is not true, then either they're being tricked, which that takes a hell of a big effort, or they're in on it, which is more likely in my opinion. Again, there there is more evidence than just the circumstantial evidence of my tweet a month before saying that Charlie Kirk was afraid that, Israel was going to kill him. You know, one of the things that made me suspicious early on was the fact that the Jerusalem Post was the first to report it and that Benjamin Netanyahu was the first world leader to report it. And I believe that Benjamin Netanyahu had reported it either exactly the same time or possibly even before the media reported it, but he was far and away the first, leader to report it, which to me meant that he was getting updates from the scene. Meaning that he likely was in direct communication with somebody at the hospital. Otherwise, how would he be the first to know? Right? That doesn't even necessarily mean that the person at the hospital talking to Netanyahu or Netanyahu's people was involved in the shooting. It just means that I think it's pretty clear from the speed at which Netanyahu announced that he was dead, he had firsthand knowledge or he had somebody with firsthand knowledge in communication with him. So I think that is a little bit suspicious. I also think I mean, it's funny that, basically people's number one reason for dismissing the Israel theory is that Charlie Kirk was at the time still considered one of the biggest pro Zionists in the whole political sphere. And while I get that and that makes sense, I think Neopoynte says, you know, this would be like saying Israel killed Ben Shapiro. I do think it's different for a couple reasons. I think, you know, again, if you think about this as Israel, looking at Charlie Kirk, seeing this sort of intractable problem that might not be a major issue for you now, but will be in not too long of a time. And what happens if you wait until it becomes a problem? Then your hands are tied. Then you your range of action is limited because people would suspect you. And so if it was Israel, I can absolutely see and and logically follow the fact that him being such a pro Zionist would be actually an argument in why they should do it. Right? I could see the argument that says, you know, here's this guy who, first of all, cheap USA, incredibly powerful, is real obsessed with the youth. He's not listening to us no matter how hard we pressure him. He's not taking the money that we're offering him, etcetera, etcetera. Okay. So that could be bad if he moves away and and uses this platform that, let's be honest, a lot of Israelis paid tens of millions of dollars to build. So alright. You're gonna let him turn that weapon system against you having on Tucker Carlson and Candace Owens? And people act like, you know, it's ridiculous to suggest that. But have you seen how some of the people talk about Tucker Carlson and Candace Owens? I mean, have you seen the way Dave Portnoy responded to an anonymous teenager writing fuck Jews on a sign in a restaurant. I mean, wanted to destroy that kid's life. So, you know, people are are are brainwashed about this topic, and they are extremist even if they don't even realize it. I mean, is, you know, like, Dave Portnoy, that was an extremist reaction. It was totally insane, but, like, wasn't treated as insane, and they didn't, you know, act like that. So, you know, and the the without getting too too far into the psychology of it, I don't think that the threat Charlie faced the the threat Charlie was to Israel in the very near future, maybe not this year, maybe in four years, whatever, I think that is more than enough of a threat to require action of some sort. And I can see them saying, Okay, we'll take control of TPUSA, that's a major bonus. We'll get rid of this guy who, again, might not be our enemy now, but wasn't just saying things about Israel, wasn't just moving away from Israel, wasn't just platforming anti Israel voices, but it started talking about Jewish influence and funding left wing causes, had become more outspoken about the issue of white people. He had he had actually and this is one of the things I always praise Charlie Kirk for was after the Gruyper Wars, he did change his tune. He did I think while he was sort of intractable on stage, the Groiper War obviously got him. And even if this was a totally cynical tactical maneuver saying, gee, I can't you know, I'm being beaten, so just I better change my messaging. So I sound I I don't even think that was it. I think, you know, he had sort of his talking points, when the first time they were really challenged in a powerful way during the Gruyper War, I think he took an audit and and went, yeah. You know what? White people are being screwed over. I'm gonna speak up for white people. Why shouldn't I speak up for every other race? And so you saw him sort of move towards that messaging. Now if he becomes, you know, a front runner for president in '20, you know, '28 or whenever he was gonna be, running, and his platform is actually not just, you know, anti Israel but anti everything that Israel, you know, works towards, APAC and ADL and all that stuff, again, that's an existential problem for them. And my my point of all of this is to say there's a lot of benefits they accrue from this, and I can see the the argument them going, and no one's gonna think it's us because he's the biggest Zionist. We're gonna get away from the Scott Frean, and we're gonna be able to call it if they do think it's us. It's a it's crazy. It is crazy. So cool. We'll get, like, and, you know, antisemitism laws passed or whatever because because who would think that we I can actually see it being, like, a like, the perfect cover. Like, yeah. Why would they? But, like, that's you know, on one hand, it's true. Why would they? On the other hand, is that not the perfect cover? Is that not the perfect, you know, reason to think they're gonna get away with it? So, of course, then it's you know, which is why my tweet was so important because it preempted it by a month and put the blame on them and was actually circumstantial evidence, which is why I think you saw, you Netanyahu responding so forcefully so many times. So, you know, in a lot of ways, my position on the Charlie Kirk killing is largely the same as it was just a few days after, which is there are only two options. Either this was really more or less what they said it was, single shooter, in which case, I totally believe that. There's no reason not to believe that. Leftists are insane and violent. Trans people are being radicalized to commit violence. So I mean that's all perfectly reasonable and believable, and if it's anything other than that, the only other option is the highest level state participation either from within our government, which I don't even buy because I can't see the motive for that at all, or from Israel. It's the only that would be the only thing that makes sense, and it it is non false, you know, it's unfalsifiable because we all know that if Israel did do it, that information would never come out. They would cover it up just like they did with Alexandrovich, the, excuse me, Israeli cybersecurity head who was allowed to flee after attempting to commit rape in Las Vegas. So, yeah, that's that's my that's my take. You know, I wish I could just come out and say it's definitively Israel 100%, but I don't have that information or evidence. I don't think we would ever have that evidence or will ever have that evidence. However, I also cannot say definitively it's not, and I say that only because one, I did hear what I tweeted out a month before. I can't ignore that. I can't, you know, explain that other than, you know, them actually being a threat to him, as well as the suspicious reaction, benefits they would get. There's one other thing I was gonna say I can't quite remember right now, but yeah I can't write them off totally. You know, And as a final thing, if you've made it this long, you know, here's what here's what I really think about it. If you wanna know the truth, here's what I really think about what's going on. I can't figure out if it's funnier if Israel did it or not, because either Israel killed Charlie Kirk, thought they were gonna get it, thought they'd come up with this brilliant plan, they were gonna make him a martyr and get all this stuff, and then I accidentally stopped an Israeli false flag, which is awesome, and I would love if that was the case, and it very well may be. Is it not just as funny if Israel gets blamed for like the one assassination they don't commit? I mean, that not be ironic? Would that not be, like, like, actually a shot across the bow? And I said I said this when when I was talking to Nick that, like, you know, I almost feel like it's the it's the lead up to 09:11, and it's Alex Jones saying, hey, call the White House and let them know we know what they're doing. Call the White House and tell them if you attack the World Trade Center and try to blame it on Osama Bin Laden, we're not gonna fall for it because we know it's you. I almost feel like that where it's like, yeah, we should blame everything on Israel so Israel doesn't try shit and actually would be incentivized to protect us. And and as a final final note, I'll say if people are concerned about the state of relations with Israel and their future, I'll tell you the idea that people have a natural sort of psychosis called antisemitism, that is some sort of metaphysical evil that they pass on through their blood like that, that's how some people talk about it, that is absurd and nonsense. And the reality is people are reacting to the brutality of the Israeli regime and the willingness of American Jews to cover up for foreigners. That is what they're responding to, and if you don't do that, people will love you. And it really is as simple as that. When you take on the specter of so called antisemitism with the assumption that it is some sort of, you know, causeless, spontaneous outburst of mental illness that just has to be crushed or like made illegal, you're only gonna make it worse. The more you squeeze, the more people are gonna slip through your fingers. I'm literally telling this to like Jews and Israelis, like I I actually care about you, and I actually don't want you to, you know, be subject to another holocaust. Like, honestly, if that's what you want to avoid, I'll tell you the answer right now. It's it's extremely easy. All it takes is, like, faith in humanity, and what you should do is help America. And it's really as simple as that. And it's one it's probably the biggest frustration about Israel and America right now, which is the amount the American government does for Israel. So it's like, You guys have all the influence basically. Nothing we want ever gets even remotely done. We have to fight like hell. We get thrown in jail. Get we're protesting. We get beaten and it's just and we finally get success and all of our gains just go entirely to Israel. Just they get everything they want and we get nothing we want. We're the ones that sacrifice. They didn't do shit. So that's incredibly frustrating. So if you used all of that influence, if you wielded all of that power, if you actually helped America, not for the sake of Israel, not helping America because they help Israel, not quote unquote helping America by, we actually run the actually the American economy depends you know, we actually all the weapons we send to Israel come from American manufacturers, so it's it's actually kinda like we're just paying ourselves. Like, no. Cut that out. That's fucking bullshit. Everybody knows that's fucking bullshit. I'll tell you what. You've got all the influence. You've got all the power. Use it to make things better in America. Do you think the American people will still hate you? They'll love you. If Israelis were on TV going, I'm, you know, using my I'm I'm in I'm influencing politicians to close the border and deport people more rapidly and all that stuff. Like, you know, people give lip service to that, but if if we saw the same type of action from the Trump administration for America that we see them do for Israel, we would love whoever is promoting. Like, we would love whoever's behind that. So, if Israel's concerned like, if they didn't kill Charlie Kirk and are, like, why the hell are we being blamed and are, like, worried about the existential conundrum that they find themselves in after committing genocide for multiple years and, you know, failing to take out Iran in any meaningful way, then my honest to god suggestion is use your influence to help Americans and Americans will embrace you and be like hell yeah I'm so glad these people are on our side look at how you know good they are at getting the government to to move. Like if Israel so Israelis have the power to use the government to force colleges to fire their presidents. It's happened multiple times. They're just raking universities over the coals, and universities are being forced to bend the knee. And you see on display the power of the federal government when they're moved to do something for someone. In this case, it's Israelis, not Americans. If you use that same influence to force colleges to, you know, stop discriminating against white people and stop teaching DEI and bullshit, then Americans would love you and embrace you. See, people have to be you have to be convinced that antisemitism is totally irrational and crazy. That way, you don't understand that, like, oh, we can just not do that, and, you know, we can just not do the things that make people hate us, and then they won't hate us. And, again, we don't hate you. Nobody hates you. We hate the people doing the bad stuff, but when you throw your lot in with them, you're making yourself our enemy. I'm not making you my enemy. When I talk about George Soros, I'm not making the average Jew my enemy. When I talk about Israel, I'm not even making the average Israeli my enemy. When I talk about Israel, what it does as a government, as a military, as a, you know, Rothschild cabal. So don't defend them, and their only hope in, you know, maintaining control over you and us is, you know, free for you to believe that when people insult Benjamin Netanyahu, it means they, you know, somehow have a deep seated hatred for Jews. So, anyway, I guess we kinda got away from the Charlie Kirk topic, but I I do think it's all, deeply intertwined. And, I think moving forward, I'm gonna continue to keep both possibilities in my mind. But regardless, we have to something about the leftist violence, we have to do something about the Israeli control of our government. The fact that these two became the primary theories about Charlie Kirk is not a coincidence. And the fact that we can't decide between the two, also not a coincidence. They're not unrelated. They both need to be dealt with, and they both form a symbiotic, mutually beneficial relationship at times. So, yeah, let's get rid of the leftist violence, and let's do that first and foremost by getting rid of things like AIPAC and the ADL so the American government can actually focus on the will of the American people and not be brainwashed into doing the bidding of foreigners and globalists. God bless you all. Good night.
Saved - September 15, 2025 at 9:24 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Viewing Charlie Kirk's assassination from an Israeli strategic perspective. From my appearance on @LibertyLockPod https://t.co/CvPmdTHgU1

Video Transcript AI Summary
- "Charlie Kirk is the pro Zionist guy." - "What if they were listening in to him and he was in communications with people saying, hey. I think I'm gonna go this direction and they knew his intentions or saw this pattern." - "Here's this pro Zionist guy with this incredibly powerful platform that they built, by the way, that Charlie has, thanks to them." - "So if he's gonna take what they gave him and turn it against them, that could literally destroy Israel because the youth is people they're most concerned about." - "We can't let him turn." - "Israel was never my top suspect until, you know, I've spent twenty four hours thinking about it, I'm like, it's not unreasonable. It's not even out of the question in terms of would Israel do this." - "it's in their wheelhouse."
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: So then I'm thinking about it from Israel's perspective and going, first of all, without my tweet as context, it kinda doesn't make any sense because Charlie Kirk is the pro Zionist guy. He is the pro Israel guy. He holds that banner, and he's known as that. So to say Israel's gonna kill him, that genuinely doesn't make any sense. But then when you think of it as what if he was going in that direction? What if they were listening in to him and he was in communications with people saying, hey. I think I'm gonna go this direction and they knew his intentions or saw this pattern. Then suddenly, it's like, okay. Here's this pro Zionist guy with this incredibly powerful platform that they built, by the way, that they that Charlie has, thanks to them. So if he's gonna take what they gave him and turn it against them, that could literally destroy Israel because the youth is people they're most concerned about. They're bringing over all these 30 people to Israel to train. They're very concerned about the youth perception of Israel. Charlie is the dude when it comes to Israel. He is such a powerful component of their apparatus. And so then you think like, alright. We can't let him turn. Again, that's just, like, totally unacceptable. And if he starts to turn and we take him out then, then we'll be blamed. So, you know, you take him out before he ever really genuinely turns, and then he's the Zionist martyr and maybe you blame it on the Palestinian and then you get more antisemitism stuff and you, you know, unify the right and they stop criticizing your your guy, you know, anymore. I don't know, man. So again, I Israel was never my top suspect until, you know, I've spent twenty four hours thinking about it, I'm like, it's not unreasonable. It's not even out of the question in terms of would Israel do this. I mean, it's like guys Hell yeah. I mean, Clint and I started this conversation. So, you know, it it's like it's in their wheelhouse. And if nothing else, it just shows how much they needed Charlie Kirk because, man, nobody's gonna be defending them anymore. And and their reputation is is in the toilet, obviously.
Saved - September 11, 2025 at 9:19 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

I’m not gonna name names, but I was told by someone close to Charlie Kirk that Charlie thinks Israel will kill him if he turns against them.

@ImperiumFirst - 𝐆𝐫𝐢𝐦𝐚𝐥𝐝𝐮𝐬

Ian Carroll reacts to the embarrassing clip of Charlie Kirk avoiding Nick Fuentes, and calls him out for not debating Nick. “The mainstream avoidance of Nick Fuentes is a fear response.” https://t.co/AZ7HzmcUhN

Video Transcript AI Summary
The discussion centers on Nick Fuentes drawing crowds and pressuring figures to debate him. A caller asks Charlie Kirk if he would ever debate Fuentes; Kirk replies, "I personally do not give a platform to bad faith actors," and adds, "I don't platform trolls" or debate with people who are not good faith actors. Fuentes counters that Kirk avoids debate to protect his donors and organization, arguing that "the mainstream avoidance of Nick Fuentes is a fear response." He cites audience metrics, noting Fuentes has "just a few 100,000 followers on Rumble" and last Friday's episode approached a million views. Fuentes says he is "presenting legitimate arguments and cogent opinions" and that he is "offering in good faith to debate you." He adds, "If forced to debate the merits of The US Israel relationship, that would be made plain" and claims "his opinion on Israel is colored by his donors."
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I think that people over the age of 40, like Tucker probably included, don't realize just how many people are listening to Fuentes and waiting for anyone to debate him, like anyone at all. Because it's becoming more and more apparent that the only reason Charlie Kirk or Ben Shapiro wouldn't want to debate him is because they know that they would lose dramatically. A caller actually lied his way onto Charlie Kirk's show this last week and asked him why he won't debate Nick Fuentes, and Charlie's response was hilarious. Check out. Let's go Speaker 1: to Nathaniel. Nathaniel, thank you so much for being a member. What's on your mind? Speaker 2: Hi, Charlie. As a TP USA chapter founder and president, I've seen firsthand how the tide is turning among young conservatives. I say, if you truly believe in open debate in the marketplace of ideas, will you ever be willing to debate Nick Fuentes, or will you wait until his movement forces you to adopt his talking points as we've seen already? Speaker 1: You know, it's funny. I personally do not give a platform to bad faith actors, And I had a hole open about this. And by the way, a really important thing is not to lie and to not bear false testimony. It's fine. I'll answer your question. You know, you said, oh, you know, I wanna have a question about Turning Point events, and you obviously lied about your question. Doesn't surprise me because Speaker 0: Boy. Speaker 1: You have deceit. But you know what? Honestly, I'm asked that question all the time. What? I don't platform trolls, and I don't platform, and I don't discuss people or I don't debate with people that are not good faith actors. And Speaker 2: You debate now is that people will champion Speaker 1: They can keep on yelling at how successful we are in our big events and well over a thousand employees, but a lot of jealousy out there. We build. They complain. We succeed. We win. They blame the Jews. Thank you. Next question. Speaker 0: A lot of jealousy out there. A lot of jealousy. That's that's why he won't debate Nick Fuentes because he's got a big organization, a lot of money, a lot of donors. Hey, g g g g, why don't you why don't you go lie down, babe? So, yeah, it's all jealousy. Nick Funt is just jealous of how many donors Charlie Kirk has, of how big of an organization Charlie Kirk has. I mean, a, Charlie couldn't answer the question, and b, he's like, I see you're dishonest. I see you lied your way into the conversation. I don't answer trolls. Nick reacted to this clip on his show on Friday as well. And it's just so obvious that Charlie has no answer because he can't, because his opinion on Israel is colored by his donors, by an agenda that is not based in facts or America first ideology. And if forced to debate the merits of The US Israel relationship, that would be made plain and apparent. So instead, Charlie has to go with this hollow avoidance strategy. I don't debate trolls. Well, Charlie, most of your YouTube videos are getting, like, 40 to a 100,000 views, it looks like, from my scroll of your channel. Your channel has, like, 4,000,000 subscribers on YouTube. Nick Fuentes has just a few 100,000 followers on Rumble, not even on YouTube, over on Rumble. And in just twenty four hours, this Friday's episode was pushing 400,000 views. Last Friday's episode is getting close to a million. He's viral everywhere. Everyone is watching him. Everyone is talking about him. And they aren't saying he's a troll. No one thinks he's he's not a troll. They're saying that he's got good points and that you should debate him. Nick certainly isn't acting like a troll. He's presenting legitimate arguments and cogent opinions. He's offering in good faith to debate you. And you know damn well that if you took that debate, it would be one of the most viral moments on the Internet of the entire year regardless of who won, regardless of what happened. You know that. We all know that. It's blatantly transparent that the mainstream avoidance of Nick Fuentes is a fear response.
Saved - September 11, 2025 at 9:15 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

About my post: https://t.co/D3DQuXHu3x

Video Transcript AI Summary
My tweet that's gone viral from last month. It's now the number one tweet on anything, Benjamin at Yahoo, is posting. I'm not gonna say who it was that told me. A month ago I watched an interview with Megan Kelly and Charlie Kirk, I thought they looked scared. A day later, in a talk about Israel and Zionist influencers, Charlie Kirk says he's afraid to go against Israel because he thinks they might kill him. I remember it as that. I thought he feared losing sponsors, not dying. I will take your calls tomorrow on Infowars. Whoever they identify as the shooter, most people won't think it's the shooter. There is video backing up. God bless Charlie Kirk; Trump must act drastic. Antifa launched a military style ambush of federal agents at an ICE facility in Texas a month ago. We need to make them regret it.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I wanted to make a video at least to talk a little bit about, my tweet that's gone completely viral from last month. It's now the number one tweet on anything, Benjamin at Yahoo, is posting. So thanks, guys. Really glad I'm on I'm on his radar now. That's cool. But it's true. I mean, it's I don't really have too much to add to it, honestly. I'm not gonna say who it was that told me because they'd asked me not to, kind of for obvious reasons. So if they wanna go public, they're more than welcome to. I don't have much to add to it other than basically, like, a month ago, I watched an interview with Megan Kelly and Charlie Kirk, I thought they looked scared, and I commented on that, made a video out of it. And then, like, a day or so later, I was talking to this person. And the way I remember the conversation going was that we were just talking about sort of Israel and Zionism and Zionist influencers, and Charlie Kirk came up. And I remember the other person saying to me, well, you know, Charlie Kirk says he's afraid to go against Israel because he thinks they might kill him. And I said, that's crazy because I just made that video about how Charlie Kirk seems scared. That's that's crazy that you're saying that right now. That's the way that conversation I remember it going. It may have been the other way around. I may have said they looked scared. And they said, well, you know, he says he thinks, you know, Israel will kill him for going against him. But then we, you know, we talked about other stuff. You know, we we we moved on. I don't I don't really have any more information other than that. You know, at the time, I was thinking, you know, Charlie Kirk seems scared he's gonna lose his sponsors, lose, you know, donors, something like that. I wasn't even thinking about losing his life. So that was my reaction. I was like, woah. You know, I just I just made a video saying that, but I wasn't even thinking he was scared of dying. I thought he was scared of, you know, losing support, losing his position. So that's I I really don't I really don't have anything else to say. I wish I did. I will oh, shit. Sorry. I will I don't know. I'll take your calls on it tomorrow on American Journal on Infowars. But I I wish I had more to say, but I really don't about about that topic. You know, I think the sad thing is, or the truth of the matter is, whoever they identify as the shooter is most people aren't gonna think it's the shooter. So in a way, you know, the speculation was inevitable. I I don't think my tweet was a thing that made people, you know, think that Israel could be behind this. I think there's a lot of other reasons. But, obviously, my tweet sort of frames it in a certain way that there is video backing up. But, yeah, that's that's the whole story. You know, I don't I don't really have anything else to add to it. I don't have any inside information. And, honestly, I don't one of reasons I wanna go live right now is because there's not a lot of information one way or the other. So I'll wait till tomorrow and and cover it in the morning with with everything out in front of me. But I should pray for Carly Charlie Kirk's soul, pray for his family, and pray for America, man. We're entering into a very dangerous timeline, and of the reason why, despite all of his shortcomings, I still got to root for Trump and support Trump and beg Trump to fulfill his mandate and do what's necessary, because if Democrats ever get back in power, they're gonna go completely insane. They've been talking about it for a long time. The insanity of the left is really out of control. I mean, do you know they launched Antifa launched a military style ambush of federal agents at an ICE facility in Texas a month ago. They lit a fire to draw the agents out and then were stationed in hidden positions with rifles to fire at them. Do you know that happened in America a month ago? I mean, the media does not cover it literally does not cover left wing violence, and it tries to cover it up if it can't help but cover it in the case of, like, school shootings, church shootings, which have been done multiple times in the very recent past by, you know, left left wing activists, Luigi Mangione, the support from the media of these figures, and then the politicians pretty much openly threatening that, like, if they get back in power again, they're going to be tyrannical. So we really have this very brief window of opportunity, and it Trump has to do something. He has to do something drastic. That's I mean, what is there more to say? God bless Charlie Kirk, and we're gonna keep his memory alive. And the I think the only way to combat this is to make it abundantly clear that political assassinations backfire tremendously and the person you target becomes a, you know, honored martyr. And if you thought you were getting rid of Charlie Kirk, I think Charlie Kirk's face should be on billboards and plastered on walls and posted under every leftist every day from now until eternity. I think we need to make it very clear that taking a shortcut like murder in the political realm is a decision you're going to regret. I think we need to make them regret it.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

I’m not gonna name names, but I was told by someone close to Charlie Kirk that Charlie thinks Israel will kill him if he turns against them.

@ImperiumFirst - 𝐆𝐫𝐢𝐦𝐚𝐥𝐝𝐮𝐬

Ian Carroll reacts to the embarrassing clip of Charlie Kirk avoiding Nick Fuentes, and calls him out for not debating Nick. “The mainstream avoidance of Nick Fuentes is a fear response.”

Video Transcript AI Summary
Speakers argue that people over 40 underestimate how many are listening to Nick Fuentes and waiting for a debate. A caller lied his way onto Charlie Kirk's show about debating Fuentes; Kirk says, "I personally do not give a platform to bad faith actors" and, "I don't platform trolls, and I don't debate with people that are not good faith actors." They claim the reason Kirk and Ben Shapiro won't debate Fuentes is because they know, "the only reason... they would lose dramatically." They point to Fuentes' reach: "Nick Fuentes has a few 100,000 followers on Rumble, not even on YouTube," and his episodes drew "pushing 400,000 views" in 24 hours and "close to a million" prior Friday. They call the avoidance "a fear response," say "they blame the Jews," and argue Fuentes offers "in good faith to debate you" and could make "one of the most viral moments" online.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: I think that people over the age of 40, like Tucker probably included, don't realize just how many people are listening to Fuentes and waiting for anyone to debate him, like anyone at all. Because it's becoming more and more apparent that the only reason Charlie Kirk or Ben Shapiro wouldn't want to debate him is because they know that they would lose dramatically. A caller actually lied his way onto Charlie Kirk's show this last week and asked him why he won't debate Nick Fuentes, and Charlie's response was hilarious. Check out. Let's go Speaker 1: to Nathaniel. Nathaniel, thank you so much for being a member. What's on your mind? Speaker 2: Hi, Charlie. As a TP USA chapter founder and president, I've seen firsthand how the tide is turning among young conservatives. I say, if you truly believe in open debate in the marketplace of ideas, will you ever be willing to debate Nick Fuentes, or will you wait until his movement forces you to adopt his talking points as we've seen already? Speaker 1: You know, it's funny. I personally do not give a platform to bad faith actors, And I had a hole open about this. And by the way, a really important thing is not to lie and to not bear false testimony. It's fine. I'll answer your question. You know, you said, oh, you know, I wanna have a question about Turning Point events, and you obviously lied about your question. Doesn't surprise me because Speaker 0: Boy. Speaker 1: You have deceit. But you know what? Honestly, I'm asked that question all the time. What? I don't platform trolls, and I don't platform, and I don't discuss people or I don't debate with people that are not good faith actors. And Speaker 2: You debate now is that people will champion Speaker 1: They can keep on yelling at how successful we are in our big events and well over a thousand employees, but a lot of jealousy out there. We build. They complain. We succeed. We win. They blame the Jews. Thank you. Next question. Speaker 0: A lot of jealousy out there. A lot of jealousy. That's that's why he won't debate Nick Fuentes because he's got a big organization, a lot of money, a lot of donors. Hey, g g g g, why don't you why don't you go lie down, babe? So, yeah, it's all jealousy. Nick Funt is just jealous of how many donors Charlie Kirk has, of how big of an organization Charlie Kirk has. I mean, a, Charlie couldn't answer the question, and b, he's like, I see you're dishonest. I see you lied your way into the conversation. I don't answer trolls. Nick reacted to this clip on his show on Friday as well. And it's just so obvious that Charlie has no answer because he can't, because his opinion on Israel is colored by his donors, by an agenda that is not based in facts or America first ideology. And if forced to debate the merits of The US Israel relationship, that would be made plain and apparent. So instead, Charlie has to go with this hollow avoidance strategy. I don't debate trolls. Well, Charlie, most of your YouTube videos are getting, like, 40 to a 100,000 views, it looks like, from my scroll of your channel. Your channel has, like, 4,000,000 subscribers on YouTube. Nick Fuentes has just a few 100,000 followers on Rumble, not even on YouTube, over on Rumble. And in just twenty four hours, this Friday's episode was pushing 400,000 views. Last Friday's episode is getting close to a million. He's viral everywhere. Everyone is watching him. Everyone is talking about him. And they aren't saying he's a troll. No one thinks he's he's not a troll. They're saying that he's got good points and that you should debate him. Nick certainly isn't acting like a troll. He's presenting legitimate arguments and cogent opinions. He's offering in good faith to debate you. And you know damn well that if you took that debate, it would be one of the most viral moments on the Internet of the entire year regardless of who won, regardless of what happened. You know that. We all know that. It's blatantly transparent that the mainstream avoidance of Nick Fuentes is a fear response.
Saved - July 4, 2025 at 2:23 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Blackrock has NEVER had an employee break ranks and blow the whistle, but that’s just what @HamdanAzhar is doing. He created a database that revealed some disturbing business practices, so they fired him to cover it up. Now he is suing to make it public. https://t.co/qCTjWMoC3K

Video Transcript AI Summary
Hamdan Azar, a former data scientist from Facebook and BlackRock, discusses his experience as a whistleblower. BlackRock hired him to modernize their data science and AI capabilities. He created a database, "ESG Trend Spotter," to track client meeting notes and identify key themes, including ESG, China, and Bitcoin. Initially praised, Azar was later told to shut down the database and was abruptly terminated. He believes this was due to the database revealing information that could expose BlackRock to scrutiny, particularly regarding investments in Chinese military companies. Azar highlights BlackRock's influence in the economy and its investments in Bitcoin. He expresses concern over BlackRock's power and potential conflicts of interest, especially regarding ESG standards and investments in China. He also notes the government has been "asleep at the wheel" and needs to hold BlackRock accountable. He calls for greater awareness and action to protect American citizens and their retirement savings.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Hi. Welcome back. Ladies and gentlemen, this is The American Journal. I'm your host, Harrison Smith, joined in studio today by Hamdan Azar. He is a data science scientist, analytics, Speaker 1: and research leader with over ten years of experience discover discovering meaningful insights in complex data sets and using storytelling to drive business, product, and social impact. He was formerly a director at Blockchain Blockchain Technologies Corporation. And prior to that, he was a data scientist at Facebook, at Graph Science, and on Ron Paul's twenty twelve presidential campaign. He can be followed on X at hamdanazhar. That's h a m d a n a z h a r, and the website is hamdanazhar.com. You're here with us today because you're a whistleblower from BlackRock, and we're gonna talk a lot about what BlackRock is up to. Welcome to show, sir. Speaker 2: Thank you so much, Harrison. Great to be here. Thank you for having me. Speaker 1: Oh, it's my pleasure. Just tell us about your background. Obviously, you've got a lot of experience in a lot of different, you know, sets that are of interest to our audience, especially, you know, the fact that you worked on Ron Paul's campaign in 2012 as a data scientist for him. But but what leads you to be sitting here in the studio today? Speaker 2: For sure. Absolutely. Yeah. So I think I've always been bit of a nerd. You know, I grew up in Brooklyn. I was always good at math and science. And then also, you know, growing up in the George Bush era, right, with the Patriot Act and everything that happened after nine eleven, I was always very passionate about civil liberties, and that's what led me to, you know, Ron Paul. You know, I I went to Iowa as a volunteer to knock on doors and make phone calls. And in the phone bank, you know, I was I saw all these kids, and it was just, like, a lot of energy. And a part of me was like, I'm a data scientist. You know? I wanna help this campaign. I wanna use my skills to advance liberty. And how do I do that? And, you know, I ran into this guy at the head of the phone bank. I was like, I'm a statistician. I wanna help. And he had no idea what I was talking about. He's like, just make some calls. And as I made some calls. Right? And then I came to him three days later, I said, listen. I've made hundreds of calls. I can tell you how we can win this campaign. I can tell you where in the state Ron Paul should visit. I can tell you how we're polling him on different different demographics. I can tell you what parts of our message are resonating. The guy's, like, mind you know, his mind blew open. Right? It was that was Nick Spanos, my mentor who ended up starting the world's first Bitcoin exchange. Speaker 1: Oh, wow. Speaker 2: And we had incredible time working with Ron Paul in the campaign. And, you know, my career took me in many interesting places. At Facebook, I invented emoji machine learning. So on your phone, when you type in a word, it shows you an emoji. I was, you know, one of the inventors of that. Speaker 1: Oh, that's amazing. Speaker 2: People blame me when they have emoji misunderstandings for their loved Right. You know, it's been a really interesting journey. And one day, got a call from BlackRock. They said, you know, we saw your TED talk. We we can see you can really get people excited about data science, and we need that here because, you know, BlackRock is a a very powerful company, but also struggles a bit in attracting tech talent because the young kids, most of them don't wanna work at BlackRock. They'd rather be at Facebook or at Uber or at OpenAI. Speaker 1: Right. Speaker 2: And they wanted to bring me in as an innovator, as someone who could help bring BlackRock into the modern era using data science, using technology, using AI. And, you know, I had a lot of really interesting experiences there, and, you know, I think I'm concerned. Right? I'm concerned about the role BlackRock is playing in our economy today. I'm concerned about, BlackRock's role in essentially having this chokehold on the modern economy. I think there are lot of the good thing is that there are a lot of there's a lot of awareness about this, and a lot of attorney generals are investigating BlackRock. And, you know, I'm I'm following that and, you know, just wanted to share that with your audience, you know, get in here and have a conversation. And, yeah, let's let's spread some knowledge. Speaker 1: So so what exactly did you do with BlackRock? And and were you aware of BlackRock before they got in contact with you? Did you learn about them, you know, after they got in contact with you? Were you excited to go work for them? I mean, what was your experience with BlackRock? What exactly did you did you do for them? Speaker 2: For sure. Yeah. No. To be honest, I think I was kind of like many of your viewers. I was like BlackRock, Blackstone, Blackwater, Bridgewater. I know there's a meme out there about all of these companies, and it's a it's a very interesting I actually I didn't know too much about it. I know it's knew it was a powerful financial company. I didn't really know what they did. I learned about it. Right? I learned about it. I was initially, I was excited, right, because this was it was sold to me as a classic American company. Right? It's like General Motors. It's like BlackRock. Right? It's a it's a icon of American capitalism. It's a triumph of the American spirit and the American mind that we've created this company that is managing the retirement assets of, you know, tens of millions of Americans, you know, firefighters and teachers. And that vision was sold to me, and I was excited to contribute to that using my skills. But, know, obviously, what I as I grew to learn more about what BlackRock actually is and what it does, you know, I I definitely became a lot more concerned. Speaker 1: And so so what what exactly were you doing for them? I understand you were, like, building a database. What what did that entail? Speaker 2: Sure. Yeah. So I was hired to lead data science for global marketing at BlackRock. So just some context on BlackRock. BlackRock is the largest asset manager in the world. It's not a hedge fund. It's not a private equity fund. BlackRock essentially manages money for on behalf of its clients. And BlackRock's clients can be pension funds, teaching teachers funds. They can be sovereign wealth funds. They can be governments. They can be individual financial advisers. They can be other banks. And BlackRock essentially buys up assets on behalf of these clients and manages those assets. And in exchange for that, they get a management fee. Now these assets can be actively managed funds where BlackRock is going in and picking stocks and trying to beat the, you know, the the the the stock market average. Mhmm. Or they can be passive funds where BlackRock is constructing an index fund where you can go in and buy, you know, a BlackRock asset that is essentially tracking the Nasdaq or the Dow Jones or the S and P, and BlackRock is getting a a percentage fee off of that. Now the way the interesting thing about BlackRock is that even though it's one company on paper, it's actually dozens of different businesses. There's an institutional client business. There's a Aladdin business that makes risk software for for banks. There's a financial markets advisory group that all it does is advise central banks. So there are all of these different entities, and BlackRock's challenge in marketing to its clients is that BlackRock has, like, 12 different businesses, all of whom have their own clients. Marketing. They all have their own client list. Interestingly, there was a project even to come up with a list of who are BlackRock's clients. Mhmm. And there were about 25 engineers working on that for four years. Gosh. Because, know, it might sound silly, but they could because it's like, what is a client of BlackRock? Is it someone on whose behalf we manage money? Okay. But then is UBS a client? But is UBS France a different client? Is UBS Austria a different client? What if we hold their money temporarily, but we're just a custodian and then someone else is actually managing their money? Like, it gets very, very gnarly, very quickly. Speaker 1: Convoluted. Yeah. Speaker 2: Very convoluted. And then my you know, one of my, you know, essentially priorities was how do we get this data house in order? Because how do we make sense of all this data? How do we connect it together? How do we use this to drive insight? Right? Because I'm a I'm a detective, you know, I'm I'm I'm dabbled in data journalism. I'm a very curious person. So I'm going in there as someone not a traditional finance person. I wanna use the data to understand the company to figure out how it can have as much impact as possible. So we had a hackathon. We had a hackathon at BlackRock, and I built this tool called ESG Trend Spotter. Essentially, what it was is a search engine. So let's take a step back. Anytime a BlackRock employee meets with a client, they write up a note from that meeting. It goes into one of 12 different databases. These databases don't really talk to each other. They're not connected to each other. You know, there are different access provisions. It's like no one can really get that bird's eye view of who is BlackRock talking to. And as I got deeper into the data, was like, wouldn't it be cool to build something like that? That's essentially what I built. I connected all of these different databases so that out of bird's eye, I could see all of the meetings BlackRock had over the past month. And then I could mine the notes from those meetings to understand what are the key themes that our clients are talking to us about, what are the key themes that we're talking about, and how do we find insights based on these themes. Initially, this was called ESG trend spotter because our goal was to find trends related to ESG. Later on, we realized that this can track themes much beyond ESG. It's not just ESG, so we dropped the ESG. And, essentially, this was, you know, one of my main projects that I led and I conceived and I I drove. And it was, you know, my one of my colleagues, I used call it, like, the Snowden database because that's what Snowden did. He went into the intelligence services. He found all these different systems. He connected it all together, and he discovered a bunch of stuff that got him in trouble. And, you know, maybe that that might be what happened to me as well. Speaker 1: Yeah. So did you get did you get in trouble? I mean, what what, you know, what happened? What did you turn against BlackRock at some point? Did they turn against you? I mean, how did this how did this this unfold for you? Speaker 2: Yeah. For sure. So initially, was praised. Right? I was celebrated as a rock star. There was an article about me on BlackRock's website. I organized the largest ever internal technology conference at BlackRock. The COO of BlackRock came to speak at this conference. Wow. You know, I held a fireside chat with him. He called me a rising star. He called me a rock star. I remember we held it during the during COVID, during Omicron, like, worst part of COVID in December of twenty twenty. And we were in the office, I think, December, 6PM, and he comes speaks to us. And he said, I had to come and talk to the people who are in the office on the last Friday during the worst pandemic in the world because that's how much they love technology and that's how much they love this company. And, you know, initially, I was praised. Right? And Yeah. Abruptly, you know, a few weeks later, was told to shut down this database. I was told, you have to shut it down. You know, we can't use it anymore. You have to shut it down. You have to cut off all the access. And then a few weeks later, I was terminated, out of nowhere. And it was just like my head my head was spinning. Speaker 1: That's wild. So what what happened? I mean, what what brought that about? Do you ever Speaker 2: Yeah. So I think I was so not only did I build this database, I was also sending newsletters within the company to the employees about what the top topics in these notes were. And the topics were all topics that BlackRock ended up under investigation about within a few months after that. Uh-oh. So they were ESG. There were investments in China. They were Ukraine and Russia, Bitcoin. Like, all of these hot button topics that literally either congress opened an investigation, DOJ opened an investigation, Texas attorney general opened an investigation. I was the one, you know, sort of like this naive, you know, little nerdy kid from Brooklyn. I was like, hey, guys. All our clients are talking about ESG. All our clients are talking about Bitcoin. And it was like, wow. Speaker 1: Wow. Okay. Here's the story. Yeah. BlackRock Whistleblower sues over firing shutdown of China monitoring tool. This is you, Hamdan Azar. He said he was fired after being forced to shut down search engine that monitored client discussions on illegal investments, including in China. So so what hap So you're you're terminated out of the blue. You're you're the the rising star and the rock star one day. The next day, they're telling you to shut it down. Mhmm. I mean, how did did you comply with that? Were they still treating you nicely? How did it get to the point that you're now a whistleblower against them or or suing them? I mean, what what led to that that major break? Speaker 2: Or For sure. Speaker 1: Yeah. Had you how did you, you know, come to the realization this was maybe bigger than what you thought it was? Speaker 2: Yeah. So, I mean, it happened out of the blue. You know, I was shocked, And I called, you know, my mentors in the company, all, you know, very senior managing directors, people who had, you know, mentored me and, you know, guided me and inspired you know, told me I was an inspiration throughout my career, they were all shocked. You know, to a one they were like, we're shocked. We've never heard anything like this happen before. Because BlackRock is a very old school corporate culture. It also used to be a very freewheeling culture where, you know, people curse, and it was like a very macho culture back in the day. A lot of stories about Larry Fink. And they said in order to be fired from BlackRock like this, like, this is like you either have to be embezzling money from the company or you have to be convicted of a crime. Like, the bar is very high because for anything else, you go through a process. There's there are allegations against you. There's an investigation. You have an opportunity to say your piece. And I didn't really get any of that. Like, I was summarily terminated while there was an article about me still on the website. Like, my face was on blackrock.com. Speaker 1: Right. Speaker 2: And so it was just like, everyone was telling me this, and it was they were like, you have to dig into this, and you have to fight back, because who knows what is behind this, and people have a right to know. Speaker 1: Well, so so what is behind it? Like, what what problems did the database create for BlackRock, and why why were they so desperate to get rid of it? Speaker 2: So I think what I you know, again, this is speculation on my part. Right? You know, there's a lawsuit undergoing, and there's, you know, limitations on what I can say, but we're hoping to learn a lot about this through discovery. But my hypothesis is that, you know, there were things in this database that probably might not have painted BlackRock in the best of light. And then also, you know, BlackRock, like many entities, has a very contentious relationship with the government when the government wants to investigate BlackRock. So there's a house committee on, the Chinese Communist Party, that launched an investigation into BlackRock, I think, four months after I was terminated. And they spent a year look requesting documents, and essentially, they concluded that BlackRock had invested, you know, billions of dollars in Chinese military companies, including companies that were directly linked to the production of nuclear weapons. This is in the congressional report. And, you know, I had built this technology that could be used to track that kind of stuff. Right? Because before I had built this database, maybe this was buried in, some corner office on the, you know, 30 Seventh Floor. Right. But now I had built this technology where anyone could investigate the scene see this for themselves, and I think that just presented too much of a liability for the company. Speaker 1: That is that is so what's happening currently with BlackRock? And and just sort of zooming out a little bit, you know, BlackRock sort of become a a by a a byword for just corporate oppression, corporate manipulation. We have a video. Maybe we can go to that video now of Larry Fink, which, you know, it's famous, and it's gone viral over and over be because it's him sort of saying the quiet part out loud. Let's go to the video of of Larry Fink. I'm sure everybody here has seen it, but let's remind ourselves, you know, how BlackRock sees their role in not just the American economy, but in in world politics and world events. So let's watch. Speaker 3: We should have far more representation of all different groups, genders that are at the top, and that's something that companies need to be very focused on. Speaker 1: You you now make a point of that's that's an investment criteria for you. Well, behaviors are gonna have to Speaker 4: change, and this is one thing we're gonna we're asking companies. You have to force behaviors. And at BlackRock, we are forcing behaviors. Speaker 2: I can't hear Speaker 4: you. Can't hear percent of the incoming class are women. We we added four more points in terms of diverse employment this year. And it it's you know, what we are doing internally is if you don't achieve these levels of impact, is your compensation could be impacted. Okay? We're doing the same thing. And so it's just it you have to force behaviors. And if you don't force behaviors, whether it's gender or race or just any way you wanna say the composition of your team, you're gonna be impacted. And that's not just not recruiting. It is development, as Ken said. And, ultimately, it's still gonna take time, but I am just as much shocked as Ken is that we have not seen more opportunities, and we're gonna have to force change. Speaker 1: We're gonna have to force change. Again, that was president of BlackRock, Larry Fink. And so here's here's this guy talking about forcing change in corporations. We know the method that they do this, you know, withholding investments for companies that don't, you know, abide by their stipulations in terms of who is on the board and all this sort of stuff. And you've also you know, this goes back to 2008 and the financial crisis, and it was handed over to BlackRock to basically disperse the funds to, you know, keep everything afloat. So they have just incredible power over our economy and the world economy, and yet they're cooperating with the Chinese communists. They're funding both sides of, you know, wars and weapons manufacturing. I mean, how dangerous is BlackRock in your in your estimation? How you know, it seems silly to even ask. Like, do they have too much power? I I think the the answer is, you know, foregone conclusion. But just what's your take on the on the power that BlackRock has in the current economy? Speaker 2: Yeah. Frankly, I think the government has been asleep at the wheel, to be honest. And I think a lot of the forces in government have been influenced by BlackRock as one of the largest lobbying operations. They donate heavily to both parties across the aisle, trying to curry favor with politicians and trying to curb regulation. And I think a lot of people might be listening to this. They're like, listen. This is the traditional financial system. It's the centralized financial system. CeFi, I'm out of that. I'm all DeFi. You know, I'm into Bitcoin and Ethereum. And I think what's really concerning is that BlackRock is now the one of the largest owners of Bitcoin. Right. BlackRock is, I think, the third or fourth largest owner of Bitcoin through their ETF, and they are out there pitching this ETF to pension funds and teachers funds. And Larry Fink, who for five years said Bitcoin is a tool for drug dealers and criminals, now is saying Bitcoin has to be a part of your portfolio. He's saying every sovereign wealth fund I meet, Bitcoin has to be 1% of your portfolio. But, obviously, he doesn't want people to buy real Bitcoin. He wants people to buy the BlackRock Bitcoin ETF. Right. Which is really concerning because it's like, is there anything that BlackRock does not have its hands in, and how do we really free ourselves and establish this independence? And even if you look at the prospectus for the BlackRock Bitcoin ETF, there's a clause in there that says that in the event that Bitcoin forks, BlackRock reserves the exclusive right to determine which of the forks is the real Bitcoin. And BlackRock reserves the right to sell off the asset it determines is not the real Bitcoin. And this is the clause that has the you know, a lot of the Bitcoin community, you know, just freaking out because it's, like, very if the fourth largest owner of Bitcoin can one day say, actually, this is not Bitcoin. We're gonna create this new token. That's the real Bitcoin. And you have to be on our white list to buy this Bitcoin, and everyone else, we're gonna blacklist their wallets. It's like, why did we create this whole independent ecosystem for? And, you know, I worked with Nick Spanish to launch the Bitcoin Center in New York in 2013, so I've been very early in this community. And it's just very concerning again to see that the government is, you know, in my view, not doing its full job of holding BlackRock accountable. Speaker 1: Yeah. And I the the crew just brought up a thing saying they own 3% of all Bitcoin, you know, in circulation. So, I mean, how much would they have to own to actually be able to manipulate the price of Bitcoin for their own ends? Speaker 2: Yeah. I mean, 33% is a lot. Right? 3% is a lot, and it's growing every day. And I think because of this clause that they have in their ETF prospectus, I think it's it's just deeply concerning. And also the fact that a lot of individual normal Americans might not be aware of this. Right? Because they hear Bitcoin, Bitcoin, they go out and they buy the ETF, and they don't realize this doesn't confer upon them ownership of the underlying asset. So I think there's a big investor protection angle here. There's a consumer protection angle here. And I think this is why there have been you know, I've been heartening to see many attorney generals in various states taking action against BlackRock. So Texas attorney general, you know, Ken Paxton is leading a lawsuit right now, Texas v BlackRock over in Tyler, Texas with the allegation that BlackRock has been conspiring illegally conspiring to draw down coal production in The US. And that's a very interesting lawsuit. You know, it's currently proceeding. And, he's joined, I think, by 15 other Republican attorney generals. And this is just the latest action. There are other actions against BlackRock about ESG. There there's the congressional investigation about China, but I think there all of these are sort of proceeding independently without any cohesive, you know, cohesive way of bringing it all together. And I think there's a tremendous opportunity here to really raise awareness about BlackRock and to really protect the retirement savings of millions of Americans. Speaker 1: Yeah. And and, again, when you talk about BlackRock and just the ability they have to manipulate things without being seen, is it is it a fact is it a factor that, basically, BlackRock sort of just did whatever it wanted for a long time, and and people started looking into it and realizing a sort of awakening to the power that it has, and Larry Fink goes out and makes these statements, and people look at that and go, Well, maybe we should be looking into this. I mean, it seems like BlackRock has sort of gotten away with stuff for a long time, and only in the last few years have governments started to sue them for certain things or question their practices. How do you think BlackRock feels about this? I feel like they gotta be very worried that they've got years worth of malfeasance sort of building up and and ready to to, you know, break the dam. Speaker 2: Yeah. I think so. I think that is the case. I also think I don't wanna underestimate BlackRock. I think they're adept at navigating the political ecosystem. And, you know, even with this Texas lawsuit, they're out there with statements saying that the Texas attorney general is trying to undercut the Trump administration and how BlackRock is the biggest ally of the Trump administration. And we saw Larry Fink, you know, with the Panama Canal, you know, the Yeah. Trump was like, we need to find an American buyer, and then BlackRock came in at the last last minute and tried to cut a deal. So I think this is a I I think it's just it's just who can say what can happen? But I think the listeners of this show, I think people can reach out to their representatives. They can raise awareness, And there's just so much noise on Capitol Hill, and it's just like every day there's a new distraction. But I think this is something that really needs concerted effort like we saw against, you know, the tobacco companies or these companies that were doing serious harms to the world economy. Yeah. I think we really need a lot more oversight and a lot more accountability. Speaker 1: You know, I I think that's such an important thing. We'll get into it on the other side. We're about to go to a commercial break. I'm here with Hamdan Azar, who's a whistleblower from BlackRock. And, you know, it's so interesting that you started with Ron Paul, you know, I feel like I was maybe much more libertarian before, but then you realize how much power these corporations have and how they're wielding it. And so I think that's an interesting transition, because you've got libertarians going, hey, the government needs to step put controls on this corporation, because I I completely agree with you. So I wanna talk about that. I wanna talk about what else BlackRock is doing. They're buying up the houses. They're stopping coal production. So much more still to come. Stay with us. More with Hamdan Azar on the other side. This is a a major interview, folks. Welcome back, folks. This is the American Journal. Am your host, Harrison Smith, joined in studio by Hamdan Azar. You can follow him on x at Hamdan Azar and the website hamdanazar.com. He's a whistleblower who was fired from BlackRock after creating a database that was maybe a little bit too good at what it was designed to do in revealing information about BlackRock. In this, you know, as you describe it, you're sort of you made this database, you connected all these sort of disparate things that BlackRock is involved in. And was there anything that, once you got fired, you sort of went back and looked at and said, you know, maybe that should have been a red flag early on. Or when I saw that, I didn't think much of it. But now that I'm questioning it, it stands out to me. Like, was there anything, you know, in your work that you revisited after being fired that that sort of brought up question marks to you? Speaker 2: For sure. Yeah. And I think the first thing has to be China. Right? So when I was at BlackRock, you know, every year BlackRock announces their three strategic priorities, which are, like, the three big things the firm wants to focus on. And when I was there in 2021, the three strategic priorities were China, Aladdin, and alt alternative investments. So BlackRock wanted to get more investments in China. They wanted to do more in alternative investments, which is essentially, you know, anything that's not traded on a public market, so private equity, you know, shares in private companies and the such. And then Aladdin, is their risk management platform that, you know, essentially manages, you know, trillions of dollars in the global economy. And when I once I was there, it's like, you know, China is a priority. China is an emerging market. That's, you know, the euphemism, right, emerging market. Emerging market. And then once I and then I was also sending newsletters about how China is a big topic in these meetings that BlackRock is talking continually talking about increasing its market share in China. And then the congressional report came out, was just damning. Right? And it was just like a moment for me where I was like, holy like, you know, was I a part of this? Right? Like, how did how did it not catch us? And if you look at the report itself, it's you know, the congress found that BlackRock had funneled billions of dollars of Americans' life savings to capitalize the military modernization of one of our foreign adversaries, and egregious human rights abuses. And in the report, they specifically, say that BlackRock was investing in companies associated with making military nuclear weapons Speaker 1: Right. Speaker 2: For the people's, you know, republic army of, the communist army of China, which was just like, wow. And I I wish I had caught that earlier. I wish I had been more on top of that because it was I would have said something. Right? And it was just like I was just like innocently, hey, China. Everyone's talking about China. And, you know, they were like, get off the stage. Was not saying Well, Speaker 1: and and it just it just goes to show sort of the nefarious aspect of it all. Because you've got Larry Fink in America imposing ESG, which obviously, you know, environmental is the is the first, you know, aspect of that triad. So they're they're forcing companies, and and I wanna get into, you know, what you mentioned about the way they were sort of crushing coal production in America. So while they're simultaneously forcing all these environmental concerns on us, they're massively investing in China, which has no concerns for the environment and is way worse. And, of course, you know, social and governance, while simultaneously, you know, investing in what is essentially a genocide of the Uighurs and forced, you know, working conditions and human rights abuses. So it really exposes the hypocrisy, but it's like more than hypocrisy. It's it's blatant deceit. They're imposing things on the West that they're not imposing in China. I mean, this is this is nefarious as it gets as far as I'm concerned. Speaker 2: Absolutely. And I think this is one of the greatest weaknesses and critiques of the whole concept of ESG is how subjective it all is. Because in theory, everyone's like, oh, we wanna protect the environment. We wanna invest in things that are good for society, that have good governance structures. Okay. Sounds great. But then question is how do you actually measure that, and who gets to decide? Who's the arbiter? And I think this was one of the greatest hypocrisies is investments in these Chinese military companies. Some of them had good ESG ratings. Like, oh, these are great ESG investments. And I remember this was a question I got one day. A managing director called me and he said, we're getting questions about investing in, arms dealers and weapons manufacturers. Is that ESG compliant or not? And how do we make a case that that's ESG compliant? And I was like, oh my god. Right? Like, I I'm as concerned about global warming as anyone else, right, and climate change. But, like, using this to funnel money into weapons manufacturers and death dealers, it was just, like, absolutely, you know, horrifying for me. Speaker 1: Well, and and how how diverse is the BlackRock board? Right? I mean, is, you know, are they adhering to the same restrictions that they impose on everybody else? I don't think so. So, you know, so what so what is their motive, do you think? I mean, obviously, they don't actually care about the environment, or they wouldn't be, you know, funneling money to China by the billions. So from from working on the inside, do you have any, you know, insight into what is actually motivating BlackRock to make these decisions? Is it is it pure greed and profit? Is it about the control? Is it I mean, what is motivating them? Speaker 2: Yeah. I think it's both. I think they're very hard to disentangle from each other. The greed and the profit, and then the control. And I think this is the challenge of living in an economy where BlackRock is the first or second largest shareholder in almost every single publicly traded company in America, which is just like it should be horrifying to write any any any person. It's just how did, our government allow this to happen? And, you know, there's a lot of talk about antitrust law and, you know, the Trump administration is a very pro anti you know, it's pro antitrust. Right? They're very opposed to monopoly power. Right? And and the issue is that this is not organic monopoly power. This is crony capitalism. These these are companies that attain their monopolies due to sweetheart contracts with the government, where BlackRock was given billions, trillions of dollars to buy its own products, right, at the taxpayer expense. Speaker 1: Right. Speaker 2: So, again, this is Ron Paul always talked about crony capitalism. He said the wrongs that we see in the marketplace are not the wrongs due to capitalism, they're due to crony capitalism. And I I think there's a there's a lot of weight to that argument, especially with a company like BlackRock. Speaker 1: Well, and that's the bizarre thing. We were talking about it during the break. It's a bizarre thing about ESG is it seems, as far as I'm concerned, to absolutely invert capitalism, where you're gonna make choices that are not what your customer wants. It's not gonna increase your profit. It's actually gonna hurt you, because obviously, if you're a company, you wanna hire the best person. Well, instead of hiring the best person, it's more advantageous for you to hire a person of a particular race, or particular gender identity, or sexual orientation, or whatever it is. You're making a decision that's gonna hurt your company, but in return, BlackRock's gonna increase their investment into you. So it just it just seems to me totally anathema to the concept of capitalism. And it's always been bizarre to me how everybody from BlackRock themselves to the companies that they're doing it, to the investment bankers that are deciding, you know, where to where to put their clients' money just accepted this, you know, without concern. They just went, oh, yeah. You know, ESG is just a score we apply now, and, you know, no questions asked. And it's like, but isn't this an a complete contradiction when when it comes to the purpose of capitalism is to make money, but here you are making less money, and making that choice somehow makes you more money. I mean, it's it's baffling to me how they how they pulled this over on everybody. Speaker 2: Exactly. And just listening to you talk right now, I feel like you were reading from the abstract of Texas v Blackrock, because that's what Ken Paxton said is saying in his lawsuit. Essentially, the lawsuit is saying that Blackrock and the other asset managers, Vanguard and State Street, they bought up significant shares in the largest coal production companies in The US, and then they started voting in a concerted pattern for or against directors of these coal companies. Meanwhile, they were releasing public statements saying that we need to cut coal production. We need to meet these climate goals. We need to meet these net zero goals. And all of those in concert, the state of Texas is arguing, is a conspiracy to, essentially, BlackRock putting its thumb on the economy, putting its thumb on the economy to cut down coal production, to advance its own agenda. And it's just it's it's a wild lawsuit, I'm really hoping it progresses. You know, BlackRock, again, they said the same thing about the governor of Texas that they said about me. They said this is a conspiracy theory. This is a paranoid conspiracy theory. And, initially, when BlackRock said that about me, I was freaked out. Right? Because you don't wanna wake up to a $6,000,000,000,000, $13,000,000,000,000 company saying you're a paranoid conspiracy theorist. But then they said the same thing about Ken Paxson. They said the same thing about 21 governors. Right. So I'm like, I'm in good company here, and it's just I'm glad people are taking notice, and we just gotta do a lot more. You know, it I I I think Speaker 1: you're exactly right, And I think it's interesting. I I think we mentioned this at the end of the last segment that sort of the way it's presented in traditional, you know, political media is you've got the the left wing that wants the government to do things, and the right wing that loves corporations. And I've I've always rejected that dichotomy, because to me, I just I'm against manipulation, oppression, subversion, whatever it is, whether it's coming from a company or a government, you know, oppression is oppression, or manipulation is manipulation. And, you know, at the end of the day, we as individuals, I certainly as an individual, do not have a remote possibility of forcing BlackRock to change their behavior. That's what the government is for. And as you pointed out in last one, this isn't It's not to be a communist to say, oh, we want the government to go in and and, you know, hijack these companies or take them over or whatever. It's actually This is Americanism. It's what America's always done. The American government has protected the citizens from exploitation by corporations. And whether it's breaking up, you know, the bell monopoly with the phone systems or, as you know, you pointing out, the tobacco companies that the government went after, I mean, this is what the government's for. But can you talk a little bit about that, being a, you know, a person on Ron Paul's campaign as a libertarian now calling for government intervention? I mean, how do you how do you square that? Because I I get it, but it's it's an interesting an interesting development I've sort of had to go through myself of going, oh, maybe I'm not as libertarian as I thought, because I do think the government has a role to play here. Is there a contradiction there? Is there a hypocrisy there? How do you see this this dichotomy? Speaker 2: For sure. And I think there has been a tremendous evolution in the viewpoints of the two parties on, you know, crony capitalism, on monopoly control, and enterprises. I think we have to give a lot of credit to the last former FTC chairman Lina Khan. She wrote this incredible paper about Amazon, and then Josh Hawley came on board. And then she had this incredible bipartisan consensus around her saying that we have to use antitrust law. It's not just buried a 100 in some law journals from a 100 years ago. It's something that we can use to protect Americans. It's something we can use to make sure Americans have more choices, not less. And that if the only choice I have to, you know, get a a iPhone cover delivered to me in four hours is Amazon, then it's actually not a choice. Right? Speaker 1: Right. Speaker 2: And there's billions and trillions of dollars, and there's government interplay. And, you know, obviously, Amazon is playing a big role in the in the government contracts and military and in the intelligence services. So I think there's a there's a significant role government can play. And I think I have always been disappointed that the Democratic administrations did not do more to hold these large companies accountable, that they were working so closely with big tech and, you know, big finance. And even BlackRock has had a revolving door in the Democratic administrations going back thirty years, that there were people who work at BlackRock, Democratic administration, they become deputy treasury secretary. Republicans come in, they go back to BlackRock. It's just, like, back and forth, back and forth. I think this might be the first administration where we don't have a former BlackRock executive up there at the treasury department. And I think that's why we have a very limited window of opportunity to mobilize, you know, the parts of the government who should be doing a better job of protecting Americans across the justice department, the SEC, treasury, partnering with all of these states to hold BlackRock accountable and to really protect the interests of the American citizens. Speaker 1: And Absolutely. But, you know, it makes sense, though, doesn't it? Because as much as the Democrats wanna pretend that they're the anti corporate party, when you talk about ESG, I mean, that is the Democrat, ideology the financial world. It's You gotta fire your white guys, you gotta hire gay people and hire minorities, and it's all identity based. And again, totally just anathema to capitalism in any pure form. So, yeah, no, it makes perfect sense to me that the Democrats would want to use this corporate power to progress their agenda, because it is their agenda that BlackRock is serving. Right? Speaker 2: Of course. And that's what they call, you know, greenwashing or pinkwashing or any of these washings. Right? You have a child in The Middle East. He doesn't care about the gender identity of the guy flying the bomber that's gonna kill his whole family and wipe out, you know, his little cousins playing ball in the courtyard. Right? It's not a I mean, there's a lot more to it, and it it's like all this is used as a tool to distract us from actually holding power accountable and holding power structures accountable in these large corporations and governments that are often working hand in hand against the interests of of the American people and the global populace. Speaker 1: Yeah. And, you know, we and we talk about private equity, you know, we've been covering that a lot, and that's getting a lot more attention now. So obviously, the awakening has brought about a lot of this stuff. Right? They as as we were discussing before, it seems like they just got away with everything for, like, decades. Nobody even, like, looked into what they were doing. Finally, are starting to ask questions, and, you know, a lot of it is stuff like like trying to buy houses and getting outbid by a corporation who's gonna pay in cash and offer a $100,000 over asking price. Mean, we experienced that. I experienced that with my wife, trying to buy a house in Austin. We were getting outbid by people who were offering cash a $100,000 over. And of course, it was BlackRock or Blackstone or one of these other companies that their intention was to never sell the house. They were gonna buy it and then rent it out. So, you know, essentially, what they want is you to be paying the equivalent of a mortgage. You're paying just as much as a mortgage, just at the end of twenty years, you have nothing. And then the house still belongs to them, and, you know, all of the all of the, you know, they can impose on your privacy, they can, you know, give the cops a key so they don't have to have a warrant to search. I mean, there's so many ways around our constitutionally protected rights by using these corporate workarounds. And so people are noticing this, they're recognizing this, they're learning about the true power and scale of BlackRock and asking questions about it. Is this gonna continue? What do you think BlackRock's move is gonna be to to weather this storm that they're suddenly finding themselves under? Speaker 2: Yeah. So I think the interesting thing is in how many different pots, if you just peel a little bit beneath the surface, you see BlackRock. And the good thing is that politicians are becoming aware of this. They're becoming aware that their constituents are not happy about this. So I'm sure you covered this recent bill to sell off all these public lands. And if I was last time I was reading senator Mike Lee's response when he pulled that bill back. He said, I'm pulling this bill back because I wanna make sure China or BlackRock doesn't buy up all these public lands, which is a really weird admission. That's, like, on his letter, Haiti. He said, I wanna make sure China doesn't buy up all our public lands. You know, I'm a big outdoorsman. I'm a big hiker. You know, I went to Everest Base Camp last year. I've hiked two fourteeners. You know? I love the outdoors, and it's just like the idea that US members of our government could be complicit in allowing BlackRock to buy up our public lands. It's just mind boggling to me. Right? And the fact that we don't have more more awareness of this and also a concerted campaign to do something about it. And I think that's really necessary because right now, everything we've talked about is happening in a silo. Texas, you know, they're going after them about the coal. Liberals are going after them for the weapons manufacturers. You know, people are going after them for the China, investments. No one's really bringing it all together, and I think we really have a tremendous opportunity to build a case against BlackRock and then also share a model of how this would look like in an ideal world without the crony capitalism, without the, you know, shoving without the control, without the greed, without the market manipulation. And I think we really need that because I think it's absolutely essential. Speaker 1: Yeah. And and we know we know the plans that they have for the future. I mean, we were just playing a second ago, you you will own nothing and be happy. You'll eat the bugs. And part of the threat of that is that they're not asking permission to do this. Right? They're not putting it to a vote and saying, we'd like to present a bill that says everybody has to eat bugs. No. They'll just buy up the meat production plants and then shut them down if they want. And then the only thing available on the grocery store shelves, and they own the grocery stores, are gonna be what they wanna feed you. So it's like they have all of these despicable, nefarious plans that we're against, but unless you stand up to stop them, they're going to implement this stuff. We, as individuals, don't have the power to stop them, but that's what the government is for. It needs to step in and help prevent this, even if it's just from a national security perspective, and and the benefit they're giving to China, and how that's, you know, treasonous activity as far as I'm concerned. So what is next? What's next for for you and BlackRock, and and what should the government do next as they go after BlackRock? Speaker 2: Yeah. I think all of those are fantastic points. And I think even with the the Bitcoin piece. Right? So everyone was happy. President Trump said we're gonna have a strategic reserve. Bitcoin is gonna be a key part of the strategic reserve. But if BlackRock owns 3% of all of the Bitcoin, again, is this letting the Fox into the henhouse? And I I think it might be. Right? So I think what's next, you know, I'm not this is my first time ever being on a show like this. Right? So I'm a bit out of my depths here. Thanks to the hair and makeup team. Nothing I did with myself. But, you know, I'm just here to you know, I'm an educator. You know, I I've taught data science courses. I've lectured all over the world. I'm really here as an educator. I wanna share my experience. I wanna share my perspective on what's going on and then really hope that we can mobilize public awareness, public action. We can mobilize the media, we can get support, you know, from the administration. So, again, in this Texas case, the justice department filed a brief, you know, very weak brief in support of the arguments, but they didn't really take too strong of a stance. So, essentially, what the antitrust law has is an exemption for passive investors. It says if you're a passive investor, you can't come after them for antitrust because it's just part of an index fund. And the justice department said, actually, this is loophole. BlackRock should not fall under this loophole. The court should recognize that even a passive investor can manipulate markets. But that's kind of all the justice department did. Right? I I think there's a lot more that can be done. At the very least, questions about the hundreds of billions of dollars in public pension funds that are invested with BlackRock, is that a safe and responsible allocation of our public pensions, Or is there a better future? Right? Should we be asking questions about that? And should we be doing more to ensure that we live in a more transparent and responsible environment? Speaker 1: Yeah. And and that is sort of the the clincher of it, isn't it, is that it's not their money. It's our money. It's it's, you know, teachers, their retirement funds, you know, without their say so, is being sent to BlackRock, and that's the money that's being used. So, you know, it's one of these things that it's like, okay, let's say Target start selling, you know, transgender clothes for little kids, and you wanna you know, you want to boycott them. Well, you might be boycotting them, but your money in the BlackRock account is being sent to Target to reward them because their ESG score went up because they were, you know, putting in the transgender kids clothes. So it sort of destroys our ability to have a say in the the the capitalist landscape, but it's using our money to do it. It's just it's just wrong. It's just wrong. I don't know how I don't know how else to put it, and then you got, I mean, what they're doing with China is just how did we allow this to happen, and and what do we need to do? Is there any way to, like, undo what they've done, or is it just about moving into the future when you try to restrict them as much as possible? I just they're just so big. I just I struggle to even figure out how how you start to deal with this hydra, this this Goliath that that they represent. Speaker 2: For sure. And the interesting thing is that a lot of politicians, talk a big game before they get into office. Then when they get into office, it's just like crickets. Right? And we gotta hold them accountable sometimes. So Bobby Kennedy from, I think, six you know, maybe a year ago has an incredible video where he's talking about the war in Ukraine and why he's so against funding, you know, the Ukrainian people. And his argument is because all of this money is being funneled back to BlackRock because BlackRock is out there in Ukraine signing deals to own the mineral rights and the public infrastructure of Ukraine for the next hundred years. Like, the people of Ukraine, and I understand they're fighting, you know, for their freedom, but they're essentially, you know, mortgaging the entire future of their country and all of the wealth of their country to BlackRock, which is just wild. Yeah. And I wish, you know I haven't heard Bobby talk about this, you know, in many months. Now he's out out there trying to combat antisemitism, and he's doing all these other things to make America healthy. But, again, a lot of politicians talk a big game, but we just really have to hold their feet to the fire, and we have to keep the pressure on. And we have to, you know, just bring all these parties together because BlackRock wins when people don't know what an asset manager is. People don't know what the difference in BlackRock and Blackstone is. And when they don't log into their four zero one k's to ask where is my money being invested in? Who is it being invested within? Is that in alignment with my morals and my values? I think that's a question all of us need to ask ourselves. Speaker 1: Yeah. And so much of what people think is wrong with the modern world goes back to things like BlackRock. I just think about, you know, how crummy Hollywood movies are now, and it's like, you know, they know what makes a good movie. They could make a good, you know, a Top Gun or, you know, one of these types of movies. Constantly, they'd be making billions of dollars. They're choosing to make less money because really what they want is the cultural manipulation that they can wield through movies and films and things like that. We only have about three minutes left. You mentioned something earlier that I gotta touch on. You said that there used to be a macho culture in BlackRock. You said there's some stories about Larry Fink. Yeah. You got any stories you can share with us about, you know, the the internals at BlackRock? Speaker 2: Well, I think BlackRock just used to have a very traditional Wall Street culture where I think there's some stories about, you know, Larry Fink walking around with his, you know, his his reports and, you know, yelling at them and cursing them out and saying, you know, you guys are sitting here with your blanks in your hands, and, you know, Vanguard is eating our lunch. Speaker 1: Some some Wolf of Wall Street style scenes. Speaker 2: Exactly. And then I think BlackRock, you know, also had a lot of malfeasance. A lot of senior officers were, you know, doing, you know, doing some pretty bad things. And then I think Black Card pivoted very aggressively in the opposite direction, or at least tried to pretend that they were pivoting in that direction, but, you know, obviously, maybe Speaker 1: The same people still there and Speaker 2: Exactly. Speaker 1: Well, it's just it's just shocking how big they are, and, you know, how how do they even handle having, like, a majority share in every corporation you can point to? I mean, I guess it's just I guess that's why we use, you know, the pyramid, to symbolize the the Illuminati or the, you know, the world controllers. Right? Because you you you sort of have to you have the people at the top, they make the decisions, that just sort of gets dispersed out through all of these different corporate entities. But, I mean, how do they control all of these company? How are they all under this one this one organization? That that doesn't even make sense to me. Speaker 2: Yeah. Well, I think often, you know, we think of, you know, people in a back in a smoke filled room, but often the reality is a lot more mundane. Right? It's a technocracy. Are, you know, tens of thousands of, you know, young kids sitting at computers, and they're doing their little piece of their job and making sure that some website works or they're building some models in Excel, and it all ladders into this giant company. Right? And it's just like people aren't introspective enough about what is the role they're playing in in in this global financial system. And then even when they try to opt out, they find themselves undermined. And, again, this is why the Bitcoin piece is so concerning because everyone's like, I wanna opt out. I wanna hold my own keys. I wanna be my own bank. And then all a sudden, you're your own bank, then, you know, BlackRock owns, you know, half of the building. It's like, now what? Speaker 1: Yeah, man. It's it is so it is so tough. Well, this has been incredible. I wish we had so much longer to talk to you. Hamdanazar is my guest, hamdanazar on X. That's h a m d a n a z h a r, hamdanazar.com. We'll be, you know, watching your story, and, you know, I I wait to see, you know, what happens between you and Blackrock, between Blackrock and and Texas, and I'd love to have you on the show again to to provide your insight. This has been just incredibly fascinating. Speaker 2: I would love that. Thank you so much for having me, Harrison. Speaker 1: Thank you, sir. Hamdanazar, at hamdanazar on X. Go follow him, support him, and yeah, we need more people from inside Blackrock blowing the whistle on what they're doing because because it ain't good, and it's certainly not for our benefit. Folks, stay tuned to the Alex Jones show begins in about ninety seconds. That's gonna be it for us here at American Journal. Support us by going to the alexjonesstore.com. Take advantage of that July 4 super sale buy one get one free on just about all products. Go now the alexjonesstore.com. While other networks lie to you about what's happening now, info wars tells you the truth about what's happening next. Infowars.com forward slash go. Speaker 5: Historic fourth of July blowout sale, this next week only, starting at midnight, June 30 until 11:55PM on July 6. This makes a lot of these products loss leaders, but they're doing it. Buy one of any supplement, the methylene blue, the Irish Seamash, the Shilogy, any of it and get one free. That's everything in the store. It's over 20 supplements like Ultimate Life Force, the very best. Spiked protein detox, so good for your cardiovascular system, your blood, your heart, everybody everybody should be on this. Plus, the same deal for all apparel. And I can tell you, these shirts are high quality, made in America, great fabric. The average shirt, especially if it's an extra large, x x l cost like $15.16 dollars a piece. It's all for 30. You do this, this is a lost leader. This is crazy. You get a ball cap t shirt, sweater, hoodie. So even though it's the summer, wanna get these out this great discount for the fall winter coming up. Buy one of any apparel, get another free. Did you hear that? Never done that. That is just crazy. Actually, kinda upset it's so good because we gotta make some money. Buy one shirt, get one free. Buy one hat, get one free. Buy one hoodie, get one free. This is this is this is our thank you to you, and people living on the fence, but love great deals. This is a great deal. Declare independence from the new world order by getting great supplements for your mind and body, great apparel to celebrate patriotism and spread the word, and by keeping Infowars fighting for humanity by supporting us at the yellowshowstore.com. That is the hands down biggest, best sale, not just for the aliceshowstore.com, but the history of infowarsstore.com. Absolutely amazing. It's running for one week, Starts now. Take advantage of it. Wow. Absolutely amazing. It's running for one week at the yellowshowstore.com.
Saved - July 2, 2025 at 12:52 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

There have been a lot of crazy things in the last decade but this has got to be in the top 5. https://t.co/Vp3kzUCBi3

Saved - June 18, 2025 at 5:28 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Ted Cruz on Tucker Carlson reveals a very disturbing reality about how our foreign policy operates. https://t.co/GoPYTJBpEY

Video Transcript AI Summary
Speaker 0 questions Speaker 1 about the population and ethnic mix of Iran, which Speaker 1 is unable to answer. Speaker 1 defends his lack of knowledge, stating he doesn't memorize population tables. They then argue about whether Iran is trying to murder Donald Trump and whether the U.S. is supporting Israel's military actions. Speaker 0 claims the U.S. government denied acting on Israel's behalf. The discussion shifts to whether it is acceptable for Israel to spy on the U.S., including the president. Speaker 1 says allies spy on each other and that it's in America's interest to be closely allied with Israel, despite the spying. Speaker 0 asks why Speaker 1, as an American lawmaker, doesn't object to the spying. Speaker 2 criticizes Speaker 1's stance, calling it insane and not conservative to defend being spied on.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: How many people live in Iran, by the way? Speaker 1: I I don't know the population. Speaker 0: At all? Speaker 1: No. I don't know the population. Speaker 0: You don't know the population of the country you seek to topple? Speaker 1: How many people live in Iran? Speaker 0: 92,000,000. Okay. Speaker 1: Yeah. How could you not know that? I don't sit around memorizing population tables. Speaker 0: Well, it's kind of relevant because you're calling for the overthrow of the government. Speaker 1: Why is it relevant whether it's million or 80,000,000 or 100,000,000? Why is that I didn't say I don't know anything about Speaker 0: the Speaker 1: country I didn't say I don't know anything about Speaker 0: the Okay. What's the ethnic mix of Iran? Speaker 1: They are Persians and predominantly Shia. No. Speaker 0: It's not even you don't know anything about Iran. Speaker 1: So Okay. I am not the the Tucker Carlson expert on Iran Speaker 0: who says a senator who's calling to keep Speaker 1: over the Speaker 0: influence of government. You're the one who knows anything about the country. Speaker 1: No. You don't know anything about the country. You're the one who claims they're not trying to murder Donald Trump. Speaker 0: No. I'm saying that. Speaker 1: Who can't figure out if there's a good idea to kill General Soleimani and you said it was bad. Speaker 0: Believe they're trying to murder Trump? Speaker 1: Yes, I do. Speaker 0: Because you're not calling for military strikes against them in retaliation. Okay. Speaker 1: We're carrying out military strikes today. You said Israel was. Right. With our help. I said we. Israel is leading them but we're supporting them. Speaker 0: Well, you're breaking news here because the US government last night denied, the National Security Council spokesman Alex Pfeiffer denied on behalf of Trump that we were acting on Israel's behalf in any offensive capacity. Speaker 1: We're not bombing them. Israel's bombing them. You just said we were. We are supporting Israel as big. You're a Speaker 0: senator. If you're saying the United States government is that we're at the run right now, people are listening. Hey. Speaker 2: It's not even really a gotcha moment. He should be able to answer that question. I mean, that is that is insane. I I really wish Tucker didn't tell him the number. I really wish Tucker had just made him guess. Because I have the feeling Ted Cruz wouldn't have known where to even start. I mean, I doubt he knows at all, which again, this isn't a small thing. That's like a like a primary stat you're gonna wanna know when you're going to fight somebody. Right? This is like getting into the boxing ring and going, who's my opponent? What's his weight and height? Like, you're gonna wanna know that before you step into the ring with somebody. Just the basic fundamental stats about who it is you're facing off against. Ted Cruz doesn't know. He's not interested. He doesn't care. Let's go to clip 16 now. Speaker 0: Does Mossad share all of his intelligence with us? Speaker 1: Oh, probably not, but they share a lot. We don't share all of our intelligence with them, but we share a lot. It's a close alliance. Speaker 0: Do they spy domestically in The United States? Speaker 1: Oh, they probably do, and we do as well. And friends and allies spy on each other, and I assume all of our allies spy on us. Speaker 0: And that's okay with you? Speaker 1: You know what? One of the things about being a conservative is that you're not naive and utopian. You don't think humans are all Part of the reason socialism doesn't work is the the the mantra from each according to his abilities to each according to his needs doesn't work. As a conservative, I assume people act in their rational self interest. Speaker 0: So it's conservative to pay people to spy on you? Speaker 1: It's conservative to recognize that human beings act to their own self interest, and every one of our friends spies on us. And I'm not Speaker 0: Do you like it? That's my question. I'm not asking whether they have motive to do it. Of course, do. I understand that. And I And by the way I'm not mad at them. And you're an American lawmaker, so I just wanna wanna know hold on. I wanna know your attitude. You said that your guiding principle, in fact the only principle, the only criterion Speaker 1: I said guiding. The overwhelming. I wouldn't say only. Speaker 0: Is is it in America's interest? Is it in America's interest for Israel to spy on us, including on the president? Speaker 1: It is in America's interest to be closely allied with Israel because we get huge benefits for it. And you wanna wanna see the clear Speaker 0: But but I just wanna stop on the spying for a second. That it it takes place, as you know, including on the president of The United States and several precedents. And I just wanna know if that's okay, and why is it okay? Wouldn't an American lawmaker say to a client state, you're not allowed to spy on us? I'm sorry. I know why you want to. I'm not mad at you, but you're not allowed to. Sure. And I don't care for it. Don't wanna be spied on by you. Is that it's kinda weird not to say that, but you don't seem able to say that. Speaker 2: It's not conservative to defend yourself, actually. Totally insane. Wait, this is the Is this the cope from old Ted Cruz? Alright. We'll we'll read the cope from Ted Cruz, and we'll get into just a just a small smattering of just a few of the examples of Israel spying on Americans, including the American president on the other side. Stay with us.
Saved - June 16, 2025 at 8:34 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Mossad's busy. quick, post 9/11 truth! https://t.co/w1uxoxP8PF

Video Transcript AI Summary
The speakers were questioned about allegedly being members of Mossad. They state they are from a country that experiences terror daily and their purpose was to document the event. The five Israelis were detained for ten weeks and finally deported on immigration violations.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: And at that point, we were taken for another round of questioning, this time related to our allegedly being members of Mossad. The fact of the matter is we are coming from a country that experiences terror daily. Our purpose was to document the event. Our purpose was to document the event. The five Israelis were detained for ten weeks and finally deported on immigration violations.
Saved - June 16, 2025 at 8:28 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

"Today it's Tel Aviv, tomorrow New York" But you're only getting attack because you attacked Iran. And you're trying to get us to attack Iran. https://t.co/74somnJWRZ

Video Transcript AI Summary
Netanyahu stated that he understands "America first," but not "America dead," claiming his actions serve mankind and represent a battle of good against evil, for which he appreciates President Trump's support. John Karl reported that Netanyahu repeatedly praised Trump, acknowledging the need for US support in defending against Iranian attacks. While expressing gratitude, Netanyahu implied a desire for greater US involvement. Karl noted that Netanyahu's "America first, not America dead" comment was aimed at the Trump/MAGA movement, particularly figures like Tucker Carlson, Steve Bannon, and Charlie Kirk, who oppose US involvement in another Middle East conflict and advocate against "forever wars." Netanyahu was directly addressing Trump and his supporters critical of Israel's actions.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: It's Tel Aviv. Tomorrow it's New York. Look, I understand America first. I don't understand America dead. That's what these people want. They chant death to America. So we're doing something that is in the service of mankind, of humanity, and it's a battle of good against evil. America does, should, and does stand with the good. That's what president Trump Trump is doing, and I deeply appreciate his support. John Karl joins me now. So, John, what else did he say about president Trump and how he wants The US to play a role here, or did he? Speaker 1: Well, well, look, he he praised president Trump over and over again in this interview. He knows that he needs The United States' support, at least in terms of doing what The US is doing now, which is helping, Israel defend itself from those, retaliatory attacks from Iran. So it was all couched in a thank you, president Trump. You've been Israel's best friend, but he made it clear that, he would like to see more. He didn't come out and directly say it in those in those ways, but what you heard, what you played right there, I understand America first. I don't understand America dead. He is really speaking to those in the Trump movement, those in the MAGA movement who are adamantly opposed to The United States getting involved in another Middle East conflict. And as you know, Kira, there are some prominent voices, supporters, outside advisers of Donald Trump who are saying, don't get involved. The United States can't be involved. You campaigned against forever wars. People like Tucker Carlson, Steve Bannon, Charlie Kirk. Those are, you know, close supporters of Donald Trump who are saying that they don't think The United States should be involved in this. And Netanyahu, it seemed to me, by using their language, I understand America first. I don't understand America dead was speaking directly to Donald Trump and to his supporters who are critical of what Israel is doing.
Saved - April 17, 2025 at 12:54 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

If you’re wondering why a lot of the people surrounding and advocating for Karmelo Anthony call themselves “Minister” or “Pastor,” here’s a story that might elucidate things. https://t.co/pHuHU5mjbB

Video Transcript AI Summary
A picture falsely identified Carmelo Anthony as a knife-wielding murderer, posted by Minister Dominique Alexander, who is allegedly a criminal himself with arrests for child abuse, parole violations, and domestic abuse. The speaker relays a story about a church for sale where the black minister suggested it could be a money-making opportunity. The minister allegedly advised that anyone can be called a minister, regardless of qualifications. When a local kid commits a crime, families will pay the minister to provide character evidence for the accused, falsely testifying to get them lesser charges or released back into the community. This perpetuates a cycle of violence and criminality.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: There's this picture going around of a knife murderer, psychopath, black teen, Carmelo Anthony. It's posted by minister Dominique Alexander. Minister Dominique Alexander. Carmelo Anthony is safe at home. Now, of course, this guy, is also a despicable criminal. I saw his child abuse arrest, his three parole violations, and domestic abuse arrest. Charged later dropped earlier this morning. What else did he do? Not a minister I'd want to claim as my own. That's for sure. Let me explain what minister means in the black community. Is how messed up this community is. I had a friend in Houston who was he wanted to buy a building, and there was a church for sale in a black neighborhood. And he's in negotiations with the black minister to purchase this church building, and the the black minister goes, this is an investment. It's a money making opportunity. My friend's like, are you talking about? He's like, I'm not like, I'm not planning to run a church. And the guy's like, no. No. What you do is you find somebody to be the minister. Doesn't matter who they are. They don't have to have any qualifications. You just call them minister. You put them in charge of the church, And then whenever one of the kids in the community commits a crime and gets arrested, the families will come to you and they'll say, we need you to give character evidence for how good our kid is. Because, sure, you can say it as the family. It means a lot more if it's the minister of a church saying he was a good boy. He was a choir boy. He helped me out. I remember him coming to Sunday services. He was turning his life around. We don't do it for free. No. They gotta raise a little bit of little bit of cash first. So you charge them thousand bucks, 5 thousand bucks. They donate to your church, and in exchange, you go and testify, I. E. Lie, on behalf of the criminal in order to get him lesser charges, get his charges dropped, or somehow get him returned to the community so he can commit more criminal acts. So mean, that's just a business that the guy ran. He's like, yeah. This is this is how you make money with this church. You wanna buy this church property? It can really be a money making venture. And not only are you making money, you're perpetuating the cycle of violence and criminality because you're falsely testifying in favor of this criminal so he can get out and commit more crime, do more violence, keep the neighborhood in the state of relentless criminality and desperation.
Saved - April 10, 2025 at 11:44 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Alex Jones is living proof of the Great Man theory. Every trend and force in society was against him, but the truth prevailed. Not often you get to meet someone who has changed the course of history through sheer force of will.

@TuckerCarlson - Tucker Carlson

The US government has spent the last 12 years trying to censor and destroy Alex Jones. They’re still trying, and it’s not because he’s crazy and dishonest. It’s because he’s telling the truth. Watch this. (0:00) How Alex Jones Predicted 9/11 (9:22) The CIA's Influence Over The X Files (13:33) The Globalists Are Hiding in Plain Sight (17:55) Why the Left Wants Trump Killed (20:50) The Burden and Responsibility Alex Jones Bears (25:37) The Spiritual Revolution (35:28) Why the Most Evil People Are the Most Unhappy (38:50) The Secret Undermining of the West (43:04) The Assassination of Infowars Journalist Jamie White (47:03) Have We Lost the War With Russia? (49:47) There Was a 50% Chance of Nuclear War and the Pentagon Didn’t Care (57:05) The EU’s 20-Year War Strategy (1:00:00) Why the Globalists Are So Scared of Donald Trump (1:09:57) The Plan to End Free Speech in the United States (1:14:10) Alex Jones Details the Legal Attacks Against Him (1:25:21) Why Obama Secretly Labeled Alex Jones a National Security Threat (1:29:59) The Fraudulent Auction to Sell Infowars to The Onion (1:34:42) The Real Culprit Behind the Lawfare Against Alex Jones (1:39:54) Will the New Department of Justice Help Alex Jones? (1:52:14) The Potential Nuclear Exchange Between Iran and Israel (1:55:41) They Want You Dull, Asleep, and Spiritually Dead (1:58:38) The Evils of the Transhumanist Movement Includes paid partnerships.

Video Transcript AI Summary
Alex Jones claims he predicted 9/11, specifying planes flying into the World Trade Centers and blaming Osama bin Laden. He says he warned the Bush White House, but the 9/11 Commission never interviewed him, and instead, the DOJ and FBI mobilized against him. Jones says he researched false flag attacks and saw preprogramming in the news. Jones says he knew Bin Laden was a CIA asset and that the CIA and FBI had tried to hit the World Trade Center before. He cites a Project for the American Century document mentioning a "new Pearl Harbor event." Jones also claims the CIA came to Chris Carter with the plot for The Lone Gunman X-Files spinoff episode about hijacking a jet and flying it into the World Trade Center. Jones says he studies what globalists admit and points to UN and Rockefeller Foundation documents outlining plans for a global system using disease outbreaks. He says Fauci and others were involved in creating COVID-19. Jones says the UN plans to use collapsing migration flow from a virus to flood the West and use that crisis to bring a new Marshall Plan. He believes the globalists are collapsing, and a new international order is forming.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Okay. So I want to impose my theory on you, and you tell me what you think. So for the past fifteen years, I've been watching the feds, the FBI, the DOJ try to destroy you, and I've watched as no group of gatekeepers or whistleblower protectors or journalistic, you know, ethics guardians have defended you on First Amendment grounds, which is pretty shocking. But the question has always been, why are the feds so intent on taking you out? And here's my theory. So the February, you go on TV, time stamped, and say they're gonna someone's gonna fly planes in the World Trade Centers. They're gonna blame Osama bin Laden. Call the Bush White House. Warn them. You basically called 911 in detail. You're the only one who did, and we can prove that. It's not a guess. We have the tape. I've played the tape. 09:11 happens in September. There's a nine eleven commission immediately impaneled. They go and interview a bunch of people in the US government and outside and ask, like, were there signs of this was happening? They don't interview you. You're the one guy who predicted it in public. You're the only guy who predicted it in public, and no one calls you to ask, how the hell did you know that? Which is the obvious question. Then they set about trying to destroy you rather than, like, hailing you as a prophet or at least asking the question, how the hell did Alex Jones know in detail this was coming? Like, how did you know? They never even asked you. And then they they mobilized DOJ and FBI against you, and I I think there's a connection between those two facts. Speaker 1: Well, there certainly is. I'd already been researching false flag attacks, not just by our government, but other governments throughout history. The Gulf Of Tonkin to get us into Vietnam in '64 that was later declassified to have been staged. And, of course, The US's liberty between Israel and the Lyndon Baines Johnson administration wanted to get us into full war with Egypt, but the ship survived, became the most decorated ship in US history because of the valiance of the crew. And operation Ajax where the CIA and Kermit Roosevelt in '53 overthrew Mohammed Mosaddegh, who was a reformist and really pro west, but he wouldn't give them all the oil. And they use radical Islamists to overthrow him and then put the shah in and then overthrew the shah. Over and over again, there's just hundreds and hundreds of historical real case examples of that being done by our government and other governments. And I saw a lot of preprogramming in the news. Oh, someone Bin Laden's gonna get us when he gets us. We need to give up all of our rights, and it'll be a new America, and we've gotta set up this police state. So so I saw a lot of preprogramming. Speaker 0: And But you called the specifics you called the specifics of nine eleven. I just can't get past that. And I've asked you in public and private, how did you do that? I've never gotten really a straight answer. I doubt I will now, but the fact remains the incontrovertible fact, the provable fact that you called it, and then they began a campaign against you. And it's not because you're a racist. You've never been a racist or an antisemite or a crazy person, actually. You've never spewed hate, but you have for, you know, thirty years said the foundations of our system are actually kind of fake and rotten, and it's but it was 09/11. That's when they decide that's when they really decided this guy has to be stopped and and just basically eliminated the first amendment to stop you. Speaker 1: Well well, just to be clear, it's not that I'm dodging how I knew it. That was twenty four years ago, and I I remember what I was covering and what I was doing at the time. And everybody's seen the July 25, where I went into detail, but but but actually my crew using Chad GPT scanning through all my old shows, found shows in April, and even before that in March where I get more specific, and I said the CIA is gonna fly planes into the World Trade Centers and blame it on Bin Laden. Speaker 0: So I just think that's the most amazing fact I've ever heard in my entire life that you call that, and and we again, we can prove it because it's on tape with time stamps. And everyone's like, oh, yeah. Okay. Alex Jones is crazy. I hate her. Okay. Whatever. And I think that's true, but you called 911, and no investigator ever called you to ask you how you called that? How you knew that? Not one. No. No one from DOJ, Philip Zelikow of the nine eleven Commission No. Speaker 1: You? Why? And well, I mean, obviously because certain segments of our intelligence agencies with other foreign intelligence agencies were tracking the supposed hijackers. They were being trained in US military bases. They were being given government money from our government and other governments. They were being protected. Then two of their magic passports, all that rubble and hundreds of millions pieces of paper were found the next day to then connect them to it. It was all laid out. Then the Bin Laden family was thrown up was flown out of the country in the days after, and that was basically shut down in the news. You know, it was covered some locally here in Florida. So I knew that Bin Laden had been CIA going back to really the Mujahideen being set up by Zbigniew Brzezinski and Jimmy Carter, then Reagan took that over. And then they kinda build that as blowback, but even recently, you've seen the USAID information and and and other documents come out in the Institute for Peace where they're directly paying massive amounts of money to Taliban, to Al Qaeda, to ISIS even in the last few years. Speaker 0: Oh, Speaker 1: yeah. And they use them as these proxy armies. So so that was well known in the research circles that that that Bin Laden was basically a multinational cutout used by Western intelligence agencies to destabilize areas, but also be a boogeyman. Then you see CNN in a mountain cave magically being able to find him, The US can't kill him and nobody else can. And I knew that CNN is literally the, you know, CIA broadcasting system. For sure. Total mockingbird, thoroughbred. And there were hundreds and hundreds of points that went in, but okay, Bin Laden's work for the CIA and you got CNN interviewing him, and and and they're all scaring us saying he's about to attack us. And then I remembered how Ahmad Salam, who was an Egyptian intelligence agency operative working for the FBI and CIA, was hired to build a bomb in the early nineties to blow up the World Trade Center. But then when they said build a real bomb, he started recording them because he he sort of figured out it was a setup. And then he had that press conference where he played it. I interviewed him a few times where where the FBI said, no. Just go ahead and let it go forward. And so you start adding all that together. They'd already tried to hit the World Trade Center before. The World Trade Center had a lot of, issues in it with asbestos and also some of the structural issues. So they're already wanting to have a plan to get rid of it. And then you have the CIA and FBI in the Solomon Brothers Building, Building 7, the 47 story skyscraper. You have that right next door. So I looked at all of it and I thought where would the new Pearl Harbor be? And the year before in, the project for American Century headed up by Rumsfeld and Dick Cheney, Dick Cheney wrote in there that we need a new Pearl Harbor event to launch the Pax Americana, but it wasn't an American empire of freedom and liberty and justice like Trump's trying to, you know, launch. It was a globalist empire of military enforcement and tyranny. And so there was a lot of other data points that went into it. Cheney also writes in that same document, we need to look at, you know, race specific bioweapons to to have control and bring in our power, and that was actually picked up in the newspapers. Speaker 0: I but I okay. So these are not minor issues. These this is these are like the biggest things happening in the world, the most important things happening in the world, and the end of one system ushering in of a new system, millions in the end died because of all of this, millions. And what you're on, like, cable access in Texas figuring this out. Like, where is everybody else? I don't understand. Like, I don't where I worked at CNN at the time. I don't and we had a as you said, Peter Bergen went and interviewed Bin Laden. I'm not attacking Peter Bergen, But, like, how come you were the only one who figured this out? Speaker 1: Yeah. By that time, I started out in '94 as a guest on Access TV and then my own show about '95, but I I was on local talk radio. I just started getting know, I've been syndicated a few years then, but I Speaker 0: Okay. Speaker 1: But I mean, but you're right. I was on Access TV as well, and and and that's where Speaker 0: the thing You were, like, way out on the fringe, and all the people at the very center of our business, journalism, like, they didn't see or didn't talk publicly about any of this. Like, none of this. Speaker 1: Well, I saw Gary Hart on with another guest. Speaker 0: Gary Hart, the former presidential candidate, senator from Colorado? Speaker 1: I think it was the Hart Rubin Commission. Yeah. I saw him in congress with testimony earlier that year and also saw him on, I believe it was CNN or maybe it was Chris Matthews, MSNBC, but but the clip's famous, and they say the world's about to change. There's about to be big things happening. You know, big big attacks. Speaker 0: When when was this? Speaker 1: It was a it was in early July. Speaker 0: Oh, it Speaker 1: was before 09:11. Yes. And and and that's and they were very specific, so I should find that clip. You can crowdsource that. And that was the final catalyst because they were basically telling the establishment very thinly veiled what was about to go on. So I sat back, I looked at it, and I thought years later, how did I come up with that? So I don't just say a bunch of stuff, then most of those come true. I'm very specific on predictions, almost all of them have come true. I thought that it was the spin off of the X Files, and I wasn't even an X Files fans, rarely watched it, called The Lone Gunman that it turns out had come out in the February that that I didn't even learn about because there wasn't, you know, Facebook and Twitter and X back then. So if you didn't watch those entertainment shows, you didn't know about it. And then at six months or so after 09:11, listeners start saying, have you seen this? And I had listeners send me VHS recordings off Fox TV of this episode where a criminal group in the US government hijacks a jumbo jet in New York to fly it in the World Trade Center to blame it on a Central Asian terrorist show that they have a pretext to take it over domestically with a police state and launch wars in The Middle East. Speaker 0: Wait. This was on the X Files? Speaker 1: Yes. This was on the X Files. And and so later, I thought maybe I got it from that, but then we found tapes even earlier a month before that came out where I was already had put it together on the radio. But but but here's what's crazy. Then I got reached out by by some of the host of The X Files saying, hey. Chris Carter told us that the CIA came to him with the plot of this and asked him some of the scripts that they would ask him as a favor to put this in as a TV program. And then later, I corresponded with Chris Carter via email. He talked about this in the, news, like, in in entertainment publications about, oh, Alex Jones is a really good guy. Then when they rebooted in 02/2016 again, he talked about the talk show host characters based on me. So I've I've talked to him, some of his crew, but he said, no. I don't know why the CIA, you used to interview him, came to me and and said, here's the script for this show. So so it wasn't just Alex Jones saying that a government agency was gonna hijack a jet, fly the World Trade Center. The x files, spin off, lone gunman, one of its main episodes was about that specific story. Speaker 0: This is just crazy. So I often get, you know, people I know say Speaker 1: Oh, and they remote control and hijack the jet, the good guys, and keep it from crashing the World Trade Center. So why would why would the CIA come to Chris Carter and say we want you to write this, and then and then it's released months and months before 09:11? So so so I'm not the only one. It was in the collective unconsciousness. I mean, I I mean, I don't know. But, I mean, I said two weeks before they've shot Trump in Butler, I I went on air, and I said they're gonna try to shoot him at a at a rally. I mean, that was that's obvious to see how desperate they were. All the law fair didn't work. I mean, a lot of this is just studying how they operate. But being so much of it now is John Podesta in August 2020, New York Times wrote about it, had a big war game with top Democrats. And they said, if Trump wins, if they weren't able to steal it, in my view, then then we're gonna have civil war conditions. We're gonna have blue states secede, blue cities, and we're gonna use social issues to foment a rebellion that we're gonna basically frame as racial, George Floyd on steroids, you know, 10 o, and then we're gonna drive Trump from office. Well, they were able to steal it in my view. The evidence I think is overwhelming, they didn't use that plan. Well, they started talking about that plan again in the months before this last election, last year. So so so much so much of what I'm able to predict isn't really prediction. They admit it. I mean, the UN said for twenty years, we're gonna use disease acts to bring in a global system, a global central magnificent currency, a global social credit score, a global, vaccine ID that'll be used as the global Internet ID, global taxation ID. That's official Bill Gates, the UN, all these big bodies preparing how they'd roll this out. You know, the Rockefeller Foundation with Operation Lockstep two thousand ten, two thousand eleven describing locking down the sports stadiums, locking in your houses six feet apart, wearing mask for fear. I mean, that's and then Bush, George w had that in the BioShield program that passed in, what, 2,005 where they sent out kits, millions of them to everybody into the Red Cross with the six feet apart, with the mask, with all the stuff, but they didn't launch the the bioattack scare that they had, I think, locked and loaded. Then they waited till twenty twenty. So basically, Speaker 0: you're just taking them at their word. You're just paying you're doing what I don't do enough, which is listen to people I disagree with and sincerely try to assess what they're saying. Speaker 1: Mean Yeah. Fauci just said last week, a much worse, way higher morbidity. It's respiratory. It's common. And you got hotes. Oh, don't worry. Trump's gonna have a big problem. It's gonna come crashing in on him. We'll see how he tries to reboot the economy. And then, you know, then you learn Fauci and all of them are involved with with Obama and Chapel Hill and North Carolina creating COVID nineteen. It was a big scandal 02/2015, gain of function SARS, and then they move it to Wuhan at plausible deniability so they can kinda blame the Chinese that they want. I'm not saying the Chinese are good. The communist Chinese are terrible. It was kind of a joint project. And and and then then they roll it out, then they've got their so called shot. It's mRNA. I mean, this stuff is all very well planned. And so when you see him up there lying going, no, Senator Paul, it is you that is wrong. No gain of function. Then it's in all his emails. This is gain of function, and he has public symposiums, you know, in defense of gain of function. I mean, he's mister gain of function. If he was a superhero, he would just, know, have gain of function on his chest and and the back of his cape. And he's like, I don't know anything about that. And so, I mean, these guys just treat us like children. And so they kept saying, we're gonna use a virus. We're gonna use a scare to bring in our local government. I mean, mean, I remember Blue Dobbs and Judicial Watch two thousand and six sued, to get North American Union documents. And in it, they're meeting up at Banff Canada, and they're like, we're gonna use collapsing migration flow from a virus to flood the West and use that crisis to bring a new Marshall Plan. We're gonna use a disease x to, you know, finally get the world to accept this global government. So they're just scheming constantly. They have event two zero one. But in public? In public. They have a sparge, war game, 2025, '20 '20 '8, that came out a few years before 2020 in the viral release that is actually set in 2020 to 2024, and it rolls out how they're all gonna do it. The, tweets that are in there are almost word for. They just changed the name, spars to COVID nineteen. So so it's a blueprint, and and then if they get caught, oh, it's not a viral attack plan. Oh, it's just a war game. But the war game matches the exact rollout of the attack, so they're all on script. Speaker 0: So in a normal world that rewarded, you know, excellence and impressions, you'd be a billionaire because of your predictive powers. I mean, huge companies, governments hire people who can piece together fragments of evidence to create an accurate picture of the future. That's that's a huge business. I know a lot of people in that business. George Friedman, guys like that are really, really smart people, but you have got the best track record of all. Speaker 1: And I think it's so Speaker 0: telling that rather than reward you for this or call you up and be like, Alex Jones, you're like, what do you think's coming next? They're like, no. We must, like, eliminate our own First Amendment to destroy your life, which is what they've done. That that seems like a pretty clear indicator of their guilt to me. Speaker 1: Well, what they don't want is compartmentalize good people in industry and government, not just everywhere on the world, to listen to what I'm saying, go check it out for themselves, find out everything I just said is on record. Nobody can just type anything I said, and it's it's it's from their own documents. And then people will basically put the glasses on like they live and see it for themselves. I'm not telling them what to see like the corporate media does brainwashing people and and and selling them a lie that two men can have a baby, and there's no x and y chromosomes, and communism is great, and, you know, open borders are wonderful. No. I mean, I'm simply saying see this for yourself. I I liken it to those hidden image paintings. And and when you first can't see the hidden image, you're like, I can't see. Once you do see it, you can't unsee it. So I'm only trying to get people to go look at what I'm pointing out and find out. I liken this whole thing to like you have the adult table with the CFR, the club of Rome, the WF, and the UN, the think tanks, the RAN Corporation, and they're at the adult table at Thanksgiving. And the general public and even a lot of the politicians are compartmentalized and naive. We're over at the kids table, and we we'd actually listen to what the adult table because that's their arrogance. They admit 99 of this in their own battle plans as if we are too lazy or stupid ever go look at it. And that's part of a confidence game they have with their own people, their own corporate intelligence operatives, their own government intelligence operatives, their own networks, where they just basically admit all this stuff out in the open. I mean, it's like, you know, mud from the CIA on CNN saying, foggy bottom's gonna kill this guy. We're gonna kill Trump. And then Trump had called me. This is back in his first administration. I said, listen. You need to watch out. They've got Phil Mudd and and and all these other guys on CNN, MSNBC saying they're gonna kill you. And he goes, just a moment. He goes, I'm gonna a secret service call you. In about an hour, they called me. They go, what's going on, Alex? Trump told us to call you. And I said, you don't know about this, this, this, this, this, this. So he goes, here's our email, and I sent the secret service this. As if the secret service doesn't know they were all over TV saying we're gonna kill Trump. So so Speaker 0: It's possible they caught that. Yeah. Speaker 1: Yeah. And and then Trump didn't catch it. So so and and I mean, now they're everywhere. You've got this new Rutgers study out where 55% of Democrats, Liberals are are asking, do you support Trump being killed? They're like, yes. We want him dead. We he should be assassinated. This is like this week. And came out whatever the weekend. And they asked him, so do you see yourself as part of a assassination culture? And they said, yes. So but then if you say, oh, the Democrats are fomiting violence. I mean, the view says all the time, he's killing people. Elon's killing people. They don't say how. He's they're stealing your Social Security. They're killing old ladies, and so we need to ready to fight and die to take this guy out. Those are quotes. And and and then they just sit back and go, oh, no. No. No. We're not calling for violence with Crockett and all of them, but but they're not gonna do it. They want lone nuts to do it because their other wind up operatives like Crooks and the other, guy here in Florida failed. But, I mean, they are they are crazy. And and if the establishment or what's left of it's falling apart thinks killing Trump is going to help them, they're delusional because if you look at all the scenarios that come out of that, it's much worse for them. Speaker 0: No. I agree. I absolutely agree with that. Not all sleep aids are made by pharmaceutical companies. You probably heard about Eight Sleep by now. They developed the country's most innovative products for sleep. Almost everybody in our office uses something they make called the pod, and they love it. And there's a reason that professional athletes and lots of other smart people do too. You add the pod to your mattress like a mattress cover and it helps you get a better night's sleep and fill with vitality at the start of each day in an intimidating way almost. It's amazing. How does it do it? Well, uses advanced technology to track your sleep and automatically adjust the temperature of your side of the bed to what's perfect for sleep. And temperature makes all the difference. It's backed by over 600,000,000 of data. They've also used those insights to create their new product Sleep Elixir to help you get quiet before you go to bed. Fall asleep faster and stay knocked out longer. No grogginess, no weird side effects, just better deep sleep. So if you're ready to take sleep and recovery to the next level, to eightsleep.com/tucker to get $350 off your Pod four Ultra full refund for thirty days if you don't love it. It works. Before I ask you what you think the signs are pointing to now, like, are your predictions for the next five years, and then I ask you how your battles with the US government are going in its attempts to silence you. How do you like, if you have this ability, which you do, I'm not sucking up, it's just, again, it's provable, to put together a picture, an extraordinarily accurate picture of what the future holds. Like, what does that do to you? How do you sleep, and how do you live, and, like, why haven't you totally destroyed yourself? Like, that's not those are kind of not thoughts that most people, including me, are burdened with and don't really wanna be burdened with. But, like, how do you turn off the visions of the future in your head? Speaker 1: Well, I I mean, I appreciate you saying nice things about me, and I'm and, obviously, God gives us all different gifts, I do have some gifts. But I think a lot more people have these gifts than than than really realize it. Speaker 0: But you can prove it. That's why I've obviously, we're friends, and I like you as a as a man, but you can prove it in a way that others can't because it's on tape. So it's not really debate. Has Alex Jones had, you know, more accurate predictions of the future than any living person in the world that I know of? We can prove that. We don't have to argue about it. I've got the freaking tape. So, again, it's not even a compliment. It's just an observation, and I don't know why I seem to be the only person who's obsessed with this. Like, how did this guy predict this? No. Everyone's like, oh, he's great. Okay. Maybe he's crazy, but he predicted this. So my question is, like, what does that do to you? Speaker 1: I mean, it is stressful, the responsibility of constantly researching and and and looking at all, you know, culture, pop culture. That's where a lot of the real brainwashing's at. That's where a lot of the predictive programming and manipulation goes on. Yes. But also in so called news. But but I I mean, I did get to where I drank way too much, ate too much, got really unhealthy because I could, you know, go home at night and and have some drinks and, you know, and eat half a key lime pie and just kinda dial out and forget about Yes. Reality. But but things have gotten so intense and so dangerous that about the last nine months, I haven't drank, and I've been exercising every day, I've lost 63 pounds, I feel great. And I've just embraced, the responsibility. Plus, we're alive right now really in the great great awakening where more and more people are piecing things together and and and and and deciding to really get informed and engaged. And so I'm I've always said I wanna become obsolete where people really start understanding how the world really works to such an extent that there are so many other journalists and researchers and pundits, just private citizens and people in business and and academia and life and and and in, you know, the ecclesiastical circles that they really realize that this globalist system is transhumanist. It is evil. It is a spiritual battle at the end of the day, and people need to really choose a side. And and so I think choosing the side and then saying, hey, God, I I I can't do this. You know, I'm I'm weak, I'm imperfect, but you know, through you I can and and really praying and asking God to lead God and direct you and give you discernment so to really answer your question. I'll have all this data and this research and so so that my feeble human mind can understand really what God tells me, and then it's that final little ingredient of being sure about something that that's what they're intending to do, but we have real agency. Know, good has more power than evil. They always say the devil's greatest trick was convincing the world that he didn't exist. I think that's the second biggest trick is that he doesn't exist, and he does. His biggest trick is convincing people that there is no good out there and that and that and that there's not Speaker 0: That's right. Speaker 1: And and that god doesn't exist. So, you know, for me, so much of it again is in the old days, the globalist, the the the western propaganda after the end of World War two, and since then, when we won World War two, had pretty much total narrative control. And so anything they were preprogramming and preparing and hyping the people for, they pretty much always got what they wanted. So it was easy to follow those trend lines out and see what the probable main scenarios were. And then things would almost always come true that I predicted because they were still in charge. Now that the globalist are really collapsing and a new international order and system is forming coming from the grassroots up. Politics is downstream from the the grassroots. And because Trump is such a, chaos bringer to their system, which is good, but with it also comes danger, but it's it's better than living, you know, know, on our knees and then and then ending up having our soles basically taken. It's it's it's it's it's better to fight down our feet. But in my experience, people that fight on their feet live a lot longer and have better lives than people that try to live on their knees. People live on their knees actually die on their knees a lot more often than people who die on their feet in my experience. So now is really the global revolution. It's a spiritual revolution. The information, the culture, all of that comes out of that. And so now there's so many possible futures and and so many developments because there's been so many good people that actually care and wanna stabilize civilization, thrive, and have a future and and who are not based on conquest mindsets, but but are based on renaissance concepts, the great reset versus the great awakening, that right now anything is possible because America still has a world reserve currency, still has the biggest best military, still has the best energy system for raw energy, and still has a spirit that is being rekindled that was the apple of the world's eye and really the flower of the renaissance that that that that we're now rebooting. It's powering back up right now, and that window is closing, but we're we're acting on it right now. And if we're just not weak and and and cowards, like Trump has said, and and and if we don't become panickens but remain Americans, then really anything is possible because as Elon has said, if America falls the central pillar in western civilization and western civilization falls, it all falls. Yes. And so for me, I don't do this out of courage. I do it out of direct self preservation for myself, my family, by extension, everybody else because we're all interconnected. And people need to understand the true urgency that the globalist said they were gonna collapse the world economy and use that for social control as Larry Fink said to control our behavior. And we're gonna build something extremely hellscapish and and dystopic in their own admissions. I mean, all the horrible stuff we see is just the leading, you know, edge of it. And and so so to me, there's really even no choice but to fight with everything I've got. Speaker 0: So you said this is you said two things that really struck me. One, that anything is possible right now, that this could go in in in infinite number of directions, some hellish and and some blessed, and so I think that that feels right to me. Second, you said this is a spiritual revolution. What are the signs that you see of that? What do you mean by that? Speaker 1: Well, if you read the Bible, Old Testament, New Testament, it's all there, and then I see it happening. You know, it says that during these big times of change that that that you'll see the best out of the good people and the worst out of the bad people. And some people you thought were good are gonna really activate and show you their real cards, that they're really your servants of evil or really slaves of evil. And then you're gonna see some people you thought weren't good that are gonna be touched and make the decision to be strong for liberty that'll be some of our greatest champions. Speaker 0: Yes. Speaker 1: And that you're not gonna really see people in the middle anymore, that big middle of people passing the buck. God said you were hot nor cold. You were lukewarm. I spit you out of my mouth. And so we're we're going into really the beginning. It's gonna get way more intense in my view. I mean, if any prediction, it's it's that people think things are wild now and tumultuous. It's it's this is gonna be seen as the calm before the storm, and so so there's gonna be nowhere to be in the middle. People are gonna have to choose the side, and those that have chosen evil, chosen the establishment, chosen the satanic world order, are are gonna get deeper and deeper into their devotion, their hysteria, their violence trying to prop it up because deep down, they're they're scared and they have a form of Stockholm syndrome where they go to the abuser and think if they prostrate themselves before it, somehow they'll be given deliverance when really they just need to repent and ask God to come in to their heart and cleanse them and and then rise them up, to be a soldier against this evil in this key time. But there'll be no room for anybody in the middle in the time we're in, and I'm I'm talking to so many people that weren't even Christian or weren't even religious or weren't even spiritual, who are saying it's it's good versus evil, and I talked to so many people I know that are professionals and they you know, Austin's full of a lot of, you know, particularly rich people and women, you know, just becoming demon possessed. I mean, literally saying that they're demon possessed and and and I'm hearing about all over the country, all over the world. Speaker 0: What is that? It's so noticeable, and I I'm so blessed to be surrounded by mostly by women who are just the opposite or wonderful, but I who are the rock. I mean, they're just the best. However, what you just described is just on display everywhere. Speaker 1: Well, and and it's men too. You're about this soccer coach that just kidnapped a little kid and took him and killed him and threw him in the woods reportedly, allegedly. Yeah. I mean, it's just I mean, it's men too, but normally in history, it's men that do the really openly satanic stuff. Speaker 0: Exactly. Speaker 1: And and women, you know, 2% of violent crime. Now it's, know, they're it's it's it'd be because it's a crisis. And women particularly, but men as well buy into whatever they see as the power structure. That's a survival mechanism generally. Speaker 0: It's exactly right. Speaker 1: But when the power structure is a death cult, by increment, they get deeper and deeper. I mean, you look at these leftist and, you know, them in the hundreds of photos where they took their shot and they or they or they had their abortion or, you know, they wanna kill Trump, and you look at them. Speaker 0: Or they're worshiping death in some way. Speaker 1: Abs you could see it. They all look super unhealthy. They look totally insane in the eyes. They all look like Charlie Manson. And so so it's it's I've seen more and more love in people's eyes Yes. More and more spiritual connection to God, more and more of that quiet place of just serenity in people, and then I'm seeing more and more of the satanic energy. So it's it's really a parting of the sea here. Speaker 0: Yes. So to just linger on the first observation that you're seeing more of the serenity, the peace from God in people, that is including people in your orbit, people you know personally? Speaker 1: Yes. But it's very paradoxical. I'm seeing just godliness, peace, understanding, and then I'm seeing confusion and hysteria. And, I mean, what we're seeing is evil writhing around trying to take us with it. It it it gets sensed that humanity's waking up and that all of its carefully laid plans to keep us in a trance, keep us asleep is is is is burning away. Speaker 0: Do you is there any way to predict well, I'll just say my view, which is I I've been really shocked by people on both sides. There are people who seem totally seized by hysteria and rage and hate and the desire to commit violence. I never expected they would be that. And then there are other people who I'm equally shocked to see filled with the kind of serenity you're describing who are filled with love and understanding. And I just I couldn't have predicted who those people are in some cases. Do you feel that? Speaker 1: Absolutely. I I mean, I've always had a lot of berserker energy and and True. And, you know, in the fight, but it was always focused, and and and I and I wouldn't say it was demonic, but it was, you know, of the flesh, but also had a big connection to god. Now more and more, I'm just have serenity, focus, clarity, and I'm more effective at breaking things down, not acting like a Tasmanian devil. And so in my own life, I'm seeing more and more of that serenity just really really intense the last few weeks. And I picked up on that being around you and your crew and, you know, folks here in in in this little hamlet we're in. And then it really does make you feel sorry for people that serve evil. I mean, they torture us and they attack us and they wanna bully us and but at the end the day, you you actually realize that's on them. It is so sad that they live like this. Speaker 0: They're being destroyed too. They're being destroyed too. That's like one of the main insights I've had in the past five years. I come to things really slowly because I'm not a genius, but I always kind of felt hate toward the destroyers in our in any society, hate destruction. I like building and creation. And but the destroyers always were, I felt, my enemies. In my whole life, I felt this. And then it was only in the last couple years I realized they're being destroyed also. Like, they are suffering. They're not getting out of this unscathed. Like, they think that they're getting power or whatever they money, whatever they think they're getting, but in but they're, like, in agony. Speaker 1: Well, lot of them are cowards too, and they think survival of fittest is being as ruthless and mean as possible is what they have to do to win. And then when you no longer hate them, I and I because I was never driven by hate as my main force. It was just the old saying, you don't fight an enemy attacking your people because you hate them. You fight them because you love the people you're defending. Exactly. But still, I would always hear, no. No. Forgive them. Still fight them. Still expose them. But but but but really forgive them. That removes a spiritual connection that you have with them, and you see it when Christ says, you know, be kind and pray for those that persecute, it'll it'll heap burning coals on their head. Stalkers, you know, down at the kind of a low level. I've learned like once I didn't care about a stalker and I've had plenty and you just forgive them, they just freak out and go away. When they're getting to you, they're enjoying that energy. So you still fight them with more energy than ever, but you do it from a position of just removing a damaged collapsed, you know, poor victim of the devil, that you have responsibility to protect yourself and your family from, but you don't give them the energy of being angry back at them and and seeing them as powerful because they're not their pawns. And these people that are influenced by satanic energy, by literal spiritual forces, demons, they are the slaves. And and when they're not out doing evil and persecuting people, they don't even feel like they're alive, and and they're desperate, and they're scared, and and and they're lost, and then they get driven forward, you know, by this dark force to to like, it'll alright once you just go out and once you take these people out. You know, it's the good people that are making you feel bad. It's it's it's them. Destroy them, then you'll have peace. And and and that's the deeper understanding I've had of how this satanic system works. Speaker 0: It's so clearly true. And and if you ask if there's anyone that you've really, like, focused on, I I don't know, George Soros or Larry Fink. I mean, just the other day, I was talking to someone who knows Larry Fink really well, and I was saying, I think Larry Fink is like, I don't know. I've never met Larry Fink, but, boy, he's responsible for a lot of suffering from my perspective. And, you know, this person said there's no one more unhappy than Larry Fink, like, And I was just with him in a car. He was, like, screaming at someone on the phone. This guy's made billions of dollars and personally tormented. And I know a bunch of people because I know a lot of the of the people involved in things that I think are really evil, and there's not a happy one among them. Not one. Speaker 1: And and beyond the fact that he's got billions, he's in control of more than anybody. You know, we're always hearing Elon Musk, the richest guy in the world. Well, he's a guy that has been good at keeping the companies under his control. So he independently is the most powerful person corp corporate science communications titan. But then they spin it like, oh, he's the establishment. No. Trump, as you know, has a very small orbit of independent billionaires that are defending him because they wanna stabilize civilization, for for everybody's good. But when you look at the international power and the largesse, it's been against Trump. More and more, they realize they're losing because the people are with Trump. And we were just talking last night. I hope you would repeat that, because you were asking me with some folks we were talking to about what my view is basically on the geopolitical new landscape, and I laid my my view. And you said, no. I think that's dead on. And then you said, basically, if you if you feel like repeating it that that we need to sell it very clearly. You're on this team or you're on that team because it really is team ChaiCom, EU globalist, new world order. That's that's what's left. You know, The UK don't trust them who runs it, but they're trying to come in under a US alliance. And America and the world needs to understand there's a new international system forming the old one fell, and we better decide what this new system's gonna look like and who's gonna be in charge of it because that's the way it is. Speaker 0: So think about how you'll feel when you achieve your biggest goals of all, whether it's starting a business, paying off your mortgage, sending your kids to college, having the money to pay for it. You'll be pretty proud when you've met these essential life goals, and you should be proud. All of us are when we do that. But what do you do next? So getting to the goals is one thing, but protecting them is an entirely different thing and maybe a bigger thing. And this is where life insurance from Policygenius comes in. Now, Policygenius makes finding and buying life insurance really easy. You probably want life insurance, but it's expensive. How do you even get it? Policygenius makes it simple, and it means that your family has the safety net it needs to cover expenses and to face the future. Nearly half of Americans look back and wish they'd gotten life insurance earlier. It can change everything if you have it because you don't know what the future holds, honestly. So with Policygenius, you can find policies starting at just $292 per year for a million dollars of coverage, and some options are a % online. And that means no unnecessary medical exams for you, which is a win. You compare quotes from top insurers side by side. You talk to licensed agents. You secure your families tomorrow with peace of mind today, and it makes it super easy on Policygenius. And it's all transparent. You know exactly what you're getting. So you head to Policygenius.com/Tucker, or click the link in the description to get your free quote. That's policygenius.com/Tucker. Yeah. And you hope that the you know, questions like that are almost never resolved without big wars, unfortunately. You can't think of too many examples or really any in history where they, you know, have just sort of evolved gracefully. It's you know, a lot of people die, and that's, you know, the point. You know, Rome falls in the fifth century, new system, or whatever. And I really hope that we can escape that, and I am very opposed to violence and war, so I, you know, I think we should all be working toward that. But it's but it's the big things that matter, and you have the rise of this superpower in the East, and that's the main factor the moment that we live in, is that the West is falling. I think it's been undermined from within by people like Larry Fink, and many many others. And but it's being replaced by this by this this threat from the East, and I I don't hate the Chinese at all. I think they're acting in what they think is their best interest. They're not Christian. They hate Christianity. So they've got a totally different worldview, and I'm not mad at them about it. But I think we should be honest about what it is. Right? It's not we're not gonna have, like, you know, The United States and Russia and Iran and Malaysia, Indonesia, Saudi Arabia, China is all sort of acting in their own spheres. That's not the way it works. Speaker 1: And and and as you said last night, all these countries wanna be on team America. Speaker 0: I think that's right. Speaker 1: And and for people that don't know this, and I'm surprised, I mean, Trump knows understands that you do, but this needs to be everywhere. The the globalist went in the eighties, nineties. They made a deal with communist China. You get the manufacturing of earth minerals, but you don't expand your military into the South China Sea. Well, they started twenty years ago expanding everywhere and then it took Obama till about fourteen years ago to figure that out. We had the Asia pivot, but but by then it was too late. They'd infiltrated congress. They were financing all this destroy America Wokeism and bragging about it. And then people like Bill Gates and others continue to be totally aligned with China. No. It's right. And the CFR saying America's over and, you know, Larry Fink making jokes about it just three or four years ago. You know, five years ago, Trump thinks he'll bring America back. He hasn't seen China. I mean, arrogant. And now that China's even double crossing the globalist and saying, don't even need you. Xi Jinping is like, we're gonna pay people to have kids. We're not doing your one child policy more. They're breaking with the transhumanist, you know, angle, but but using the control grid, the cashless society, social credit score that the West helped them set up to now project that around the world. And so the globalist are being destroyed by their own Frankenstein monster, and then the EU's decided to ally with China. And again, The UK is at least on the surface acting like, no, they wanna be in a, you know, new, you know, anglophile alliance with the quote, you know, US empire. And again, The US has a limited window to get everybody on board with us and then our alliance easily with, you know, the key countries in the Middle East, Saudi Arabia, Central among it, and some other alliances. And and then obviously, open economic alliance with Russia who wants an economic alliance and has more resources than any country in the world. I mean, that is the real chessboard, and that's why the left and the globalist wanna drive America and Russia apart because geographically Speaker 0: Exactly. Speaker 1: And also militarily, and then also scientifically, and then just raw material Of course. That is the obvious. Speaker 0: If you're if you're if you believe Russia's their greatest enemy, if you are working full time to divide The United States from Russia, you are acting against the interests of The United States. You hate The United States. You hate the West. You wanna see it fall. They hate Russia because it's a white Christian country. That's a fact. Why Russia? In all of this, once you take three steps back, makes perfect sense. Like, we have a lot of people in our country working actively for the destruction of the West, of Christian civilization, so that's just a fact. Speaker 1: This stands in the Speaker 0: way, Sorry. They don't you know, people don't like it when you say that, but they don't like it when you say it because it's absolutely true. And the farther you get from The United States, that's one of the great benefits of travel, the more obvious it is. Like, you can't don't know you're married to an alcoholic until you go on vacation without that person. You're like, oh, shit. I'm married to an alcoholic. Like, you can't see any of this when you're in the middle of it, but when you leave, it's like, oh my gosh. So okay. I just want to go back a step. So you have made reference a couple of times to the rise in violence, the acceptance of violence, which is, of course, the, you know, the purest distillation of evil in my opinion, most obvious for sure. And there are signs that it's you know, we're entering a violent stage. I pray that we're not, but it feels like we are. You just had a long time employee assassinated. I don't know the extent to which you wanna talk about that, but what was that? Is it a harbinger of things to come? Speaker 1: Well, a month ago, Jamie White, a great reporter, great guy. We were working up there Sunday night till about 09:00. I left. He went home and then got shot through the carotid artery, one shot through his neck, and then out the back of it, he bled to death. By the time he got to the hospital, about fifteen minutes later, the police got to Speaker 0: How old was he? Speaker 1: He was, 36. Ugh. And he was on the Ukraine hit list along myself and you and a bunch of other Speaker 0: Yep. Speaker 1: People and everybody getting the SWAT calls, the SWAT teams sitting in their houses, and their families, has been on that list as well. Speaker 0: Which is basically everyone you know. Speaker 1: Yes. And then then, of course, you know, Ukraine tortured American journalist Gonzalo Lyra to death and then celebrated that. And so and and and, of course, we have the the the would be assassin down in Mar A Lago who was a big leftist, connected all these intelligence agencies, recruiting hundreds of fighters for Ukraine, an American, then he comes back and tries to, kill Trump. So I think, I mean, you've seen, Alexander Dugan's daughter, blown up in front of him, in 2022. Speaker 0: In Moscow by the Ukrainians. Moscow. Murdering a guy's daughter applauded by Anne Applebaum and all the rest of the ghouls in The United States effectively because they don't like Alexander Dugin's ideas, so it's okay to murder his daughter with the, Speaker 1: you know Well, that's the new I mean, that's the Speaker 0: Clearly the help of US intel agencies. I mean, let's stop lying about it. Right? The CID Absolutely. Speaker 1: I mean, I said three plus years ago when the war started, I said The US is running all the targeting Of course, they are. With the weapons. That's just a fact. And with their soldiers on the ground, as I know, some of the people whose sons are there, when it all started, we're really nervous. They didn't give me details. They're like, yeah, my sons are there, special operations. And there's been a lot Speaker 0: of US Military Personnel fighting Russia in Ukraine. Speaker 1: Absolutely. I mean, I'm on record three years ago saying that, and then two weeks ago, New York Times, the US has been running the war and been there the whole time and, oh, get a Pulitzer Prize. So that that was all known. And so, now Trump is trying to rightfully end it. I mean, that don't know, I know your audience knows, but we have Victoria Noodland, we have Soros back, we can still talk on for Reed Zarkari on CNN saying, oh, yeah, we went there with state department money and overthrew their government fifteen years ago, we did it again, and we're finally gonna break up Russia, and I'm gonna be the czar of Russia. Five Weeks ago, they had the deputy head of the unelected EU commission say, oh, we're gonna keep this war going for decades, and we're gonna bankrupt Russia with it, and we're gonna break Russia in five parts. So they're on the news saying, we want peace. We want love. Oh, no. Ukraine will never join NATO, which is why Putin went in, and the weapons being brought in onto his border. And then separately, Zelenskyy's always, no. Joined NATO. And and and and so, again, the West started this war. Imagine if Russia Speaker 0: I'm I'm aware. Yep. Speaker 1: I I know you know more better than anybody probably. No. It's just hasn't circled. Speaker 0: I mean, you've actually Yeah. Speaker 1: I mean, any American journalist, you've been everywhere. You've you've documented it. And it it's just we are starting to fight. These crazies are dragging us in to what's really already World War three conventionally that every escalation moves us closer to nuclear war. The doomsday clock with the atomic energy scientist, you know, was the closest ever been. And so this is really fundamental. And so any concern I have about being sued or lawfared or attacked doesn't even hit my psychological, spiritual, mental radar because the big threat is so big of what these megalomaniacs are doing. Speaker 0: So one thing I I don't one fact I don't think has penetrated the brains of policymakers in Washington is that we just lost a war with Russia. The US was running that war. The US military, the Pentagon, State Department, CIA, running the war against Russia. It was not it was never about Ukraine. No one in Washington cares about Ukraine or the hundreds of thousands of Ukrainian men destroyed. The fact it'll be populated by third worlders. I mean, Ukraine, we just eliminated Ukraine. Nobody cares. This was a war against Russia. They hate Russia for a lot of reasons, mostly spiritual. But we lost. And my concern is because nobody will say that out loud that we're overstating our power. And in the same way that you sometimes see, like, divorced sixty year old guys hitting on young women and don't realize that the young women think this is, like, absurd. You're like an old man. Why you really think I'm gonna sleep with you? But the 60 year old guy hasn't readjusted to the reality of his present condition. He still thinks he's 25. Do you see what I'm saying? And he humiliates himself. That can happen at the level of nations where, you know, you think you can affect outcomes that you actually don't have the power to bring about. And so that's called hubris, and that's how empires get destroyed and populations vaporized. And I'm really afraid of that. Like, why can't we should know that we were not able to win a conventional war against Russia, period. So, like, what does that say about our power? And maybe we should readjust our expectations a little bit. I don't want that to be true. By the way, I want I'm rooting for I'm American. I'm not leaving. My family's buried here. But, like, don't you think that we run the risk of thinking we're capable of things that we're not capable of doing? Speaker 1: Well, as an example, Hillary had a lot of fraud baked in, but Trump won in such a landslide, he beat her. And then a lot of Republicans and conservatives and populists thought Trump was gonna win for sure, we'd have as big a turnout, so they were able to steal, 2020. But there was such a giant landslide this time, it it overrode, the mail in ballots, you know, the dead people, the illegal aliens voting. All of that, they ran out of bullets. But that's a perfect example of how the the Democrats were sure they were gonna win in November year, and they were sure they were gonna win in November in 2016, and they didn't. So they had this incredible hubris and this incredible arrogance, and and so many of them are actually militarily ignorant themselves. They just put on this big imperious act. And and and, of course, there's the clip of Sean Penn saying, well, I don't think nuclear weapons should be off the table. We shouldn't be afraid to use them because that gives Russian advantage. Well, it's called mutually assured destruction for a reason because anybody that uses them is insane. So mean Speaker 0: Well, they got in the middle of the war. This just came out the other day. The Pentagon wrote an assessment saying that they calculated that if we gave weapons to Ukraine that allowed the Ukrainian military or our military using Ukraine as a proxy to hit targets within Russia, they judged the likelihood of a nuclear exchange at 50. Speaker 1: Mhmm. Speaker 0: And they did it anyway. At that point, like, you should be in prison for the criminally insane. Well, that's right. If Russia moved You're risking nuclear war? Like, you should be locked up? I don't under like, that's the I couldn't even believe that. I mean, I, of course, intuitively knew that. Speaker 1: And say that again. It's not interrupting. That's important to say again for people. Speaker 0: That the that the Pentagon under Joe Biden assessed, like, because they assess the likelihood of everything or they get you know, they guess, they sort of work out how they think things will progress. But in every scenario globally, they do this. This is what they do at the Pentagon. And they assess that if we gave certain weapons, weapons that allowed the Ukrainians to strike targets within Russia, if we did that, which we did, the chance of a nuclear exchange, nuclear holocaust that killed everybody on Earth would be 50%, and they did it anyway. So imagine the brain. Imagine the evil. Like, you would have to be controlled by, like, supernatural forces to do so. I think there's a 50% chance every person on Earth could be killed in a nuclear exchange, but I'm doing it anyway. Like, why aren't you how are you still walking free? I'm serious. Speaker 1: No. And and I'm glad you brought that assessment up because I I really tried to get people to focus on that, and and I agree I agree with that assessment. I mean, let's let's boil that down. Imagine if Russia had the equivalent of attackers and storm shadows in Canada, in Mexico, on our border that they can fire above the trees that can't be shot down that are nuclear capable, and Putin said this. He said, if you shoot a few missiles once it started, we'll we'll just shoot them down. But if we see a large aerospace attack with a whole bunch of these, we have to believe it is a first strike to take out our nuclear deterrent. And so when we see a large signature of a large aerospace attack, be it cruise missiles, be it glide bombs, be it a mix of aircraft, or all of them, we will do a total commitment. And then Russia and TV said, here's the government, you know, scenario, and it showed nukes hitting all the NATO countries and submarines, you know, hitting on from there. And we're talking about world destroyed in thirty minutes, folks, for sure. Submarines off our coast, two minutes, New York's gone, you know, five minutes Dallas is gone. This is real. What would happen if Russia was bombing DC with conventional bombs, with large heavy cruise missiles that that that They're Speaker 0: droning the capital. As The US did through the Ukrainians, they droned the Kremlin. Speaker 1: You were there once when you saw one blow up? Speaker 0: I there. I was actually driving by I was over there last winter to interview Putin. I was driving by the Kremlin just, like, on the street in Downtown Moscow. There smoke coming out of the top of the of the Kremlin. And so I called the, like, the guy at the press office who I was dealing with for to set the Putin interview from the vehicle, and I was like, I think your Kremlin's on fire. And he's like, oh, no. No. No. It's not. I was like, I'm right there. I'm looking at it. Russians never want to admit that they have been unable to defend their capital city, so they you know, a lot of murder has taken place by the Ukrainians of Russians in an attempted murder of Americans, by the way. Speaker 1: And just think about the provocation here. Speaker 0: And but the Russians in every case are like, oh, that's not happening. They don't wanna admit it because for a bunch of reasons, but it would force them to repunse. But, anyway, I called up and I'm like, I I think you guys just got droned. No. No. Didn't happen. But it did happen. I saw it. I personally saw it. So, like, there's been a ton of that stuff. What would we do if the Russians droned the US Capitol or the White House? Like, that's so freaking crazy. Speaker 1: I can't see that happen. Russia knows it's a provocation. The globalists want a reset. Their financial system's going down, and they're willing to roll the dice, and they think a nuclear war is survivable, as you know, as the Pentagon has said. So it it's complete madness. Nuclear war is not survivable. Speaker 0: That that's a fact. Speaker 1: It's not. Speaker 0: By the way, nuclear weapon explodes over a nuclear power plant. What happens? Anyone know? Speaker 1: Massive meltdown that makes Fukushima look like a Exactly. Speaker 0: And we have a lot of nuclear power plants around the world. Speaker 1: So There's over 450 that we big that are big industrial, thousands of small ones. And when society breaks down, they all melt down different ways, much worse than Fukushima and Chernobyl combined. Speaker 0: I agree. Speaker 1: And it makes the whole surface of the earth, it's mainline science unlivable for hundreds of millions of years. Speaker 0: I agree. And I know everyone's for nuclear power, and it's, like, obvious we need nuclear power. Right? I don't okay. I'm not against nuclear power in theory, but until someone can answer the question you just posed, like, what about that? I mean Plus Speaker 1: they're never run right. They always have scenarios where they're not gonna leak. Basically, they all win. Speaker 0: You see all these stupid concerns. Like, the answer is nuclear. You want more AI data centers, comma, which I don't. Speaker 1: The answer is Speaker 0: coal. Obviously. But I don't understand why everyone this is just a sidebar, and I'll stop in one sentence, but, like, those of us who grew up in the seventies and eighties remember that all the opponents' nuclear power were, like, you know, furry armpit dumb people and, you know, all the Greenpeace people. And so you're just like, oh, shut up. Nuclear's obviously the solution. Like, you just don't understand science. How can you be against climate change and also against nuclear power? I've said that myself, like, a hundred times on TV. But it's not about the spent fuel rods. What do we do with nuclear waste? That's easy. Put it in Yucca Mountain. It's about what if these things are untended? What if they're, you know, the subject of a conventional or nuclear attack? Speaker 1: And you look at all the mismanagement. Speaker 0: Massive vulnerability. Like, why doesn't anyone mention that? Before we put nuclear power plants all over my country, which think a lot of people are psyched to do because they wanna get rich from AI, like, they should answer the question. Like, that's really freaking scary. No? Speaker 1: Well, you have to also ask, why do they build so many in here and in, like, Japan, the plants ride on fault lines? I mean, there's a real we see a lot of ineptitude in industry and things, so you don't wanna have things that have the potential to be so dangerous. And when coal creates carbon dioxide that plants breathe, and the earth used to have a lot higher carbon dioxide than it does now, and it makes plants live longer, yields are up, it it will green the planet, all the studies show it. We're actually terraforming the earth to make it better. It's it's like God given when you actually get the real studies and talk to the real climatologist, the people they'll tell you, no, no, no. It's great that we're bringing this old carbon back up and putting it back in the atmosphere. This is fabulous. More carbon is good. Carbon carbon dioxide, oxygen, water, and sunlight are the four ingredients of life on this planet, and the globalist created a way to tax and regulate one of the four pillars of life on this planet. It is good. I mean, again, they're trying to convince us that cows' methane is bad. You actually look at the carbon equation, it all turns right back into the gases it came from. It's a good gas. But again, if the cows are bad, well, what else releases methane? We do. We're the carbon that they want to reduce. They wanna teach us to hate ourselves, teach us not to have a life force, and their new religion is they will give us all these indulgences and all these flagellations and all these things we have to do to atone for how bad we are to the priest class that is the big satanic green church. Speaker 0: So the threat of nuclear war overhangs any conflict with a country that has nuclear weapons, of course. You push someone far enough, you know, you don't know what could happen, and it could result in the extinction of humanity. So that's, like, the main fact. That's why people wanna run, not to have nukes. Right? Obviously. So with that in mind, what do you make of the public repeated public statements by a bunch of European leaders, particularly Stormer in The UK and and the president of France, that they're ready to, like, continue the war against Russia with their own feeble armies. Like, what that seems crazy to what what is that actually about? Speaker 1: And they've said that now they're sending their troops that if they get killed, then that's direct war with NATO. They admit that the EU population wise is collapsing. Those they brought in, most of them, 80%, never even get jobs. That all the different ministers, defense ministers, as you know, last few years have said, our business model is a twenty year war. They think they can continue that and somehow bankrupt Russia and, again, break it up into five parts. So they've made it existential for themselves. They made it existential, for Russia. And you go back to the Pentagon assessment that was public that 50% chance that if we start bombing, and that's the West doing it, mainly The US, inside Russia, they would strike back with nukes. And then Putin clarifying, well, if we see a large launch, it could be a sneak attack with nukes, so we're gonna have to go ahead and nuke you at that point. Please don't do that. So at least they limited, you know, to to to four or five big cruise missile attacks a day, and then, you know, maybe a hundred drones a day going into major cities and attacking their nuclear bases, their nuclear bomber bases. I mean, extreme provocation, testing the line, and not playing Russian roulette where you have a six shot revolver and you put one three fifty seven magnum casing in round in. But this is three out of six, and they're like, well, that's a safe bet. Let's roll the dice, spin the cylinder, and then click it to our head every day. It just goes the fundamental insanity that you see escalating. I mean, if you go back to the Speaker 0: But actual ins like, actual insanity. Not, you know, I don't know, will tariffs work or, know, whatever you could argue. But, like, risking nuclear war? I mean, that's so fucking crazy that I can hardly believe it's real. Speaker 1: That's a good point. They say Trump saying our surrender to these one-sided trade deals, is totally true, and deindustrialized this and destroyed our morale and is a huge national security issue that he's rolling the dice there. No. No. No. Would be rolling the Speaker 0: dice with nuclear war? Again, I think you should be in prison for even having that that's, like, the craziest thing I can imagine. Speaker 1: Well, remember Biden just two years ago said we can't send f sixteens in Abrams tanks because that escalates the threat ladder of the rank corporation. That's World War three, but they went ahead and did that. Then they went to the bombing inside. So I the reason I went back to that, I'm glad you raised it is, the EU is refusing to end the war. We're trying to drag us into it fully. They're arresting their political opposition, Kalin Trojescu in Romania. They're not letting him run-in the new election. Speaker 0: He's an amazing man. I just talked to him Amazing. Day before yesterday. Speaker 1: And then Marie Le Pen that is super popular and had presidential poll, so they have you know, judge find her guilty of nothing and take her off the ballot. You have the state department under Biden admittedly working in Brazil, with Lula, to take Bolsonaro off the ballot because he's popular and then indict him. And they're talking about doing it in Hungary. They're talking about doing it in Poland. They said if AFD won, which they almost did, that the EU Commission might cancel that election. So the EU has really taken off the mask, and people that don't know was set up in '56 as a steel deal, Treaty of Rome, and they got the nations over time to sign away their sovereignty to it. I remember. And an unelected commission, with Vander Leiden, you know, up there running all of this. And she even came out, as, you know, on Monday and said, well, Trump's blown up the international order. He's he's defeated the new world order. And she said, okay, we're gonna go ahead and agree at least in principle, to what Trump is saying, and that's because the trade is completely one-sided. So again, Trump's move isn't just the perfect move. It's perfect and that it's the only moves we have left for us and for global stabilization. That's why anybody that cares about self preservation for the whole planet should be fully behind Trump's policies that are very popular around the world and are seen as sane. And again, the world, this this huge alliance of nations wants to join that team, and the good news is Trump's poll is the highest ever. I I I I know the American people are understanding that and getting that. The concern is Speaker 0: It is kinda crazy that his number I mean, I'm getting you know, because I live in a rich people world for part of the year. I know a lot of rich people, and boy, they're really upset. And I share their instinctive concern about any chaos. My parents got divorced. Hate chaos. Right? Mhmm. So I get that. But but from my perspective, I'll just admit it, like, on my phone, it's like, I voted for Trump. What the hell is going on? You know? And I get it. I'm not, you know, criticizing anyone. But then his numbers go up. Speaker 1: Well, I'd like to It shows you Speaker 0: that you can even I really make a big effort to, like, live in different places, know different people, not be a captive of my surroundings, not just live among rich people with, like, dumb rich people attitudes. I can really try to be bigger than that. And I always flatter myself that I succeed, but even I am, like, I guess, kind of captive to that because then I see the numbers, and I'm, people really like this. His numbers went up after the tariffs. That's correct. Speaker 1: Right? Absolutely. Wow. Well, I'd like to talk to folks out there saying Trump is is is being a destabilizer. The globalist order was collapsing by their own corruption and mismanagement and their alliance with China being double crossed. And so that old order was already being being collapsed by them, and and Trump's coming in very pragmatically with a a good, fair, freedom based meritocracy, competition based system. But, you know, to to to to people that wanna talk about destabilization, starting the war with Russia, total destabilization, dissolving the borders and all the human smuggling and the fentanyl. Exactly. Total destabilization, in in engaging all this overspending and and and the country basically being bankrupt if we don't grow our way out of it, total destabilization. And then wink wink, the attempted assassinations of Trump. What do they think would have happened if Trump really would have gotten killed in Pennsylvania in July of last year or a few months later in Florida? If you look at the scenarios there, they run from bad to worse. So the real destabilization Speaker 0: and bad for the people behind it. Like, clearly, those assassinations were not lone gunmen. Were part of a much, much larger conspiracy, obviously. Everyone knows that. But those people behind those attempted murders would have been in bigger trouble had those murders succeeded. Attempted murder succeeded. Correct? Speaker 1: Absolutely. And and if they somebody's able to kill Trump now, people better hope he doesn't get struck by a bolt of lightning because the bad guys will get the blame. And that's why so many people that have kind of been on the fence of the establishment, were working with the globalists just because that was the system are enthusiastically joining Trump and Elon, because they understand that this is the only game in town for people that aren't delusional. But you have that megalomania and Speaker 0: I think that's so true. Speaker 1: Yeah. You have that megalomania historically when elites have never lost before and are losing that they just continue to accelerate and intensify. And and and I know you've covered this. A lot of the people don't seem to know that in in August of twenty twenty, I mentioned it earlier, there was a big article in New York Times with John Podesta covering a war game they just had that if Trump was able to win, they were gonna have blue states secede and blue cities secede and then create civil unrest and civil war conditions. And then when they knew Trump was gonna win because the poll numbers were so incredible, a few months before the last election last year, Raskin, Carville, Podesta, all of them said civil war conditions. We're gonna need to have uprisings. Carville said that. Trump's coming to kill you. We gotta rise up, Carville said, and others. And they are clearly escalating with the Tesla attacks and the swatting attacks and the calls for violence. The 55% of, you know, liberal Democrats in a study want Trump killed. They're embracing, you know, real terrorism, real domestic terrorism, and that's building towards what I believe is in the cards because you see the democrat pundits and their operatives everywhere before the election and after it in the last seventy eight, you know, days or so saying, once he got in office, Trump and Tom Homan are going to kill migrants. And when they do, there's gonna be an uprising. And, well, Trump's not gonna go mow down people at a illegal alien demonstration. You also have them saying Trump supporters are gonna attack black people. Well, where would black people be alone in a big numbers? A church, university. Trump supporters are gonna kill black people. And we know a lot of the globalist groups have been funding white supremacist groups and domestic terror groups and basically run them historically. So the last piece of all the preprogramming I've seen is that to have these uprisers, you need something much bigger than George Floyd, much bigger than Jesse Smallman. And so I am predicting on the current trajectory of what they were getting before and what they said, the final piece they need for this destabilization that they'll label a race based civil war that will then crash the markets and be used kinda like the predictive programming in the movie that came out last year's civil war to have a bunch of states, the main military join them, in a military operation to remove Trump when the Trumpian figure in the movie is killed, you know, and executed inside the inside the Oval Office. And so that's their dream, that's their backup plan. You have the two camps. You have one camp is is kind of the Chuckie Schumer, completely evil, but is it particularly publicly pushing that though he had his famous whirlwind, you know, we're coming after you speech. But he's an old man. Absolutely. So you have the Soros wing with Alexander Soros that more and more is in charge and is really making a run, at escalating domestic unrest and terrorism, leading into some triggering event, starting things are aligning for this summer. And I know that folks of the government, their patriots are aware of that, but I think that the spokespersons and others need to really get ahead of all these calls for violence and not just repudiate it, but talk about the democrat leadership and their talking heads, that are pushing. And I mean, we've seen Coburg just last week say, deep state, please, you know, do something. Stop Trump. And so that's where we are. So so so they wanna expand war to try to take control of the agenda. They're that they've been hyping a new virus being released to try to stop Trump's reboot of our economy because they think that would stop this populous revolution. In Europe, it's arresting their political opposition and, you know, stopping elections. They they and they also have Europe trying to sue Elon Musk and billion dollar fines trying to shut him down like we saw with Brazil. So those are different strategies. They're also doing big put options and naked shorts trying to crash the market and then blaming Trump's tariffs on that. So it's economic terrorism, the buildup of domestic terrorism, the false flags that can be used, a nuclear false flag to get us in direct war with Russia, a new viral release. Those are the things they've got set up, ready to go, and that they've said before they would use to maintain control. Speaker 0: Everybody loves and appreciates first responders. When things go haywire, they're the ones who show up and make you safe, protect you, not just you but the entire country. Most people agree they're heroes. But what happens if they can't show up? First responders cannot be everywhere all the time. And if there's an emergency, particularly a big emergency, there aren't enough to go around, so you have to be your own first responder. Before an ambulance arrives, before a doctor can help, it is up to you to protect yourself and your family. And if it's a medical emergency, you could be out of luck because you don't have the right medications. Most people do not have the medications they need at home. There's an answer to that. It's called the JACE case. It's a simple but smart solution to a problem most people don't even think about. It's a set of emergency prescriptive medications curated by medical experts, you've got peace of mind knowing that no matter what happens, you are totally prepared. Even if you're a prepared kind of person with stuff stored in your cellar, you probably don't have the right medications. What if there's an infection or any kind of crisis and you don't have access to first responders, you're gonna want a JACE case, medications on hand when they matter most. Go to JACE.com and use code Tucker at checkout for discount. Jace, j a s e, dot com. Check out code Tucker. The first thing in countries that descend into darkness that happens is speech is controlled, and there are political police who put people who speak out against the regime in jail, and that's happening in Brazil, as you know. It's happening in The UK. It's happening in Germany. Speaker 1: We're trying it in Canada. Speaker 0: Well, it's definitely happening in Canada. And these were formerly free countries in Australia. And so the one place that it isn't going to happen right now is The United States because of the First Amendment. So how do you end First Amendment protections? Well, you pick off people like you, which they've been trying to do for over a decade, and, you know, I happen to be, as I've told you many times in private, I happen to be on a fishing trip when I worked at Fox the night that you were taken off the air, and I thought it was, like, one of the greatest threats to speech in The United States I'd ever seen. I wasn't there, and Fox News, like, prevented my co my filling host from defending you, because Alex Jones is bad. Okay. That's when I realized they were in on it. But but they need to end speech in The United States. They need to shut down X. They have to. And my guess is, and I hope I'm wrong, that there's there is, like, legitimate hate and extremism on social media, you know, to the point where it makes me uncomfortable. I'm thinking that maybe a lot of that is manufactured actually, and that if there is a mass shooting, and God forbid, but if there is a mass shooting of the people who've been targeted for hate on actual hate, that's true, on social media that that will be used as a pretext to shut it down. Speaker 1: Absolutely. And and Has this occurred to you? Speaker 0: Yes. Because I see people on on social media who I know for a fact, I think I know, are being funded by the very people they're attacking. It's like, what? Including one of the biggest voices. Like, I know that that's true. And so, like, what is this? And it's clearly preparatory to some sort of event that will shut down a violent event that will be used as a pretext to shut down free speech. Am I being paranoid? Speaker 1: No. I've I've that's that's where all the foundation's been laid. The actually, the superstructure has been built. Yeah. They're just putting the finishing touches on it. And and so in a way, it's fortuitous that I'm here today because you were here when I was talking to my lawyer right before we started taping. We got some really big news that in Connecticut, the Supreme Court said we're not even hearing your appeal now because it was so strong. The kangaroo show trial that I was went through there a few years ago where the judge had already found me guilty wouldn't let Speaker 0: Guilty of what? Of having an unauthorized opinion of being mean or whatever? Those are all legal under The US constitution. Like, you cannot be punished for giving your opinion. I don't care how ugly other people think it is, and and you've contested whether you even gave their opinion. It does doesn't matter. Under our system, you're allowed to say what you think, period. Well, you're right. Especially That's what the bill of rights is. Speaker 1: And we have the supreme court rulings, you know, with the New York Times Sullivan. Insane. Speaker 0: And and Brandenburg versus Ohio. You have a right to your opinion. Speaker 1: And and and what they did was with all these PR firms and massive thousands of articles sometimes a month and hundreds of TV programs a year, They built a straw man once I was censored off the Internet the last seven years. Still on my website, infowars.com, still on some talk radio, but it was the verboten thing. People had to go, you know, get underground. They could then build a straw man of things I had supposedly done I never did. And then when I wasn't defended other than than people like you, it set the president to then come after everybody else including president Trump when he was taking off everything on January 6 so people couldn't hear him saying be peaceful before during Speaker 0: I defended black nationalists who hate whites. Obviously, don't agree with them. I am white. So are my kids. Like, I reject their program. But they were indicted for giving their opinions, and, like, we cannot allow that. And now the ACLU is just completely captured. It's like a training organization. Nothing to do with free speech. Like, where are the people who will stand up for the foundational right that separates a free man from a slave, which is the right to say what you think? And why were they all sound may they bask in shame for not defending you? I mean that. Speaker 1: Well, I have a major update. It it in the last seven years of them suing me in this whole saga, we now have basically all the pieces of exactly what happened. I told you some about it last night. It would take a few minutes, but I could just give people a basic summation of what's happened. Speaker 0: Yeah, please. Speaker 1: But first, just an example of free speech. In Texas, there's famous cases where they take people's small children because the school secretly convinces them with grant money. They get paid for it public and private. That a little boy is really a girl, a little girl is really a boy. They then the parents find out the school's been putting them in a database, giving them a social worker, sending them to special school times with peer pressure of other kids that have been put in a cult for sterilization, transhumanism. And then they take the person's child saying it's abuse You argue, you know, my son is really a boy, not a girl. Well, now, Colorado in the house, as you know, just passed the the bill to the senate and they allowed no debate, saying that if a parent finds out their kid is being brainwashed and says, no, my my son is a boy. My girl is a girl. That is abuse, and they're gonna officially take your child. Other states have passed laws like Oregon and Washington. So you talk about free speech. This is beyond that. This is parental rights. This is everything. Now say parents can't argue and say to the state that has determined that that that that that your child's another sex. And then in, places like New Jersey and other states, the hospital systems now have on the form when your child's born dozens of things, transgender, all these other names, genderqueer, all these things where the parents pick at birth what the baby's gonna be and say this. So so if the state wants to come and say they're another sex, that's okay. If parents don't like it, their kid gets taken in these areas. That's where this is going. It's already happening. But if the parents wanna opt in, they can decide for their child. So as long as you decide that we're gonna chemically and then medically sterilize surgically this this portable person is being put into this death cult, then it's okay. The only thing you're not allowed to say is no. I say no to this designation. So that's where Alex Jones having his speech massively attack goes. So it's a long story, but here's the summation. I didn't understand even though I know a lot of things about politics in the world. I I didn't understand how PR firms work, how law firms work, how the deep state was operating, and and they later admitted even on MSNBC that few years ago, oh, we've been successful with Alex Jones. Next, we're gonna do it with people like Tucker Carlson, and then and they mentioned you. So Hillary knows she's in trouble. Two months before the election twenty sixteen, she does a 20 plus million dollar ad buy talking about me and twisting what I had said about that event in Connecticut, that mass shooting. And then the ad she says, Alex Jones is Trump's brain. This is the guy that Trump says is an amazing person. We'll be talking a lot. You're a great guy. They show that clip of Trump on my show saying that. So they created a demonized version of me to attack Trump. Then that made me this huge demon of the left even more. Then for two years, articles every day, sometimes dozens a day, TV shows, programs, PBS, CNN, MSNBC, every channel, foreign news, Tokyo news, Russian news. It was just it was it was being pushed over. Alex Jones is bullying kids, parents of dead kids, Alex Jones is sending people to pee on graves. None none of that ever even happened, much less me. And then they sue me, and then they want all this discovery, and they say, who do you work for? Who who's telling you what to do with the Republicans in all these depositions? Of course, it wasn't there. So they hold me in default for saying I didn't give them my secret plan to get rich off these people that I barely ever even talked about. They put twenty two minutes of evidence in the Texas show trial where I was found guilty by the judge and the Connecticut show trial that were only a month apart in 2022 in the fall. So I go in, HBO's producing it, cameras, putting makeup on the judges. I I'm given 20 plus things I can't talk about. My my lawyers are sanctioned if they try to raise that. Well, where did Alex Jones say this? Where did he do this? No evidence could be showed to counter them. They could just say whatever they wanted to. And then they have a billion and a half dollar judgment in Connecticut. They have a $50,000,000 judgment total or $49,000,000 in Texas, because I'm already found guilty, then the judge tells them to say how guilty I am. They lie and totally exaggerate all the money I have, say I got it from these people with no evidence. And and and so I knew I was being railroaded for my speech. They said in the Connecticut trial and in the the Texas show trial and on the courthouse steps, we don't want money for mister Jones. We wanna shut him down. They said that in court filings. So I go into bankruptcy because I'm out of money personally. Never had all this money, they said, not even a fraction of it. And so for three years, I'm in bankruptcy. And they keep going and say, we don't want money. We want him closed. The judge keeps saying, no. You have to actually, you know, do a settlement with him or we have to sell him for wars. Speaker 0: This is all because you said something that other people said they were offended by? Speaker 1: Yes. But but but but Speaker 0: How how can you I don't understand in a free country how other people being offended by what you say can have you destroyed by the state. Speaker 1: Well well, it's more than that. They said, I sent people to their houses. I peed on graves. All the stuff that nobody did did. Why weren't Speaker 0: you arrested? You can't pee on a grave. Why weren't Speaker 1: you arrested for Connecticut. Speaker 0: I Why weren't you arrested for people on the graves? Speaker 1: Out of the people that sued me, I only said the name of one of the Speaker 0: people ever. If you commit a crime, you should be criminally charged for it, and the state has to prove that you did it, at which point you're convicted and punished. If the state accuses you of something but doesn't charge you with it, they're fucking liars. Like, by definition, they they don't that's not on the list of options that they can just discredit you, attack your character, destroy you. No. No. No. The state has one option. If you committed a crime, they charge you with the crime, and they prove you did the crime. It's that simple. Speaker 1: Never got investigated for stalking or anything because I did nothing. For any crime. So so so so here's where it gets crazy. Here's what we've learned since they had the show trials. Speaker 0: I know none of the libertarians defended you either. Where was the Reason Foundation and Cato and all these supposedly freedom minded nonprofits who are just freaking liars? Like, of them defended you that I know of. Speaker 1: Bare minimum, they were bought off where they wanted to keep their head down. So so so so here's what we learned. The Democratic Party and the judge department, the FBI, the CIA, this has come out in court, come out in documents now. We've got it all and published it in force that could be shut down literally in days now. We're finally to the wire today with this big ruling. But it it it's you know, the truth's out there, but they don't want you to know it. So they come after me to demonize Trump, then they run ads on Facebook and Twitter and everywhere for the two years before they sue me, 2017, '20 '18, saying I'm attacking him, saying I'm coming after him using my name to raise money. Okay? And it turns out hundreds of millions using my name. This has come out. Saying I'm victimizing them and then never showing what I supposedly did. Just this man's hurting us. Help us. Help us. Then I was already taken off the Internet after that for other reasons that they cooked up. They had Lester Holt get up on TV and say, Alex Jones called for people to get battle rifles and go attack Democrats. No. I talked about them the anti foot attack in your house and how they were planning to attack more people's houses, and I said, none of us are gonna be violent. But I said, everybody needs to have their battle rifle ready or their shotgun in their home if the Lev comes to kill you. Speaker 0: Well, as someone whose house was attacked by Antifa, I agree completely. Speaker 1: But but but then Holt never showed what I supposedly said. Speaker 0: Right. Speaker 1: He just said straight up. Okay. So I wasn't even taken off the Internet for Sandy Hook because I wasn't even known for that. Okay? Barely ever talked about it. Then they sue me, then they run more PR, then they raise more money off of me. And then when they didn't find anything in the in their all their discoveries, there was nothing that I did, then they have the judges both find me in default, coordinate for both trials to be held in a month and a half period in late twenty twenty two, and then right after they win, the jury's fine for all this money, come back and they say, that's not enough, your honor. We want 2,750,000,000,000.00. That's the GDP of India. People don't believe that. Just type in Alex Jones, Sandy Hook, two point seven five trillion. And and so the judge said, no. You just Speaker 0: get 1,500,000,000.0. In retrospect, did you ever think when when they awarded judgment against you equivalent to the GDP of India, did you ever think, like, maybe I should keep my visions to myself and not like, next time I see nine eleven coming, just shouldn't say anything because people who predict the future accurately are always punished for it. Speaker 1: I I think that's I mean, I yeah. I mean, well, I realized was I've got something important to say, so I better say it even louder because the evil wants to shut down. But just to finish the key part, Speaker 0: I'm telling Sorry. Sorry. No. No. No. No. No. You're making me upset hearing this. No. No. No. Speaker 1: I I'm saying I haven't gotten to the big stuff. I'm just giving people the background. This is Speaker 0: not the country I grew up in at all. Just saying that. Speaker 1: Sorry. Well, no. No. You're right. Thank you for the platform. No. Thank you, Tucker. And I told you all this last night. It took thirty minutes. Let me just try to condense it. So I know they're trying to demonize me to get at Trump. I know they're trying to set the president to shut down everybody else, and once I'm demonized, they think nobody will defend me, that sets the president. They admitted all that. Then when they win the show trial, it was already fixed. These PR firms come out of New York, Connecticut and go, we've been doing this for years. We exposed Jones. We did this. We helped get this big win, blah blah blah. Then, this undercover video comes out that is in a predator sexting trolling operation in DC, which the guy was never implicated in, but that's how he got caught up with the troll, trolling operation. This Oblivious person, CIA and FBI, it's confirmed, says, well, we investigated Alex Jones for years at the FBI, then he went on to CIA. It's where he's currently. And he said, we couldn't find anything criminal on him, so we went to the Sandy Hook people with law firms and we developed this plan with this narrative to take him down. And, now, we're in the process of shutting him down, and the person says, well, are you still trying to put him in prison? No. We've just destroyed his name and destroyed who he is. You know, it's all on video. It's online. Just type in FBI CIA, agent, you know, admits to running Sandy Hook, frame job of Alex Jones. Speaker 0: We recommend you take this moment to do what we're about to do, which is enjoy an ALP. Just to kind of refresh our baseline assumptions here, is the CIA allowed to destroy people for in The United States for criticizing? Speaker 1: No. It's illegal. Speaker 0: Oh, it's illegal. Okay. Speaker 1: Of course, she's yeah. I mean, begging the question, but absolutely. So so then then we have that. But then I go, wait a minute. At the trial last year, they have this FBI agent who was the chief counsel, who on the stand, they say it to hide it in Plainview, the Democrat Party Law Firm, talked to him for like a day. And he goes, so you went and got the suit against mister Jones. Yes. I went to your your law firm, mister Koskoff, and I and I went to the families, you know, and I I organized him to do this. So they're hiding in plain view, the chief counsel of Connecticut that I didn't even pick up on at the time. Why is he on the stand? I'm sitting there talking about how he went and set this up and did this to me. Then later, we have Oblivas talking about years ago, we criminally investigated him for a decade. We couldn't find anything, so we went into this sibling. So now that's two of them admitting it on the stand and undercover video. Now this is where it gets wild. Then three days after Trump's in office, we've done a four year request two years ago for my FBI file. We've done it many times. They never responded back. Soon as Trump gets in, they send us a disc in the mail. I got a call from the FBI saying, hey. You know, be sure you watch your mail. And and and they send me a disc of our foyer, and it was a 96 files, but it was just a cover sheet. It said the rest of national security. But it said, Alex Jones, top national security threat. Obama administration ordered me to be a level three terror national security threat in 02/2013. I had Karl Seraphin on who knows how to read the code documents on the dozens of pages I got that were attached. He said probably the thousands, but a 96 other investigation packets. And and and we're talking weekly and monthly meetings out of the Boston field office, and Trump didn't learn about this his first admin. So we learned this was going on until I was sent this by the new FBI director, okay, or or the new FBI. And and it's just the cover sheets, but they have codes on it that Kyle Serafin used to run counterterrorism. The FBI, you know, huge whistleblower, came on my show for hours and documented what it meant. Then he talked to his sources currently in DC, and they said, yeah. We're actually on this. It's bad. Okay? So Obama illegally had me declare a national security threat, open criminal espionage investigation with huge resources. Humet attempted infiltration. That's all the codes, and that's now makes sense. People people we hire trying to set us up, trying to get us to commit crimes, all this stuff over the years, hacking into our surveillance camera systems, trying to find something dirty, all sorts of sabotage. So now, I mean, I'm living in a spy movie. So so so we so so we get that, like, ten days in the Trump administration. Three days in, they they they they mail it. It comes to mail, like, seven days later. So now we have that. So we have Oblivas admitting it from the FBI and CIA. We have the other lead counsel in in Connecticut admitting it on the stand, proud of it, hiding in plain view, just to because they knew it would come out. Then we get another FBI contact. They say, why don't you go look at the federal register and it look for money going to these Sandy Hook Foundations or the people that sued me. We go, look, it's $4,000,000 plus in payments to them right after they sue me, and then two payments to them during when both trials started. One Payments from whom? From the justice department. Speaker 0: So tax dollars? Speaker 1: Tax dollars, over $4,000,000 from the justice department were paid to the Maine Sandy Hook Foundation that is on the board and the head of it for the people suing me that ran it. Speaker 0: This is crazy. Speaker 1: So so so so so now we have the justice department, and and I'm releasing those documents. I was actually planning to release them today, a a week ago before you invited me out here. So that's all gonna be out today. The documents, all of it, but but it's online. They don't hide it. Also, millions and millions and millions more of COVID money went to them, and you know what happened to Cory Bush's husband. I'm not saying it's illegal. Should be looked into. So this so this is why this is important. This is the most open and shut, start to finish operation we've ever seen with all this money directly from the justice department, with the justice department admitting they initiated it undercover tapes with the CIA. Then you have the FBI admitting on the stand that they initiated it. Then you have the money directly from the justice department to them directly when they're attacking me, and then it gets worse. In the last year in my bankruptcy, they had before that, they attached a US trustee, which they know to federal law, to my bankruptcy like I'm Enron. Most people don't have this happen. So there's just department lawyers and agents at my depositions giving me US code to read before the deposition when after I'm sworn in that if I say anything incorrect, they're gonna charge me with felonies. Okay? But I still don't take the fix. I've done nothing wrong and I have accountants and it's all lies. They're alleging I've stolen hundreds of millions of dollars from these people. None of that's true. I don't even have hundreds of millions of dollars. I've had $10,000,000 of extra laying around. Speaker 0: But they stole money from what people? Speaker 1: Did they just say, I harassed them. I made money off them. It's their money. It's just all made up, but I have the judge department there. So then the judge department has the US trustee in May of last year order a private security company on a Friday evening to show up with guns on their sides and say, everybody out of the building. And I say, where's the court order? And I say, call the head of your security company. I get on the phone. He goes, hey. I'm telling the people this too. We gotta have a court order. I'm gonna tell them Speaker 0: They showed up at your office? They showed up at Speaker 1: my office. Speaker 0: With guns? Speaker 1: Armed security. Yes. Yeah. And and so I call my lawyers. They don't even believe it's happening. We get a hearing, and the judge blocks it. Then he has a full evidentiary hearing June 14. Fires the US trustee, removes them, removes the CRO that did it, okay, in the bankruptcy, and then appoints a new one who comes in to be all but buddy buddy. Then they he says, okay, we wanna sell it. And then that way proceeds have sold Infowars. But then, we have buyers that are good that'll keep it going. The Sandy Hook families, really Democratic party, says, we don't want money in court filings. We want it shut down. The judge says, no. You will sell it at an auction, but cash auction. Then they have a auctions date set. The day before they say that's canceled, it'll be private bids turned in on that Monday. And then the next day, we will tell you the winner is. Well, then it was the Bloomberg financing his Everytown group, The Onion. Everybody heard The Onion had gotten in force. Remember that? Back in, back in November. So all that happens. So we we countersue. The judge has hearings on December, says there was never an auction that was fraudulent. You know, you guys need to settle this, and you need to get money for mister Jones' buyers, and it needs to stop. They come back to the judge three times and say, we don't want money. We don't ever want it sold. We want it shut down. So the judge said, about a month ago, he said, okay. I'm done. This has gone on three years. Take it to state court. The state court is judge Bellis that did the show trial with HBO, or that that's judge Gore Gamble in Texas. It's judge that's the other judge in Connecticut. So it's it's judge Gware Gamble, just like judge Bellis running the show trial finding me guilty. She has said as soon as she gets that, she's gonna send in the constables from the county and just close the doors, lock it. Because they don't want the money that it can produce. They don't want any of that. They, you know, they want it shut down. Can I just ask you Speaker 0: a reality based question here? So all of this stem Sorry. This is Speaker 1: a long story. Speaker 0: But no. No. No. No. It's a it's a shocking story, but I just don't wanna lose the baseline Speaker 1: never been told in in full. Speaker 0: The baseline facts. Okay. So all of this stems from a school shooting in Connecticut. Twelve years ago. Twelve years ago. And you suggested on air that there was something weird about this. Speaker 1: I covered other people saying that. Speaker 0: Correct. You did not commit the school shooting? Speaker 1: No. Adam Lanza did. Speaker 0: Adam Lanza did. Speaker 1: I said for years, I believe it happened before they sued me. Right. Speaker 0: So we spent approximately zero time and zero money as a country trying to figure out why would Adam Lanza murder all these children. We're all against murdering children. Some of us are against murdering all children, including in foreign countries and here in abortion clinics, just against murdering kids. Okay? So I'm not gonna cede the moral high ground on kids to ghouls like this. So okay. But we have no idea why Adam lands in this. No one's trying to find out. You instead are being blamed, who are the father of four kids, for the murder of all these kids when you had literally nothing to do with the murder at all, and the actual murderer is probably brain fried in SSRIs or whatever the cause. Like, no one cares. Speaker 1: That's right. He was on SSRIs, like, almost all of them, and exactly. And here's the finale. Speaker 0: But, like, no one cares. It's like all these people jump up and down, including some of these parents, I assume. And, like, I understand they're upset their kids are murdered. I mean, I I have true compassion for them, but they're blaming you for it? Speaker 1: And and and then raising money, hundreds of millions off my name, and and his mother bought the gun legally, and then Remington was bankrupted by it and paid $73,000,000 to them. Remember that. It just goes on and on. And after they sued me, this one foundation's increase went up while they were suing me and during the show trials, 375, percent. Let me give you the actual numbers. 337% to 119,000,000 just during that period, and their main fundraiser was me. Not to mention all the justice department, four plus million they got. Speaker 0: But here's the here's Blaming you when you say the fundraiser was you. They blaming you for a mass murder that you were horrified by and didn't commit and ignoring the actual mass murderer, blaming everyone but the murderer for political reasons. So, like, they're destroying you. Speaker 1: It's like that meme where Indiana Jones moves the idol and puts the bag of sand on there. They removed Lanza and just put me on there. And it was he's coming. He's harassing us. He made all this money off of us. He's bullying. He's sending the stalkers. He's he's attacking. Help. Help. Help. With just ads everywhere. Help. Help. Help us find Alex Jones. Help. Help. Help. And and I'm and I hadn't talked about them in years and years. Only talked about one of their names. I never even knew this FBI agent was. None of my crew said his name. My lawyer got up and said, have you ever Alex Jones ever said your name? No. Any of his crew ever said your name? No. You ever post your picture? Ever talk about it? You know. When's the first time you heard of Alex Jones? Two thousand sixteen. And then he goes and does all this, but but here's the finale. Here's the finale. This is what I know when you talk to Trump and others, this is important because this needs to be looked at. This is conspiracy against rights. We're getting ready to take action on this legally. This is a violation of process. This is racketeering. I mean, cut and dry in my view, and that's what my legal experts agree as well. It's cut and dry. Turns out Paul Weiss, the big law firm that lost its intelligence agency clearances because they targeted Trump and they admitted to it. They came to Trump a month ago and they said, give us back 50 plus percent of our business. Let us have our national security clearance. We promise to stop doing lawfare against you and your supporters, and this is an agreement, and we'll spend $40,000,000 on pro bono work that's non political. It's it's it's in the agreement. Okay? And that's, by the way, in our legal action about to come out. They just filed that 40,000,000 of that 20 is their suit of me, and they list the lawyers. That's their pro bono work? And they've been coordinating the entire bankruptcy assault. They came up with the fake auction on record that's come out in our depositions of them. We're we're suing them currently, but more is coming. They came up with a plan with the US trustees multiple times to have fake auctions, and and and the judge said it was a fake auction. They're the ones that sent armed security on Friday evening. I was leaving at, 07:00. There's all these guys showing up from the security company we'd already used for eight years, but all these guys never seen. They're like, hey, man. We're told that they're they're closing the doors. They're kicking you out for good. Died at nine. And we shouldn't have told you this, but I knew one of the guys. And but but now it's under the court. And then I get on that phone with the head of the security company, and and he goes, listen, man. He goes, I'm being I got this lady saying, I'm a just department official, Melissa Hazleton, and and her lawyer, Freeman, Melissa Hazleton and Liz Freeman, and they're telling me, we are just department officials. You must close it. He said, no. I want a court order. So then I had to sleep up there because they tried to hire another security company the next day, and I and I knew it. And I Speaker 0: want to steal your office from you. Speaker 1: Listen. When they did the fake auction the next day, they came and turned the Internet off because they knew I was gonna appeal it, and the judge shut that down too. And I was out of there for a few days, there was such an outcry, and the judge ordered to let us back in the building. We've been run we've been kicked out repeatedly. Once I would Speaker 0: Of your own building. Speaker 1: Of our own building. So so but Paul Weiss has has been running this whole thing with Koskov and Koskov. It's basically a total deep state operation with senator Blumenthal and his son. Okay? So this is on record. And and but but so so so here they are telling Trump, oh, yes. We'll stop doing lawfare against you and your people. And then now they're billing that in the basic fine they agreed to with Trump. You know, that's what it is, unofficial fine. They are telling Trump, we're gonna stop our attacks on your supporters and you, and now they think Trump you know, they they know he's busy that he won't learn that they've done this. So in my view, they need serious sanctions from the White House. If this isn't about me, I'm tough. This is about this saga. Everything I've told you is even worse than I'm telling you. The the the insanity of of what they've done and and the persecution would take days because they had four court ordered that my company had to pay for. And then if the money didn't come in, we wouldn't make it through those investigations. I'd tell listeners, hey, buy our products. We've gotta pay to be investigated. Four different investigations, forensic accountants looking for dirt. They had the IRS audit me for a year. We got a $4,300,000 tax return back. The IRS says we never do this. Went into the bankruptcy because I'd overpaid 4,300,000.0 in five years because I tell my CPAs, you pay overpay. I know they'll because I don't want the target. So so there are three years of investigation. I got a $4,300,000 check back and none of it was true. And then even the New York Times last year had to say, well, it turns out Jones had meager resources and never really had anything. Well, it was all lies. So it was all lies I did anything to him. It was all lies I made money off of. It was all lies I had all this money. And the point is is now to last night, the Connecticut Supreme Court said we're not even gonna hear your appeal and which is ironclad, abusive process, all the rest of it. Texas, the the judge violated three laws cut and dry. I mean, the cap is at $5,000,000. She said, I don't care about the Texas cap. I'm doing 45, and the change was 49. They just don't care. And it's the same in all of this lawfare, just like a judge found Speaker 0: Trump never did anything. You never broke any laws. They would have indicted you. Like, this is all so hallucinogenic. It's so crazy. Speaker 1: Well, imagine it's like the it's like I'm their chew toy, and they just chew on me. Speaker 0: But your crime look. I just wanna refer you to the very first moments of this conversation when I pointed out once again for the hundredth time, you called 911 in detail before 09:11. So that is, like, just from my perspective as an outsider and someone who knows you, that's, like, the defining fact of your life. That's the first sentence of your obituary. No one did that. Only you. That fact, I think, is responsible for everything that has come after. Speaker 1: Well, just exactly. Well, just think of the scandal. On record, Kyle Serafin, and he showed me the conversations with high level FBI. They're said they're investigating it. He's gonna come back on the show, I think, tomorrow or Friday. You know, famous whistleblower. He read the the the the the documents, and and and we got a lot from it, but he explained, I I mean, this is like terrorist designation. This is espionage. So I've had a full espionage counterespionage operation against me trying to find something for ten years. Speaker 0: So where's the DOJ? Where's I mean, this is a test for the new Department of Justice, you know, brought in on the explicit promise to end the corruption, stop using our justice system, which my ancestors helped build and yours too, as a political army mobilized against domestic political opponents. That's not allowed. That's like Haiti stuff. We don't do that. It's not a Tantan Makuta. It's the FBI. They promised to do that. So can they help you? Are they helping you? Speaker 1: Well, I mean, I'll say this. Trump cut and dry had the same stuff done to him. He he's the only person on a wider scale that has had this. And you'll hear him say, it's unbelievable. It would take a long time. It's unbelievable. I've studied the cases of you. It's it's the same kind of crap. A judge in New York finds him guilty, doesn't give him a jury trial. I mean, it it goes on and on. So what they've done to me, wanna do to you. But if you want that string that pulls the whole sweater apart, they think because the demonization of what they said I did to kids I didn't do, that the Republicans will be scared to ever defend me. Speaker 0: Oh, that's for sure. Speaker 1: When in truth, it's like the Mendez brothers. When people found out what they went through, they learned that they'd all been lied to about that. Well, this is like that. This is like what the story you've heard folks from start to finish isn't that. They saw I was famous. They saw I was big. They tied me to Trump, tried to hurt him, then they raised hundreds and hundreds of millions of dollars off of me, got just department money, had show trials, put out all the stuff I didn't do on record, and and and and and and then now are not just trying to kill the second amendment using these poor dead children who have God rest their souls, but the first amendment as well. So this is outrageous, and it it's a bellwether showing that Paul Weiss, that big democrat law firm, one of the top ones, would literally tell Trump, okay, we'll stop doing political persecution. We admit to it. They they confessed to lawfare against him and his supporters, his family, and then they're still doing it to me, and they're billing the money they said that he'd pay in me. So so it's a sick joke. They think Trump won't learn about this. And at the end of the day, I just want it to stop. And look, we've survived so much. People say, oh, they were gonna shut you down here. They were shut you down there. It's in the news they kicked us out of the building in November. It's in the news they kicked us out in or tried to kick us out in in May of last year. There there was a bunch of other stuff that happened. My big deal is I'm not gonna give up because they've said we wanna get the name Infowars, we wanna confuse it and have Shubacabras and Bigfoot and we're gonna act like we're Alex Jones. They they claim they own my x account. Musk had to sue, get involved, and have them back off of that. The Democrats in their filing in in bankruptcy six months ago said that the amendment against slavery was it 13 or 14? 13. Doesn't apply to me. That's you read it in Bloomberg from the filing. They said, he is a special type of person. And so just like Prince signed away his rights to a record company for his name and his music. I never signed away my rights. So they're saying they own the name Alex Jones, in the court filing. They said they know the name real Alex Jones. They're saying they own all my catalog of material even though it's always been free to air and it's my political views and it's open. They can't do that. I can write a book and publish it to the world and say it's free. Somebody can't sue me and get a bankruptcy letter and say they own a book I gave away copyright free. My show is owned by the world, but what is it they don't want? It's because my older shows, going back thirty years, are ultra green. They're not evergreen where they stay the test of time. They get more important. And so the system knows that those clips are getting hundreds of millions of views, some of them, where I lay out and predict hundreds of subjects and and and what's gonna happen. And then Speaker 0: I explain though So that intellectual property is at stake? Speaker 1: They are preposterously this is new law. They think off of demonized Alex Jones. They say this. They can set a precedent to not just censor you, not just take Tucker Carlson off the air, they said you're the next target, literally. I say the clips you didn't see him on CNN, MSNBC, that they will then take your identity, which under the prohibition of slavery and under the prohibition against slavery in the Texas constitution, all the others, you can't take someone's name. You can't even take someone's tools under state law in Texas. And but, no, they are saying that they own the name Alex Jones. And they own your archive of content? Yes. And they say that they want to twist it and make fun of it. They had the onion owner with the Everytown Bloomberg representative on They they let Bloomberg pay for it. Speaker 0: The new onion owner is just an intel cutout. I Speaker 1: mean Absolutely. From MSNBC. He was I'm very aware of. The censorship operator. That was his job. Speaker 0: Who has literally no sense of humor at all. He's the most humorless drone working on behalf of entrenched power, like, in The United States, and he's running the comedy site. Speaker 1: It's like it's like the Babylon Bee. It's also fake. And he's the MSNBC version of Brian Stelter. Speaker 0: Oh, I'm aware. I'm aware. Speaker 1: Oh, I know you're the but exactly. So what I'm saying is it's a constellation of operatives, corporate, media, government, justice department, the trustees, all of them, and they just, like an army, believe they're still gonna beat America. Speaker 0: Oh, I know. Speaker 1: And they see me as a populist firebrand folk hero, and they said that themselves, and they want to silence and destroy that person so they can then take the identity of that and turn me into Satan. So Speaker 0: Meanwhile, Adam Lands is the guy who murdered all those children is totally forgotten. Speaker 1: Yeah. And I almost apologize. I don't really talk about this a lot on my own show. It's just come to a head today, and I'm very honored you let me run on and on. But, I mean, folks, this is your country, your world. This was done. What I've told you is 10 of it. Okay? I mean, this is an incredible scandal. The law firm that confessed to Trump to try to destroy him illegally with lawfare. It said, don't worry, sir. We'll do $40,000,000 of good work nonpolitical. Half of that in a filing last week is me. They have gone and filed that half of our 40,000,000 is what we've to Alex Jones. I mean, come on. I mean, look, don't care what happens to me. I just hope Trump takes away their national security clearance because they're not gonna stop what they're doing and those other law firms Speaker 0: No. Speaker 1: I know exactly who they are. Speaker 0: I agree. And you'd love to talk to the person who negotiated that deal and see if he's aware of it. Speaker 1: Oh, I wonder who that is in the White House. Yeah. Maybe they should be looked at a little bit. Speaker 0: Yep. So Wonder what they got. Yep. You know, I don't know. Speaker 1: Here's I'm just speculating here. That's why we need to investigate because because, I mean, you know this in racketeering laws they passed. If the mafia says, oh, you better hire my cousin and pay me 10 percent or something might happen to your grocery store, and then they burn your grocery store down, they start investigating, they learn how the criminal networks operate. The mob bosses say go burn it down. He just says, yeah, that guy's not paying. And and and and that's and they all wanna mount my head on the wall. Like, you've got, you know, that great deer mounted on the wall over there. They want Alex Jones's head on the wall as a symbol to scare everybody else. I mean, they said that in the courthouses and on the courthouse steps. They said, send a message to everybody else. These patient zero. Yeah. We're gonna take Speaker 0: him off Shut up in Obey. Speaker 1: Yeah. And destroy him, and we're gonna scare every one of these other Americans to keep I mean, literally, it's like in Bug's Life when the head grasshopper says, yeah, we got all this grain. Why are we gonna go beat up the ants because one little ant stood up? He goes, yeah, one little grain doesn't hurt. But he goes, but if they all stand up and he pulls it and it floods them. He goes, if that those little puny ants outnumber us a hundred to one. And if they ever figure that out, it's over for us. That's why we're going back to kill that ant. Speaker 0: That's exactly right. Speaker 1: That's it. So I'm just the ant in Bug's life. Speaker 0: You are, and but it hasn't worked, and so I wanna make a prediction because I just wanna be on tape saying this. I'll say it again even more clearly this time, I, of course, I hope I'm wrong. I pray I'm wrong. But I do think a lot of the the really crazy, bitter, ethnic hate that you see on social media is fake. It's it's people were saying it don't mean it. I think it's like, you know, the Klansmen you'd see Speaker 1: marching, and you're like, Speaker 0: there are no Klansmen. Like, what? And, of course, you find out that it's all it's it's fake, and it's designed to convince people that there's, like, a lot of roiling ethnic hatred that doesn't really exist, and and that's a predicate to The Patriot Front. Exactly. It's it's Charlottesville. That's happening online right now, and I and I know that it is. And I think that at some point, I pray I'm wrong, but there's gonna be an act of violence, ethnic inspired violence, of hate hate inspired violence, actual hate, like killing people, and I really hope I'm wrong, but I I feel like this is real, and that that event will be used to shut down free speech on social media. Speaker 1: I 100. Because that Speaker 0: is the threat, and they you saw it with TikTok, like, oh, we need to ban TikTok because China owns it. No. Nothing to do with China. It had everything to do with opinions that the people in charge didn't like being expressed there, and it's like, we're just gonna and and the congress went along with it. But if there's an act of violence and innocence or murdered, and I pray that doesn't happen, because I hate that above all, but it has happened, and I feel like it could happen again. And people say, and a lot of good people will go along with it, just like they went along with the censorship of you and the destruction of your life because they were told, like, he's bad. He had something to do with murdering children. And then people just shut down. They're like, you know, I don't know. Alex Jones is sending you with murdering children. So whatever they do to Alex Jones, like, is fine. Speaker 1: I can't tell you how many times in front of my family people walk up and they go, you killed those kids. Speaker 0: Exactly. Speaker 1: And I'll always go, really? I I did. And why am I walking around? And then just like, well, you you know what you did. But but but what you said is so important. The last ingredients is the false flag on a big illegal alien demonstration or a black church. Because the Democrats keep saying Trump's coming to kill the migrants. We gotta rise up. Speaker 0: Yeah. Or or something else like that, but where innocents are murdered by a crazy person, a crazy person, or maybe an actual crazy person used or whatever, or maybe it just happens organically. Maybe if you stoke enough ethnic division online, it's clearly I mean, there are people who have, you know, views that are, you know, mad at other ethnicities. I mean, that's that's real. Okay? But there are also big actors who are not real. They're doing it on purpose. Speaker 1: And we know who they are. Speaker 0: Yes. We do know who they are. Speaker 1: And for strategic reasons. Speaker 0: I'm not I don't wanna get involved in all that filth, but Speaker 1: But let's just say we've seen the documents separately. Speaker 0: A %, and they're stoking this stuff, and maybe it just organically inspires someone to commit murder, a mass murder. And again, I just pray as someone who hates all violence, to say it again, I pray that's not the case, but it's Speaker 1: Well, let's just say this. The people they're mainly attacking are the ones financing them. It's the oldest trick in the book Yep. Hugalian dialectic, and so just be aware of that, ladies and gentlemen. Speaker 0: Yeah. And I just don't yeah. And I think you're what and the only reason I bring that up is because I worry about it every day. Speaker 1: I do too because that's the next big move. Speaker 0: Free speech is the foundation of a free society. Without it, you it's not a free society. You're a slave. If you can't say what you think, you're a slave. It's really simple. And we don't have slavery in this country. It's a free country. Speaker 1: And when it happens, I pray it doesn't. That's the next move. So we're predicting this, so that there's enough eyes and ears on it and enough people watching so they don't pull it off. Because that's the thing. Everything I used to predict basically came true because the globalists were still in power. They're so disorganized, have so many problems now. A lot of times when we're able to get out ahead of things, you and others and Trump and Joe Rogan, we're able and and and and Elon's with a huge voice, you know, second only to Trump, we're able to disrupt what they're doing and enough people see through it. So if it does happen, they try to stampede us into blaming whoever it is. Oh, the crooks guy, you know, he acted alone. Well, this will be some right wing Trump supporter with Speaker 0: a MAGA hat. %. Speaker 1: And it'll get killed by the SWAT team. Speaker 0: He was inspired by hate online. There's for you're not allowed to have, like, legitimate opinions or your own opinions. And, you know, God can decide whether they're legitimate or not. But if you're a free man, a free person, you have a right to say what you really believe, period. And that cannot be encumbered or else you're a slave. Speaker 1: Absolutely. And and, you know, you know, we get back to the spiritual battle here. I I just want people to know that my lawyers just told me when you I put I put you on speaker with them. They said I could be shut down within two days, two weeks. They are coming to shut down Infowars. We've survived so much like a long boxing match. People are like, oh, yeah. Right. No. This is very, very real. This has been very, very serious. And so, you know, for now, people can find me on exit real Alex Jones. But but that part doesn't matter. People understand more and more how things work. All of your voices are so important. All of you sharing this interview, sharing the other great work Tucker's doing, all the courage he has and others have to really put it on the line. You know, we haven't even talked about Iran. Speaker 0: Well, give me give me your five minute I mean, that, I should say, I think this interview is going up tonight. We're gonna try to get it up in a few hours, but that's such a dynamic situation. Steve Wittkopf, apparently, is meeting directly with the Iranians, which I think is such a a great it's a blessing. But and I hope for the best. But give us your five minute overview. Like, what Speaker 1: is that, and where is that going? Well, Iran's plan b for the globalist. And Iran's got its issues, and it's Shiite militias and and all that. I'm not I'm not lionizing the mullis. Oh, you're not? But but but they've been isolated. Israel has knocked out their proxy forces in Lebanon and in Gaza and in the West Bank, And Netanyahu is extremely unpopular. He's been indicted and he he said he doesn't want an investigation in January he he doesn't want an investigation of October 7 until the war is over, but then he never you know, he's gonna have the war be over. So I'm not even against Netanyahu. I'm not against Israel. I know most people in Israel don't war with Iran either, but he's been trying to drag us into war since 09/11. That's how long he's been around and in power off and on into this, and they have the most ballistic missiles in the world. What it four to one, five to one, six to one to even the Israeli anti missile defense system. Israel, as you know, only has three big cities. They will get blown off the map by this. Conventionally, even if Iran doesn't have nukes and uses them, the word is they do, Israel will nuke Iran, and then all hell's gonna break loose. And in most scenarios, India and Pakistan start nuking each other. Saudi Arabia has got nukes. There's a lot of other countries that have nukes that people don't know about. You don't want even a limited nuclear war because in most big threat assessment war games, and Tucker's an expert, he can attest to it, he talks to the experts, it it breaks out. You know, kinda like your neighbor, you know, has the black plague. Well, you you might get it. Or, you know, you know, your neighbor, you know, has has got syphilis, and God forbid you have sex with him. I mean, this is a lot worse than syphilis. This is a lot worse than TB. This is really dangerous, and Iran does have proxy forces in Europe and The United States that Obiden let get in, and they really do have some of these sleeper cells that are here that if this does go to full war, they can cause some major problems. And different foreign intelligence agencies are famous for spoofing Iranians and and and Saudi Arabian terror attacks. They could easily stage a big false flag to get us into a war with Iran. Speaker 0: I'm aware. Yeah. Speaker 1: And and they're also the Russians have warned, and even before they did, I warned of attacks on nuclear power plants in Ukraine and Russia, try to blame Russia. Ukraine's done that, been caught. Ukraine and NATO tried to blame Russia for the Nord Stream pipeline. How laughable is that? Of course, I hears his information has been proven, know, that obviously it was the US government with NATO. I mean, even Biden said, you know, we'll get rid of the pipeline if you invade. So the globalists are very reckless. Again, 50% chance the Pentagon said that they started bombing Russia, Russia would nuke. They still rolled the dice. So we need really cool heads here. This is not like going into Iraq twice. This is not like going into Libya. This is not a cakewalk. Even for people that love to, you know, buy a bottle of bourbon and sit back and get drunk watching, you know, a a war like so many sick people do. This this this is the main threat to civilization. And, I mean, Tucker, you really have all the connections. You travel the world. You cover these summits. Speaker 0: I don't know any I don't know anything other than I think the people in charge of a bunch of different countries are are, like, reckless on a level that's without precedent in the modern era, and I I don't think they're serving their own people, by the way, leaders like that. It's not just like, you know, you've got a bellicose leader who's threatening war or whatever. It doesn't necessarily mean the people he rules are being served. He's putting their lives at risk. Our leaders have put our lives at risk for no good reason. And so, you know, I'm I'm hardly expert in anything. I'm just an observer, and and it's just all so obvious. And I'm really worried about my last question to you is, you get this sense that there's like a a spirit of dullness or fantasy. Maybe it's connected to living digitally or something, But, like, smart aware people are no longer smart or aware. They're sort of sleepwalking through this incredibly dangerous moment, and they don't even acknowledge any of it. And, what is that? Speaker 1: Well, that was the description I was gonna use. There's like Speaker 0: a mist that settles over all of us, and, like, we can't it's like no one is even, like, awake. What is that? Speaker 1: Well, that's how I describe it. It's how you describe it. We're sleepwalking into Armageddon. The Bible calls it a spell. Speaker 0: It feels that way. Speaker 1: Medically, they would call it a trance. And and, you know, since the advent, I say that sarcastically of television, and everybody gathering around it, people are way more highly suggestible. Most people are closer to a near dream state or daydream state pretty much all the time. Speaker 0: Feels that Speaker 1: way. You go to a movie, see everybody kinda drooling. And and and I've never really had a lot of suspended disbelief. Even when I was a kid, was always analyzing things. Speaker 0: Me too. Speaker 1: And so I guess that's a gift, but also it's kinda torture. It'd be fun to just be be able to be mindless sometimes. But yeah. And and the establishment itself is all about never actually making a decision they get in trouble for, having committees, having groups, having economy policy where no one can be accountable, but then that creates a runaway train scenario, where then only the most reckless people that are the craziest kind of become the consensus because nobody else wants to challenge them. And through Trump and Elon, you know, saying, hey, we don't want war. We don't want a meat grinder. This is too dangerous. This is crazy. We want to stabilize civilization. We want to have more kids, not less. Every actuary shows we collapse if we don't. Those are conscious. Look at Trump, conscious, awake, sharp, Elon, conscious, aware, sharp, you know, so many others. And and then it's a system of kind of quasi zombies and zombies run by a few kleptocrat, psycho, demon possessed people that that that that don't want us waking up the zombies. So, that's why they're mad at me. It's why they're mad at Elon. It's why they're mad at you. Is that we are trying to collectively get people to wake up because the wheel on the ship is so heavy and so big, a few of us can't turn it. But if we get more people politically engaged and aware, together we're able to turn the wheel as we're about to go over this waterfall 5,000 feet and get killed. And so, it's it's it's people that are dialed in unconscious versus people that are unconscious in the middle versus evil that is driven by a very nihilistic, destructive force. And and that's what the transhumanism is about. I mean, I remember thirty years ago reading government white papers that were public that listeners sent me medical people that they had human animal hybrids they could grow in cows for organ harvesting, And that and of course, that's been admitted for twenty years now. But just last week, hundreds of articles, oh, we can grow humanoids for organ harvesting. Don't worry though, they don't have consciousness. We've already raised them at undisclosed laboratories, and then it's in the MIT, you know, reports that they've done it. Or I remember thirty years ago, oh, military bases have goats that are part spider that produce body armor out of their milk, but we don't show them to you. And then later they brought them out. And then, oh, oh, we have dire wolves living in an undisclosed location where we spliced 13,000 year old DNA with a regular wolf. And my point is, the future's been here for a while. It's just not evenly distributed. So, you've got this super advanced sectors of technology, literally an underground bases and facilities, and you've got an establishment, a very small technocracy that's even aware of those systems. Yes. And they don't wanna give the general population access to that. So to them, they want a nuclear war. They think it's survivable in their underground bases. And Ian Fleming, former high level OSS in MI six, wrote the James Bond books, became movies. Remember the eighties, Moonraker with with Roger Moore. And remember, there's a crazy billionaire with these other billionaires with underground base in Brazil that's gonna release a bioweapon on the earth to kill everybody, but only goes for a year. He's gonna go up to space while everybody dies on earth at their space station, and then come back and repopulate the earth. And he's a eugenicist, and they only have the best specimens of the humans to do it. They're in the movie Zardoz with Sean Connery in the seventies, and Logan's Run, and The Island, and, t h x one one three eight. And then you have Aldous Huxley who wrote Brave New World in '32. His brother, Julian Huxley, was the head of the World Eugenics Society. When that got a bad name before World War two, they changed the World Transhumanist Society. He was the director general of UNESCO, really ran the UN. And his brother, before he died, gave that famous Berkeley speech an hour long, and I've read his book, Brave New World Revisited, that's nonfiction. Everybody should read it. And he says, no. No. No. No. The world's not gonna be like Orwell with the SWAT teams. That's for the 1% that might resist. The real plan, the reason I could write Brave New World is this was the consensus of the elite in Europe and and England of the world we're gonna build with genetically engineered people, a subspecies that serves us, everyone taking soma, everyone's controlled, and he explains in that Berkeley speech, if you don't read the book, he gives a synopsis that this is a real plan that he saw being in place by 2020. And so you have to understand Brave New World is an instruction manual of what they wanna do. They wanna turn humans into a commodity. That's why Obama calls it the end of history, where there are no more cycles, where everything's controlled, where 90% of the world population's reduced. And maybe if you serve them right or whatever, the 10% is here, but there's these gods on Mount Olympus or these Elysium you know, demigods that are the technocrats that control everything. Everybody is wired into their brains and the technocrats control the AI, and and then they play God. Like Rick Kurzweil said, I don't believe in God yet. I'm gonna become one. You've all know Harare. I don't believe in god yet, but there will be one in the cloud of AI. And so I'll just say this, the best laid plans of mice and men off to go astray as the, you know, famous writer said. And these people are prideful. They're satanic. Yes. And and and and it's all gonna end in disaster. We have to choose God. We have to choose justice. We have to choose free will, and we have to get out of nature more, and we have to disconnect, you know, from the system's lies, and then only go into the system to basically tell the truth. And just know that if if you're fighting evil, evil's gonna come after you, but that's a blessing and that it's very rewarding. And the experiences you have in that quest are are are the greatest experiences of my life. And you find out who's real, you find out who's not real. I just see the arrogance of these lawyers, and and it's warfare. It's lawfare. And with through the agencies that are running them. And and what they've done to me, wanna do to you. Like Trump said a thousand times, they're not trying to get me. They gotta get through me to get to you. That is true. And so that's why I I I do wanna see action from the White House. I do wanna see the judge department take action because my case, because they felt like it's free free game on me that, you know, it's just open season. They've they've been more transparent. I mean, it's illegal in my view and lawyer to to to have the judge department fund these lawsuits. It's illegal to have the FBI go create these. It's illegal for Obama to list me as a national security terrorist, have a dragnet for decades, then they you know, all of this concerted is the stalking. All of this concerted is the racketeering, and that's what it is by definition, conspiracy against rights. And then they're just sitting back laughing and and going, oh, Trump, forty million, you know, to help poor people. We won't be political anymore. We're using it for Alex Jones. You know, it's just these people need to be called on this. They operate in darkness. They operate because people are too busy. They operate thinking you're never gonna figure out what they're doing. And and more and more, they're scared. But I would have thought with all this coming out, they would back off. No. Instead, they've gotten scared because the Connecticut Supreme Court and all of them were gonna hear this. Now, they said suddenly they reversed it. No. We're not hearing it now. Yeah. Because because they think just shut him down, shut him up. It's not gonna work when if they shut down Infowars, and I and I don't, you know, throw fights. I'm fighting right to the end. But if they're able to do that and everybody sees that, it's only gonna make what I do that much bigger. But, again, like when they you know, the establishment tried to kill Trump. That's when the establishment went from collapsing to collapsed. So their order's over. And I like it in closing, the Japanese soldiers, the last one, twenty seven years later, because the Japanese were losing in the Pacific. As you know, Tucker, they would dump soldiers out on islands to frustrate and harass the the allies coming in. The US, England, and the Australians and the New Zealanders that fought the Pacific War. And so the last guy, 27 later, was still on an island shooting at people and stuff thinking that, you know, he still had to fight for the emperor until he found out, oh, the war's been over twenty seven years. So the radicalized death cult left, the Jacobins are just running around like chickens with their heads cut off like zombies. Attack. Attack. Attack. Everyone's a Nazi. Cutting women off in traffic, getting out, beating up women because they're driving a Tesla, being proud of it. I mean, they they have been radicalized into a cult. And and that's what Klaus Schwab said. Said we're gonna collapse Western civilization by creating an angrier world. We've got to not target each other. We've got to target the policies and ideas of globalists and dismantle the policies and have a big tent to unify behind stopping nuclear war. Speaker 0: You you know, you're you just you pray you live long enough to affect good in the world, and I I definitely pray that for you. Alex Jones, thank you. Speaker 1: Thank you, Tucker, so much. You're the best.
Saved - March 8, 2025 at 4:02 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

This is the bottom of the rabbit hole. This is the “Great Conspiracy” https://t.co/8bNltvU32n

Video Transcript AI Summary
I want to talk about something super important in the conspiracy world. It all boils down to the fear of death and the desire for immortality. This is the core of the rabbit hole, connecting Genesis to Revelation. The power elite thinks they're close to achieving immortality, changing everything. They're trying to create a world where immortality is exclusive, used as a bribe or blackmail. Think about it: infinite life for a few requires control over the many. This is why figures like Jesus Christ taught about overcoming death spiritually. Accept death, like Miyamoto Musashi said, and you conquer its power over you. Don't buy into the idea that some should rule because they've achieved immortality.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Oh, what's up? Y'all never done a video like this. My friend Ian showed me how, so I figured I'd do it since this is, one of the most important things you can possibly understand in the, conspiracy world. See, I woke up to this guy, Brian Johnson, with this post. I'm building a religion. Wait a second. I know what you're gonna say. That's a knee jerk reaction. He made the don't die party. Don't die becomes world's history's fastest growing ideology. It saves the human race. And then, of course, he has, the joiner die, you know, classic Americana, piece of, patriotic propaganda. But in this case, instead of saying joiner die, just says don't die, which is interesting because that is, of course, the exact pitch of the serpent in the Garden of Eden. And this is the this is the end result of the conspiracy. This is the bottom of the rabbit hole once you've gotten to the bottom of it. It is like a giant circle that connects the first book of the bible with the last book of the bible. It's Genesis and Revelation. It's the promise of infinite death, and it's the fact that right now, the power elite think they have the technology to live forever. And see this is tied into things like climate change as well since it's don't die human, don't die earth, don't die as a species. Yeah. He's promising that you'll be able to live forever, and that you'll, I don't know, practically be like gods. Genesis three four, but the serpent said to the woman, you will surely not die for god knows that when you eat it, your eyes will be open, and you will be like god at knowing good and evil. This really is the key to understanding everything, and humans get this on an intrinsic, almost, like, supernatural level. If you think about all of the bad guys from all of the transcendent media media that has made its way into our subconscious, things like Lord of the Rings, Star Wars, Harry Potter, What is the thing that is similar between all of the bad guys in these movies? They all are desperate to live forever. Voldemort literally means to flee from death. Right? You've got Star Wars, Darth Vader, his whole fall had to do with the promise of how how does he put it? The tale of Darth Sidious and the powers that some would say would seem unnatural. Right? The way Darth Vader gets seduced is through his fear of death. You fear death? Well, guess what? I have a way around it. Join me. And instead of living, you become a half dead zombie, a robot, an automaton. Instead of gaining all the power, you become the servant of power, and your will is subsumed in the will of evil. So this really is, like, the heart of everything. And while that's sort of talking about it on a mystical, metaphysical, or or spiritual level, there's something very real going on right now, which is that the billionaires in power think they're on the cusp of or perhaps have already achieved immortality for all intents and purposes, whether that's uploading your consciousness to some sort of hard drive, some sort of cloud service so you can have a new body or antiaging technology reversing the aging process through molecular manipulation. There are a few different ways that they think that they are about to be able to live forever. Now when you think about that, what that means is that the world has to change completely. You can't have infinite life in the world as it's set up right now because you would have infinite growth with no death, and that's unsustainable, and you can't you can't have that. So what they're doing now, everything in the world going on right now, the grand conspiracy at the heart of it is trying to set up in a world in which certain people can live forever, in which the immortality technology is granted to the people at the top, and they wield it as a bribe or blackmail to the rest of humanity saying if you serve us well enough, maybe you too can receive the infinite life technology. Because not everybody can have it, obviously. If everybody lives forever, that's just unsustainable. It's ridiculous to just, you know, people keep being born and everybody live forever. That doesn't make any sense. You have a small amount of people who live forever, and they dangle immortality over everybody else saying, if you disobey us, we will deny this of you. So all human evil essentially all goes back to the fear of death and the desire to live forever, which is why Jesus Christ, his central his whole deal, his central thing was overcoming death and showing you that you can live for live forever spiritually by living a good life instead of doing evil to try desperately to cling to material immortality. It's like the central pillar of of Jesus' teaching in life and and the overall message of his time on earth was the defeat of death spiritually through communion and good living and and being one with god, which is funny because if you look at almost every major, again, transcendent religious figure, they all say stuff like this. And, of course, I I always relate it back to Miyamoto Masashi who says, you know, the way of the samurai is the resolute acceptance of death. By accepting that death is a fact, a reality, and a good thing, then you overcome your fear of death. You stop trying to defeat death, and you can actually live. What Brian Johnson is doing is literally being the devil. And what the people in power right now are frantically engaged in is trying to create a world in which we accept the fact that some people achieve more immortality, live forever, and therefore get to rule over us. Don't fall for it.
Saved - November 25, 2024 at 6:43 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

BLM rioters got $20k checks from the government because they were put in hand-cuffs. Non-violent J6ers have been placed in solitary confinement for months on end. Pardons and settlements IMMEDIATELY. https://t.co/7c13DPVZrr

@BreannaMorello - Breanna Morello

Anyone arguing against pardoning ALL January 6 defendants hasn’t followed J6 cases.

Saved - August 5, 2024 at 8:02 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

🇬🇧British Protests Explained🇬🇧 Kier Starmer gave the British people an ultimatum in his speech following the Southport Riots. The people are rising to the challenge. https://t.co/8CjYB3RKN1

Video Transcript AI Summary
Three children are murdered in the UK amidst tensions over immigration. The government cracks down on protests, introduces new surveillance measures, and restricts movement. The prime minister warns of preventative action against those opposing migration. The British people face a choice: accept control or resist and face consequences. The control system mirrors China's, focusing on stifling dissent rather than stopping crime. The speaker advocates for sending immigrants back as the only solution. The UK is portrayed as irreversibly changed.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: So 3 children get murdered after a years long conflict between the British people and its government as the British people desperately express through voting and and protest and all sorts of other things that they don't want their country swamped by violent foreigners only to have their protests shut down, their speech criminalized, their activists jailed, and their daughters stabbed. They actually decide to riot for once. The prime minister gives a speech about it, a speech in which he lays out a frightening new array of governmental powers to crack down on the native British. Speaker 1: We will establish a national capability across police forces, shared intelligence, wider deployment of facial recognition technology, and preventative action, criminal behavior orders to restrict their movements before they could even board a train. Speaker 0: Either allow the migration crisis to kill your children and swamp your services and overthrow your government quietly, obediently, die, or if you stand up against us, well, now we have the excuse that we need for massive surveillance and as he puts it, preventative action. The fact is the British people are now being put to a test. They are rolling out the modern western control grid in a way that's never been done before. If this control system is implemented and successful, they might as well be China. This is the Chinese control system, and then that's it. The people of the UK, they can be systematically and deliberately replaced, and any attempt to even politically reverse it will be criminalized and shut down. At least in China, their control system at least, like, stops criminals. UK control system is there solely to stop the good people from stopping the criminals. It's all lies. Just send them back. The only possible solution to this is to send them all back. Speaker 1: But the Speaker 0: UK is over forever.
Saved - July 21, 2024 at 3:48 PM
reSee.it AI Summary
I’m trying to piece together the Crowdstrike narrative. It starts with Hillary Clinton allegedly funneling weapons through Libya while she was Secretary of State, leading to the Benghazi incident. She used a private server for secret communications, which was destroyed, but its contents leaked, including odd references to rituals and code words. The FBI relied on Crowdstrike's claim that Russia hacked the server, clearing Clinton despite her legal breaches. This led to the Russiagate investigation against Trump. Fast forward to 2024, Trump survives an assassination attempt linked to Crowdstrike, which then causes a massive network crash. I wonder if I missed anything, especially regarding Blackrock's involvement.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

So let me see if I have this Crowdstrike story straight…. When Hillary Clinton was Sec. of State, she was illegally funneling sophisticated weapons through Libya to terrorists in the MidEast in an effort to take out Assad in Syria for Israel. When the weapons transfer went sideways and the US Ambassador was killed in Benghazi, it was discovered she was using an illegal private server for secret communications. She destroyed the server, but not before its contents were leaked by Wikileaks, including communications about bizarre occult rituals and inexplicable code words involving children and pizza. Instead of investigating the leak themselves, the FBI relied on a Crowdstrike investigation that falsely claimed the server was hacked by Russia. The FBI cleared HC despite admitting she broke the law, and launched the Russiagate investigation, using more fake Clinton campaign disinfo to tie Trump to Russia to get a FISA warrant and spy on Trump while leaking dirt to the press to undermine first his campaign, then his presidency. When Trump had a call with Zelenskyy and asked about Crowdstrike, a “whistleblower” falsely claimed quid-pro-quo and launched the first impeachment to stop Trump’s inquiries. (It was in the midst of this impeachment trial, btw, when Event 201 took place. But that’s another story.) Fast forward to 2024 and Trump is dominating Biden when he miraculously survives a deep state orchestrated assassination attempt two days before the RNC. Two days later Crowdstrike causes the biggest computer network crash in all of history, knocking millions of corporate and government systems offline for hours. Other than the fact that Blackrock owns Crowdstrike and a Blackrock affiliated investment firm placed millions of dollars betting against DJT in the hours before the assassination attempt by a shooter who was featured in a Blackrock promo, did I miss anything?

Saved - June 11, 2024 at 12:31 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

🧵WHAT'S HAPPENING WITH HEZBOLLAH AND ISRAEL? @Lebanon_John called in to explain what is happening, from a Lebanese perspective. You can find the full video in the link below, but I cut it up because I think each segment is powerful. 1/8 - BACKGROUND HISTORY https://t.co/IS6KkK4XnC

Video Transcript AI Summary
Hezbollah was formed in 1982 by displaced Shiites in South Lebanon to resist Israel's ethnic cleansing and colonization. The conflict stems from old Lebanese towns in northern Israel, with Lebanese people seeking to reclaim them. The speaker criticizes the notion of "might makes right" and advocates for international law. Israel is portrayed as losing ground due to hostile policies and alienating neighbors. The speaker warns that the international community cannot protect Israel from Hezbollah's retaliation. Israel's actions have angered many, leading to inevitable consequences.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: So what exactly is happening between, Hezbollah and and Israel in the northern part of that country? Yes. So there's a old score to settle between these two. In 1982, that's when Hezbollah was formed. And so Hezbollah was formed with by the dispossessed and displaced civilians of South Lebanon, specifically the Shiites. And they they were poor, and no one really cared about them. And Israel just kicked them out of their towns and basically started to do, like, Israel 2.0 or Palestine 2.0, this kind of, what they call Judaization. That's their word. Don't get mad. This Judaization of the land that they, you know, ethnically cleanse. And so they were basically just doing that again, to to South Lebanon. Many people will be familiar with the phrase, the Greater Israel Project or Erez Israel. In other words, it's just the ideology of Zionists that this land has to be, ethnically cleansed and then recolonized, you know, with with Jews. So that was happening to South Lebanon has only got formed to resist that, to liberate Lebanese land. So they have an old score to settle. There are old Lebanese towns in what is considered the borders of modern day northern Israel. There are Lebanese people who got kicked out of those towns and want to get back in there. And so from the Lebanese point of view, just because some European guy in 1948, you know, put this country on top of this existing area, you know, everyone says might makes right. What is that what does all the pro Israel crowd say? Well, fuck around and find out. Well, guys, fuck around and find out. Guess what? Hey. Trying to trying to curse, John. Oh. And, Darren, good. You're you're good. You're good. Screw around and hold it. We got you. We got you. Yes. And so, guys, might makes right is dumb. Like, obviously, we want international law. Like, people gotta wake up and kinda, like, realize where they're at. You can't be advocating for illegal stuff because, obviously, that's gonna come back on us. So right now, this is the swinging of the pendulum back the other way. Looks like Israel is gonna lose this round. You know, it's not looking good for Israel as though it has the upper hand. And so, yeah, it was just this was the inevitable result of these hostile policies to their neighbors thinking they have carte blanche, thinking that the international community would protect them. Guys, how can the international community protect them from Hezbollah? That's the whole thing. They can't. America can't protect them from Hezbollah. Nobody can. So they they basically shouldn't have treated people like this, and now they're gonna have to suffer because they made everybody mad at them. You know?
Saved - June 1, 2024 at 11:47 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

188 years ago today, the Defenders of the Alamo made the ultimate sacrifice to free Texas from tyranny. Read this essay I wrote for @mansworldmag_ to understand why it's important to honor their memory, and why the Left is so desperate to tear down this monument to Liberty. https://t.co/J4Q0ysQGCZ

Saved - May 31, 2024 at 1:39 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

welp it was fun getting paid by X while it lasted. https://t.co/LPDftT4uJo

Saved - April 6, 2024 at 5:41 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

“What is wrong with these people and how are there so many of them?” 🤔🤣 This was a very fun conversation with @nicksortor about gay frogs, suicidal shrimp, and the fundamental insanity of liberalism. https://t.co/WSiuOlDVdB

Video Transcript AI Summary
Liberals are more likely to have poor mental health, with a linear correlation between left-leaning views and mental health issues. The discussion delves into the impact of antidepressants in the water on wildlife, such as shrimp exhibiting suicidal behavior. The speakers express concern over the emotional-driven decision-making of liberals and question the origins of their behavior. The conversation highlights the need to address the attachment to reality and maturity in contending with it. Overall, the discussion revolves around the perceived irrationality of liberals and the impact of mental health on political beliefs. Translation: The discussion focuses on the correlation between liberal views and mental health issues, as well as the impact of antidepressants in water on wildlife behavior. The speakers question the emotional decision-making of liberals and ponder the origins of their behavior. They emphasize the importance of facing reality maturely. The conversation centers on the perceived irrationality of liberals and the influence of mental health on political beliefs.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: The more liberal you are, the more likely you are to have poor mental health. And so it's, goes from very liberal over on the left to very conservative over on the right. And this is standardized 2 item mental health index, but, I mean, it is literally linear. I mean, it's it's the more left you are, the more likely you are to have some sort of mental health problem. Is it this sort of a chicken in the egg thing, isn't it? Are you more left because you're crazy, or are you driven crazy because you're more on the left? Any guess on that? Speaker 1: I wanna pull from the audience to find out who is exactly surprised by any of this because I guarantee you that number is very, very low. So, I mean, this was so predictable. It's it's it's crazy. And especially, you know, I I wanna know when it comes to medications and stuff too. Like, all these SSRIs and stuff that people are, you know, they prescribed this medication like candy now. How much of that is, you know, even even making people go further left on that spectrum based on their craziness. Speaker 0: I I don't know. Sort of another, like, you know, the chicken and the egg thing. Like, well, are we prescribing more because people are crazy, or are we prescribing psychotropic drugs to people that don't need it and driving our bodies now that our waste, when it's flushed into the ocean, makes shrimp kill themselves. Right? I don't know if you've ever heard that story. Yeah. The it it there's a story out of England, but it's happened all over the place where the human waste is dumped into the ocean. The the just from our waste, the sheer amount of, like, antidepressants that are in the water get absorbed by shrimp and they stop, protecting themselves. They'll start they'll swim right up to predators. It's like something blocks the self preservation instinct in the shrimp. Selective serotonin re uptake uptaters in suicidal behavior, a population based cohort study. So, I mean, when you when we say that we're being driven towards civilizational suicide and that the people on the left are in a suicide cult, it's not even a joke. It is a lack of self preservation and that's so powerful now. It it's seeping into the the wildlife. So, yeah, I think, I mean, we're in a suicide cult. The left is a suicide cult. Speaker 1: Yeah. And, you know, that's it's crazy to me to think that, that this study is just now coming out. I mean, I feel like we've known this for years years, but the science tends to quote unquote the science ends up being cherry picked, and they they block this stuff from coming out. Finally, we have something to actually confirm something all of us knew for years. Speaker 0: Yeah. There's the story all the way back in 2010. So just imagine, you know, a decade and a half of advancement since then. Antidepressants in the water are making shrimp suicidal. So the frogs are gay, the shrimp are suicidal. It's, it's all going down, folks. And I mean, is this it seems pretty obvious to me. It's about attachment to reality. I mean, that that sort of is at the heart of of mental illness is, can you contend with reality or not? And it seems like the less you're able to actually just deal responsibly and and, I don't know, maturely with reality, the less insane you are and the more conservative you are. It's just about recognizing and contending with reality at the end of the day. Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, you gotta think the liberals at this point only think with their emotions. There is no other you know, they don't take in any other factors into account. It's how they feel that day. And, you know, that I I think that's why you know, you see you just saw this the the one of the most famous videos. It's a beautiful video. When Trump was being inaugurated, and you have this woman screaming. I mean, you know, it's it's like, what is she on? What is Right. Right. With these people? Why are there so many of them? And why can I look at somebody like that and immediately know that it's a liberal? Every single time. Speaker 0: I think you just summed up, our shows. What is wrong with these people, and how are there so many of them? I mean, that that Where Speaker 1: are they coming from? This is the question we need to answer. The damn water again. Speaker 0: Seriously. Where are they coming from? How are there so many of them? I if we can answer that question, we could solve a lot of a heck of a lot of problems.
Saved - April 6, 2024 at 6:02 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Just WHY, @EdKrassen ?? https://t.co/x8KDGALUIT

Video Transcript AI Summary
Ed defends Joe Biden against accusations related to Ashley Biden's diary. The diary's legitimacy is questioned, with controversial entries mentioned. Ed argues about the appropriateness of a father showering with his daughter, citing age guidelines. The conversation highlights concerns about the content of Ed's video and his motives. Ultimately, there is confusion and discomfort over the discussion.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Oh, Ed's going to bat. He's going to bat for Joe Biden. He's on the warpath. He's having arguments on Twitter. Speaker 1: Yes. Those who stole and sold Ashley Biden's diary should be held liable. No. Ashley Biden's diary has not been confirmed for legitimacy. Speaker 2: Hold on. Well, hold on. Hold on. Oh, boy. If the diary wasn't real, then it wasn't stolen. If the diary was stolen, then it's real. What do you what are we doing here, Ed? What is this? Speaker 1: Quote, showers with my dad, probably not appropriate. Speaker 2: Uh-huh. End quote. Speaker 1: Yep. That's what it says. Speaker 2: And your instinct is to defend the man. This out to be, oh, Joe Biden molested her. She does say, quote, was I molested? I think so. So there is that, Ed. You chose to ignore that. I again, I have to ask why. Why are you making this video? Why would you not include that part? Because it directly contradicts the point you're trying to make? Then maybe you shouldn't be making that point, Ed. Speaker 1: Some of you might say it is never appropriate for a father to be in the same shower with it with their daughter. Speaker 2: That's not the argument. Speaker 1: No. If you ask if you ask most pediatricians or child psychologists, they'll probably say somewhere between the age of 35, it is no longer appropriate Mhmm. For a father to be in the same shower. Speaker 2: Why are you making this argument, Ed? Speaker 1: We don't know how old Ashley Biden was when she, quote, took showers with her father. Old enough to remember. Speaker 2: Old, yeah, old enough to remember, you know, the parts that her brain hasn't blocked out in a trauma response. It's weird. It's very weird. Why would he make this? I legitimately don't understand. And Ed's a good dude. Okay. If you say so. Why is he doing this? Is he like I mean but if she's under 3, isn't that fine? I don't understand what's compelling you, Ed. I wanna delete that video before more people see it.

@EdKrassen - Ed Krassenstein

Ashley Biden's Diary FACT CHECK - We don't know if the Diary was unedited. - The Diary doesn't accuse Joe Biden of doing anything illegal to her. It merely says "probably not appropriate," referring to being in the same shower as him at an unknown age. - Yes, people who find and then knowingly take personal belongings of others and sell them, should be held liable.

Video Transcript AI Summary
The speaker believes those responsible for stealing and selling Ashley Biden's diary should be held accountable. The diary does not accuse Joe Biden of any illegal actions, only mentioning "showers with my dad, probably not appropriate." The speaker questions the diary's authenticity and the possibility of edits or changes. They suggest that the appropriateness of a father and daughter sharing a shower could vary based on age. The speaker emphasizes the lack of verification regarding the diary's content and the importance of the chain of custody.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Yes. Those who stole and sold Ashley Biden's diary should be held liable. No. Ashley Biden's diary has not been confirmed for legitimacy. No. Ashley Biden's diary does not claim that Joe Biden did anything illegal to her. It merely says, quote, showers with my dad, probably not appropriate, end quote. That's what it says. And somehow people are making this out to be, oh, Joe Biden molested her. Joe Biden hurt her. Joe Biden did something terrible to her. No. It doesn't allege that, and it hasn't been verified. The chain of custody matters here. How many hands did this diary pass through before it got to the media outlet that leaked it a lot. Do we know if anything was edited, added, changed? No. We don't. Am I saying it was? No. I'm not. The diary merely says showers with my dad. Probably not appropriate. Now some of you might say it is never appropriate for a father to be in the same shower with their with their daughter. If you ask if you ask most pediatricians or child psychologists, they'll probably say somewhere between the age of 35, it is no longer appropriate for a father to be in the same shower as their daughter. We don't know how old Ashley Biden was when she, quote, took showers with her father, if she even did.
Saved - April 5, 2024 at 8:36 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

EAGLE 2: Leaked Top Secret doc reveals how the Deep State was formed. https://t.co/xYx8wTvPEA

Video Transcript AI Summary
The Eagle 2 document reveals a plan by the CIA to engage in drug smuggling to fund operations without congressional knowledge. Key figures involved were Lansdale, Colby, Bush, Armitage, and Ferreira. Colby initiated the Phoenix program, resulting in thousands of executions. The operation was halted, and a new money-making scheme was started with the Rothschild Empire's involvement. This illustrates how the deep state operates internationally, controlled by shadow figures outside official CIA channels to avoid scrutiny.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: There's this document I call the eagle 2 document. It purports to be from the Federal Bureau of Investigation to senator Edward Kennedy, classification top secret written on July 7th 1989. During the tenure of Richard Helms as director of the Central Intelligence Agency, decisions were made by the director with implied approval of the Oval Office to draft a blueprint and put into motion a plan by which the CIA could have as much funds as and when needed without the knowledge of congress. The 5 experts picked were Edward Lansdale, who ran the CIA activities in Vietnam, William Colby, who was put in total command of the blueprint operation when enacted, George Bush, who asked to receive approval to have his top aide, Richard Armitage, to be brought aboard, and lieutenant colonel Robert Ferreira, a top CIA asset, the master plan called for the CIA to enter into the drug smuggling business in total and complete fashion. General Lansdale would handle all the distribution network collection services within the military in Vietnam. See, this is while veterans came back addicted to heroin because they were sold it by the CIA. The operation was given the name Eagle 2. Here's where it gets crazy folks. Before the operation was really off the ground, Colby started his phase of elimination of dissidents, and he did so under the code name of the phoenix program. Kolby became insane with his power. And before he was finished with phoenix, over 20,000 suspects were executed, and over 2,500 US citizens were accused by Colby of being collaborators, and they vanished. That was too close to all being made public, so Helms, who in the meantime had formed a totally strong relationship with Baron Philip du Daphne, who represented the real capital of of the world, the Rothschild Empire, decided to stop operation equal 2 and start another clandestine money making operation and leave Japan. Baron du Daphne, by the way of information, later took complete control of the international organization, the organization, for economic cooperation and development, headquartered in Paris, France. So this is how the deep state works. This is how it was formed. This is what we mean when we talk about the intelligence community being international, it being co opted and actually controlled by people that aren't technically in office of CIA. They're shadow controllers. If you're a guy and your wife manages all of the money, how are you gonna cheat on her? How are you gonna go have a nice steak dinner with your mistress if your wife's gonna gonna start asking questions about the $200 bill on the next credit card statement? What you need to do is go do a little something on the side to get some cash of your own so you can pay for your nefarious activities outside of the oversight of the money manager.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Read it for yourself here: https://www.offlimits.news/post/eagle-ii-a-secret-history-of-the-deep-state

Saved - March 27, 2024 at 3:36 PM
reSee.it AI Summary
The government is providing extensive benefits to illegal immigrants, including monthly cash payments, rent coverage, groceries, maid and laundry services, air travel, childcare, healthcare, and community events. This raises questions about the fairness and excessiveness of these benefits, especially when many hardworking Americans struggle to afford such luxuries. Sources: The Gateway Pundit, The Washington Times, Bloomberg.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

What if, instead of taxing you, the government gave you $1400 cash every month? What if it paid your rent (up to $9000/mo)? And bought your groceries? And paid for a maid and laundry service? What if it paid for your air travel? What if it offered free baby sitters, free daycare and preschool? What if they paid for all your healthcare, including hospitals and dentists? What if it held community events where all the kids in the neighborhood got to go on free field trips? What if it was pouring billions of dollars into improving the infrastructure in your neighborhood? Because they are doing all of this and more for illegal immigrants. And I'm not just saying "What if" rhetorically. Really think about how your life would be if you got all that shit. It's excessive, honestly. But this is how the government is treating total foreigners who have never contributed a day's work to this country. All because they downloaded an app and clicked the "I'm claiming asylum" button. 90% of Americans will work their ass off all week to pay for this, and we still have to do our own laundry. https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2024/03/look-crazy-list-things-illegal-immigrants-get-free/ https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2022/nov/6/feds-paid-room-service-laundry-and-babysitters-ill/ https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-06-09/nyc-migrants-how-nyc-is-finding-housing-and-what-it-costs?embedded-checkout=true

Look at the Crazy List of Things Illegal Immigrants Get for 'FREE' in Liberal Massachusetts | The Gateway Pundit | by Mike LaChance Liberal Massachusetts is overrun with illegal border crossers and there’s really no wonder why when you see the laundry list of things that are provided for ‘free’ courtesy of taxpayers in the Bay State. thegatewaypundit.com
Feds paid for room service, laundry and babysitters for illegal immigrants kept at hotels Homeland Security not only put illegal immigrant families up in hotels at taxpayer expense but the contract it signed insisted they be given five-star treatment with laundry service, their choice of mattresses and guards -- not to keep them in, but to keep others out. washingtontimes.com
Saved - March 14, 2024 at 2:50 AM
reSee.it AI Summary
Israelis successfully pressured for the firing of the President of Harvard. Media portrayed it as Conservatives attacking a Black Woman over DEI. Israelis also pushed for the ban of TikTok, which will impact American youth. This pattern of external and internal issues is frustrating, resembling an endlessly repeating fractal pattern.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Israelis wanted the President of Harvard fired, so she was. Then the media said it was Conservatives attacking a Black Woman over DEI. Israelis wanted TikTok banned, so it will be. And America’s young people will be told Republicans got their favorite app deleted and made their favorite influencers go broke. It’s bad enough when America takes flak because of Israel, but then we are being screwed over internally as well. It’s like a fugue, or an endlessly repeating fractal pattern. No matter how much you zoom in or out, it looks exactly the same.

Saved - February 25, 2024 at 11:35 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

> Use HAARP to heat ionosphere > Hot air rises, creates atmospheric bubble > Shut off HAARP > Bubble pops, atmosphere crashes back to earth > Earth convulses under change in pressure https://t.co/BGrcg73jTe

@BGatesIsaPyscho - Concerned Citizen

🚨🇨🇳 Xinjiang, China - Earthquake Holy crap - here we go again…… Hundreds of local residents in China reporting seeing this strange red glow in the sky right before a 5.8 magnitude Earthquake hit the region. Truth is stranger than fiction https://t.co/F2e1Q4CxJT

Saved - February 24, 2024 at 12:39 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Climate Change Pitch Meeting https://t.co/6KsgJbZXme

Video Transcript AI Summary
It's hot, feels like the end of the world due to climate change. Blame for carbon dioxide production leads to extreme restrictions. Power plants switch to burning trees for fuel, windmills and solar panels have limitations. Plans for all cars to be electric, no meat consumption, and restricted travel zones. Environmental concerns now solely focused on carbon neutrality. Urgent actions include blocking out the sun with metal particles. The speaker is determined to enforce drastic changes, even if it means extreme measures like disrupting traffic or blocking ambulances. No children allowed in the future.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: It's kinda feels hot. You feel hot? Yeah. Yeah. It's, you know, pretty warm. Speaker 1: Yeah. I think, we're all gonna die. I think this is it. The world's being destroyed. What? Yep. This is it. End of the world. The apocalypse. Armageddon. I'd say we have, oof, geez, 3 weeks left to turn this thing around. The worst part is it's all your fault. I can't believe you've done this. What how is this my fault? Well, you produce carbon dioxide, and there's way too much of that stuff. Too much? Yeah. How much is there? How much is too much? Look. I don't even know. I'm not here to understand vague, pseudo scientific talking points. I'm here to enforce insane restrictions on the basis of those talking points. Restrictions. Yeah. You know, like, carbon credits and no gas stove, and you have to eat bugs, and live in a tiny box like a bug, and, enter bloodline, you know, no children or anything like a like a bug. Okay? That is insane. Yeah. Well, it's a crisis, a climate crisis, so we don't have time to think about this stuff. We're saving the earth. From what? Well, from people. Yeah. Like other people. Not like you and me, but like, you know, people, humans. So you want to eliminate humans. Well, it's not quite that simple. Yeah. I feel like that should be a hard no. Well, no. See, it's it's math. We have this equation, and we're trying to get this number down to 0. And one of those variables is people. Yeah. That's right. We're trying to reach 0 by multiplying these non zero numbers by whatever the value of people is. We call it net zero. Okay. Because people produce carbon dioxide by existing. Right. So it's all about switching energy production to carbon neutral sources. Alright. And also not breathing or eating. I'm sorry. What? Great news. We're making big progress. The oldest and largest power plant in all of England just went 24 hours totally carbon neutral. They didn't burn a single ounce of coal all day. And what did they burn instead? Biomass. What is biomass? Trees. Big beautiful trees from across the ocean. See, we cut them down at British Columbia, ship them across the Atlantic, and burn them for fuel. Wait. So just because you don't burn coal, you're calling that zero emission? Well, the banks do. Yeah. The banks. They're the bank. The bankers, the international bankers, they're in charge of all of this because they're so selfless and caring. Okay. And they're making us give up combustion fuel. Well, not totally. Just like natural gas and coal and stuff like that. Yeah. But not trees. No. Not trees. Trees are fine. Alright. That's crazy. Isn't there any other power generator source? Like, what about windmills? Oh, yeah. Windmills are great. Yeah. After, like, 18 years, they're carbon neutral for a couple years. Plus, when they freeze, you can just keep them spinning with the diesel engine. Also, they kill a ton of eagles. Is that a good thing? I guess not. But we're saving the earth here. You can't make omelettes without breaking a few eggs, and you can't build windmills without killing a ton of eagles and whales and chopping down 2,000,000 trees in Scotland. Okay. Wait. So you're burning trees for fuel, but you're also cutting down entire forests to make fields to build windmills? That's right. And also, we're just chopping down trees and tread up burying them in the ground. It's a it's a new initiative. I hate trees. Don't trees, like, absorb carbon dioxide? No. That's what my giant vacuum machine is for. It's huge. Okay. This is this is getting weird. Windmills. Windmills work, though. Yeah. Windmills work great unless there's, you know, too much wind. Okay. What about solar panels? Solar panels also fantastic unless there's, you know, too much sun. Alright. What about nuclear energy? No. Alright. Well well, what about cars? I mean, cars run on gasoline. So what about them? Actually, every car is gonna be electric from now on. Can the power grid handle that, every car being electric? No. No. So, I don't get it. How are people gonna drive? How are you gonna drive when you don't own a car? What do you mean I won't own a car? I mean, how will I get anywhere? That's easy. Everybody will share a small amount of cars. You'll have an app like Uber where you can request a ride and also apply for a transit permit to leave the 15 minute perimeter. What 15 minute perimeter? Yeah. The one I'm gonna put around you, it's called an ultra low emission zone. It's a core aspect of the sustainability development goals. It's where you can't leave your neighborhood and don't own a car and never fly and can't eat meat. Look. You're never gonna get these laws passed. No. They'll pass, Just, not through law. No. I'm just gonna sort of do it. See, I don't have to pass a law to make beef illegal. I'll just buy the cattle farms and shut them down. See, I, control the market with my incredible wealth. You control the market? That's right. So are you the one that offshored all of our manufacturing to China? Yeah. That was me. China, where there's no environmental controls at all, the number one polluter on earth? No. No. That can't be right. No. No way. That would be that would be crazy. Okay. Look. I'm an environmentalist, but can't we just do normal things like animal preservations, nature reserves, recycling? No. No. No. That's not how environmentalism works anymore. From now on, all environmental or ecological concern will be subsumed within the climate change carbon neutral agenda. See, Carbon is responsible for everything, hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, pandemics, heart attacks, mass immigration, teenage mental health. I mean, do you have any idea how traumatizing it is for a child to constantly be told that the earth itself is dying and that it's their fault? Okay. So why do you keep doing it? Because the time is now. What? Because earth can't wait. What's happening here? Because we will be the generation of change. Are you just saying slogans at me? Climate change is racist. Okay. I don't understand what's happening here. That's fine. You don't need to understand. You just eat your bugs. My engineers are hard at work spraying metal particles into the air to block out the sun. Please don't do that. Look. This is an emergency. I don't have time to stand here and argue with you about my asinine weather modification programs. The fact is it's happening. Your pipeline is shut down. Your backyard garden is illegal, and your water is filled with microplastics, which I put in there because I'm into that sort of thing. So the fact is this is happening. You're helping me, or I swear to God I will throw soup all over the museum what I will glue my hand to the ground right here right now I'll block the traffic I mean, a blocked ambulance is a small price to pay to insist that the government do something it's already doing to a suicidal degree. You know what? Fine. It's fine. Great. Because, I gotta go. Catch a helicopter to the airport. Me and John Kerry are gonna race our private jets across the ocean for fun. Alright. I'll see you later. By the way, no children. No bloodline. Bloodline's over. No children.
Saved - February 1, 2024 at 5:54 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Am I missing something here, or do Jews get interest-free home loans from @RocketMortgage? https://t.co/UUgq1a6Us5

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

https://t.co/MlQZ6f42Eo

Saved - January 27, 2024 at 8:59 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Feminism was always a lie. https://t.co/v6vovwyZin

Video Transcript AI Summary
Former Cosmo writer reveals how the magazine deceived women to promote feminism. Despite writing articles about the benefits of being single and independent, the writer and her colleagues were actually happily married with children. They encouraged readers to pursue a glamorous and progressive lifestyle, but in reality, they prioritized their own families. The writer criticizes the magazine for promoting a lifestyle that they themselves did not live.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Former Cosmo writer dishes on how the magazine lied to women to sell feminism. See, throughout this article, she talks about how she didn't believe anything she was writing. She's like, here we are, writing story after story about how great it is to be single, how you don't need a man, how women should focus on their career. Meanwhile, everybody at the magazine, herself included, got married young, had kids, were very happy with their husbands, and yet they're writing article after article after article encouraging all of the things they don't do. If you wanna be cool, old. You wanna be glamorous and progressive and sexy? Just waste your life away. Just spend the most important years of your life flitting from one meaningless contact to the next, making money for some bigwig in New York. Sex in attached to the next, making money for some bigwig in New York. Sex in the City.
Saved - January 24, 2024 at 8:43 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

I did a line-by-line breakdown of @KariLake's leaked conversation on American Journal this morning. A true peak behind the curtain. https://t.co/XAmfemygfK

Video Transcript AI Summary
Powerful individuals attempt to bribe and threaten Arizona Senate candidate Kary Lake to stay out of politics for two years. The conversation, recorded by Lake, reveals the GOP chair from the East Coast offering her a no-show job and a position as a talking head on Fox News. The chair implies that the cartel operates in all 50 states, potentially insinuating a threat against Lake's life. The audio exposes high-level corruption within the Republican Party and highlights the lack of coverage from left-wing media outlets. Lake vows to continue her political activism and protect the interests of the people of Arizona.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: There are very powerful people that wanna keep you out. I know. They do. But they're willing to put their money where their mouth is in a big way. So this conversation never happened. Speaker 1: This is crazy, though. They should want me. I'm a great candidate. People love me. These people are corrupt. Speaker 0: Well, maybe you're right. Speaker 1: They are right. They are corrupt. Speaker 0: Maybe you're right. They're right. Don't don't go. If you ever go, I'll get my son to this. If you say no, that's just fine. It's your choice. Don't tell people. I know. Speaker 1: They're gonna have try to have me murdered. Speaker 0: Like, half of people. Mhmm. While other networks Speaker 2: lie to you about what's happening now, Infowars tells you the truth about what's happening next. Info wars.comforward/go. Speaker 3: Yeah. We gotta start with this video, and we're gonna have to carry this into the next segment as well Do the commercial break because I'm gonna have to pause this because we're gonna study this tape. We're gonna study this tape like we're a football team after, You know, just losing a game, we're gonna have to go through piece by piece, play by play, and determine what exactly is going on here. Like I said before, this is like receiving the enemy dispatches or breaking the enemy's code And having the battle plan of corruption laid out before us. It's undercover audio recorded by Carrie Lake of an attempt To bribe her into sitting out the next 2 years of politics, which I'm glad. Yeah. I mean, you you see you can hear Carrie Lake in this video. You can hear how much she is The real deal. And I and I'm sure she does, and I hope she does wear this as a badge of honor, That they would be so scared of her political activism that they would be willing to offer anything to her. Just get her to sit out for a little while, You'll hear the offers here. So the audio, the video, the article can be found at infowars.com. Bombshell audio reveals top republican official Attempts to bribe at Kary Lake. Let's go now to this video clip number 15. And again, we'll we'll pause and sort of dissect this as we go. Here's the audio. Speaker 1: So what's going on? What is I'm assuming this is our friend. Speaker 0: This is this is this is back east. They there are very powerful people who wanna keep you out. I know. They do. But they're willing to put their money where their mouth is in a big way. So, scam tips you never Speaker 1: have. This is crazy, though. They should want me. I'm a great candidate. People love me. These people are corrupt. Speaker 0: Well, maybe you're right. Speaker 1: They are corrupt. They are corrupt. Speaker 0: They're corrupt. They're corrupt. Don't go. If you ever go, I'll get my son a choke. This, If you say no, that's just fine. It's your choice. Don't tell people. Speaker 1: I don't know. They're gonna have try to have me murdered. Speaker 3: Peace world, man. Speaker 0: It's that stuff that came out last week. It's right about the cartel stuff, man. I the cartel is operating in 50 states right now, like, half of them. Mhmm. So So what what what's going on? Who is Hold on. Speaker 3: Wait. That that part was strange. That part was very strange. Just pause it. And to rewind it a little bit. So just to get off the bat, I mean, this is almost cartoonish. I mean, this is like Sounds like a a bad Hollywood movie where they're using these sort of vague terms, almost like a a mafia member who thinks he might be recorded. Because he doesn't say, my friend, Jeff from Washington DC, he says, very powerful people back east. This comes from back east. That's Washington DC or New York City. Right? Powerful people wanna keep you out, And they're willing to put their money where their mouth is. K. So that's a threat. Right? That's a threat against Kary Lake. It's also an offer of a bribe. So that's one of the ways they do this. They go, not only you know, if you resist us, not only will It'd be very bad for you. You might get hurt if you resist us. But if you go with us, you'll actually be rewarded. It's almost the classic, you know, 300 Spartan bribe. Right? Where it's like, look, if you resist us, we're gonna crush you. We're gonna go to war with you. We're gonna enslave your sons and rape your wives, and we're gonna win anyway. Or you can go along with us. You can surrender to us outright, and you'll be rewarded. You'll be made a king amongst even more people. You personally will be powerful And important and respected. So it's not enough to have the carrot. You have to have the stick as well or vice versa. Again, this is just the the method by which this is carried out. But that was a very interesting exchange to me. She says, they're gonna have to kill me or they're gonna want to kill me or something like that. And his response to that is, Well, you know the cartel is operating in all 50 states. Is that a threat? Like, is that a death threat? Is that a showing of the hand? Is that a little well, if they wanted to kill you, guess what? There's foreign operatives, gang members, And assassins in all 50 states, they can get you anywhere. Was that a threat? I mean, I'm maybe I'm reading too much into this, but I haven't seen any other articles Point this out. She says, they're gonna try to kill me, and his response is, well, you know, there's cartel members in all 50 states. Am I reading too much into that? You tell me. Let's take it back about 10 seconds and roll that again. Speaker 0: If you if you say no, it's just fine. It's your choice. No. Speaker 3: It's fine. It's Speaker 0: fine. Don't tell if you're Joyce. I know. Speaker 1: They're gonna have try to have me murdered. Speaker 0: Not not either. Speaker 3: States world, man. Speaker 0: It's that stuff that came out last week is right about the cartel stuff, man. I I think the cartel is operating in 50 states right now, like, all 50. Mhmm. So So what what what's going on? Who is it? What? Speaker 3: Yeah. That was very weird. Alright. Let me just tell you what. I haven't seen any articles point that part out because that exchange doesn't make any sense. She says they're gonna Try to kill me. And he says, yeah. Well, you know, if that stuff's right about the cartel being in all 50 states. That's insane. And, of course, we We just covered the story from AP. Mexico demands investigation into US military grade weapons used by the cartels. So we know our government. The East State is in bed with the cartels in a very real way, and here you've got somebody from back east threatening. With a lot of stories, I I often make the comment, well, we can spend the whole show on this story. We might spend the whole show on this 5 minute tape that Carrie Lake presented. Not only is it a inside view into how corruption Actually works. But then you can put it in context of how it's being covered, who's covering it, who's talking about it, what The sides are in this conflict. Who are the people back east that are attempting to stymie and stifle A populist Republican uprising because they're not Democrats, they're Republicans. So let's let's lay the groundwork here. The Stories at infowars.com, Carrie Lake demands resignation of corrupt GOP chair caught trying to bribe her. So this is Arizona senate candidate, Carrie Lake, and the person she's talking to is the state's GOP chair, Jeff DeWitt. So this isn't a Democrat trying to do this. This is a Republican speaking on behalf of powerful Republicans from the East Coast. There's a recording that emerged of him trying to bribe Lake to stay out of politics for 2 years. Obviously, Infowars is covering this. Obviously, Gateway Pundit. All of the right wing stalwarts are covering this in a very appropriate way. Although, I think I'm the for I haven't seen any articles that point out that Jeff DeWitt, I'm pretty sure, just threatened to use the cartel to assassinate Carrie Lake. I'm pretty sure that's what I just heard. Now the beautiful thing about waging an information war is that They can't do that anymore. If it it doesn't even matter. If Kary Lake is killed and they've tried to spin the story as, Well, Carrie Lake was standing up against the cartel, so they had her wet. I said no one's gonna buy it anymore. We just heard the recording Of the GOP democrat or the GOP republican chair committee chair, the chair of the state of Arizona Obliquely threatened Kary Lake with the cartel. So now that that's out, now that that audio is Spread and on a 1000000 different computers at this moment and will never go away, well, that option's off the table. Back east, Where they're game planning how to stifle and destroy the American MAGA movement, they've had to remove that card from the board. They've had to remove that Option from the table. So in a way, by talking about this, by Kary Lake recording and publicizing this conversation, she has At least protected herself and precluded her enemies from using that particular weapon against her. Because we all know now, If something happens and the cartel takes out Carrie Lake, we know who is really behind it. So by waging this information war, she has, in fact, Provided a very powerful defense against actual violence against her. That's just my reading. And, again, I haven't seen anybody else report that, But I can't figure out why else he brought up the cartel as a response to her saying they might kill me. Okay? That's one thing. The other thing is if you search this on Google I just searched Jeff DeWitt, it's the guy's name, on Google, Went to the news tab. You see Daily Mail reporting this. Daily Mail does seem to be probably the only media outlet in the world that is just, like, actually Unbiased? Like, they report everything from everybody? Like, they'll they'll report socialist stuff. They'll report conservative stuff. They just report stuff. I mean, Daily Mail is, like, Gotta be for that reason alone, one of those trustworthy outlets available. But Daily Mail reports it, audio recording reveals the moment the senior Republican figure tried to buy bribe Carrie Lake not to run for senate. Just straight up. Here's what happened. Dehill reports on this. Right? It's the again, somewhat Moderate. They do carry stories from both sides, but they always focus on politics, and it's not a widely read publication by the mainstream public. Carrie Lake calls on Arizona GOP chair to resign after reports of leaked audio. So a less honest portrayal of the situation from the hill. Dana Mills says it correctly. Audio recording reveals the moment. GOP chair tried to bribe Kary Lake, like that's what actually happened. The way the Hill reports it is There are reports of a leaked audio. Well, no, there's leaked audio. You can listen to it. They don't say that. They say, after reports of a leaked audio, Carrie Lake calls on Arizona GOP, figure to resign. So they're putting the impetus on her and making it about Sorry about her calling on the chair to resign as if she's some disruptive force. The story is that they tried to bribe and threaten her. Okay? And we're gonna go back to this recording. Don't worry. But what I'm illustrating here is I don't see CNN. I don't see Washington Post. I don't see New York Times. I don't see any other leftist outlet discussing this. Washington Examiner is a right wing outlet, and it covers it Accurately. Daily Mail again. You've got local papers like the AZ, Arizona Central, But still, they are dishonest about it. An hour ago, Kary Lake stands up to the deep state? No. Just GOP chair Jeff DeWitt. Oh, as if the head of the GOP can't be a part of the deep state. So they don't even discuss it honestly. But you've got local news. You've got international news like the Daily Mail. You've got right wing pundits like, the Washington Examiner, But no national leftist, left wing publications. In fact, at the bottom of this page, before CNN, before anybody else, Newsweek, New York Post, New York Times, Washington Post, LA Times, none of them have touched this. Before that, you get, Sportskeedia, whatever that is. So they're higher up on the response list because they're actually covering it when nobody else is. Why is that important to point out? Because it shatters the illusionary paradigm of left versus right, republican versus democrat. If this was if that was a real divide, if the People at the top running the leftist newspapers were actually doing everything they could to undercut, undermine, and combat the Republican party in the country, they would be jumping on this story, jumping on it. They would be using this to illustrate the fractiousness of the Republicans. Republicans can't be trusted. They're they're but they don't touch it because they understand What's happening here? Because they actually are on the side of not Kary Lake, but of the GOP big money bosses From the east, from back east. So, again, lack of evidence in this case is evidence. Right. Because they're not talking about this bombshell story with the recorded audio proof, I think it tells you What the real divide is. It's not left versus right. It's not republican versus democrat. It's the people that run the media and the corporations and the National political parties and everybody else, all the regular people and the representatives who actually try to advocate for them. And, actually, the bottom of the Infowars article has a interesting note on this as well as it has the shot in chaser Of back in March of 2023, a senior Washington correspondent for the Independent named Eric Garcia Wrote an article that said Kari Lake spins tail of attempted bribery to drop out of politics. But she's spinning a Hale, she's a liar. She's deceptive. She's manipulative. She's another Trumpian dictator in making cult leader, But now there's proof. Now there's literal proof that you can hear beyond any reasonable or even unreasonable doubt. That's actually what happened. They're gonna retract it. Are they gonna go back and say, gee. She may have been telling the truth back then. Maybe I should apologize for casting doubt on what turned out to be a very true story. Of course not. Of course, they're not gonna do that. Can we skip this break? Because I want to, I just wanna keep going into this video. We're only about a minute into it, and so it's a 5 minute, audio recording. So we're gonna get back into this video And just chug on through. So, again, already in the first minute, we've discovered, not only the method by which they try to influence people by Offering both the kit the stick and the carrot, go with us, and your way will be paved with gold. Go against us, and you'll be destroyed. By the way, you heard that the cartel is operating in all 50 states these days? Gee, isn't that crazy? So I think we've uncovered a a Very oblique threat against Carrie Lake that she herself kinda missed during the conversation. You can kinda hear. She's like, well, they're gonna to kill me. And he's like, well, you know, have you heard? The cartel's operating in all 50 states. And she's like, okay. So what what is this about the bribe? Like, what what are you she, like, doesn't understand. She thinks he's changing the topic. She's like, alright. Can we get back to the topic now? Well, he's still on topic. Are we gonna be able to just give this break? I can't remember if we can do that. Alright. Roger that. Okay. So let's go back to this video. Kary Lake, once again, we are decoding the enemy transmission and figuring out exactly how this and how we can guard against it and trying to hear the unspoken in between the lines. We go back now to this bombshell audio of Kary Lake and the GOP head. I hear the, commercials running. Speaker 0: I just say there are people calling around saying, gosh, no, they can't be done. They're being done. They say, no, don't. They say, Speaker 3: I got offered to buy out. Yeah. Speaker 0: Don't say We'll lose our ability to get things done other in the future. Speaker 1: Here's the split. Speaker 3: Alright. Again, we gotta pause it there. We I mean, we're gonna pause it every line here. So he's very concerned that Xi is going to tell people about what he's doing here. And he doesn't phrase it as a threat or a bribe. He phrases it as being a team player. Hey. If you tell people about this, it's gonna make it hard for us to get things done. Us Republicans, We wanna get things done. If you're out there telling people about this, that's gonna mess up what you wanna do. So for your own sake, for your own agenda, Don't go out there telling people I'm here trying to bribe and threaten you with the cartels. Okay? Be a team player. Alright? So that's that's kind of the third Method, he's employed. The carrot, the stick, and the be a team player model of of coercion. Back to the video. Speaker 0: Say, let's work with her. She's a great candidate Speaker 1: because they don't own me, and it pisses me off. Speaker 0: Yeah. It's not about ownership. It's about control. I don't know it's about control. It's about being on the team. I guess that's Speaker 1: They wanna be on the team. Speaker 0: They want you to be on their team. Speaker 1: They want their team. You know? But if they're pushing a globalist agenda, I can't do that. So So what do they want? What do they want me to do? Speaker 0: You want to stay opportunists. But let me tell you what I can offer you. But, I said you can do everything else Talking ahead, isn't it? So the ask of me was it's kind of a so the the ask I got today from back east was, This is he's hesitant for us. Is there any companies out there, something that could just put her on the payroll and give her to keep her out? And I said, Well, what do you want them to do? Whatever he needs to do. Speaker 1: This is about defeating Trump. And I think that's a bad, bad thing for our country. DeSantis is not America first. This is about the final Death blow to Trump. And I don't think that's good for our country. Speaker 0: So let's go ahead and pause Speaker 3: it there because there's there's a lot of stuff happening so far. Obviously, Carrie Lake has their numbers. She understands exactly what this is about. So what we're seeing here is the GOP brass from back east. Again, that can mean New York City. It can mean Washington DC. What it means is the power brokers are acting like a mafia. They are a mafia. This straight up sounds like a conversation from The Sopranos. It really does. I can get you a no show job. What they're describing there is a no show job or a no work job where we'll put you on the payroll, so it'll all be legit. It'll all be by the numbers. You know? And they'll be able to say bribing you because you'll you'll have a job that, you know, you just have to, once a month, check into a Zoom call, and then we'll Pay you a $1,000,000 a year. They're bribing her to stay out, which she which he phrases as be on the team. We want you to be on the team. This is Stupid. Right? This is stupid to to even phrase it like that. We want you to be on the team by staying out of politics for 2 years. And, again, she has a funny kind of response to that where she's like, why don't they on my team? Like, she's like, okay. Yeah. We can be on the same team, my team. And he he's like, no. You don't understand. When I say they want you on the team, they want you working for them by dropping out and becoming a talking head. So basically, he offers her, You can be a talking head. You can get paid for appearances on Fox News. And, again, this tells you what they fear. Obviously, they fear The information that we spread, they they fear this type of information getting out. They fear people watching videos like this and understanding how politics really operates in this country. The information Does cause them fear. But way more than that, they fear political participation. To them, It's worth it to pay Kari Lake 1,000,000 of dollars to simply go on Fox News and talk. That doesn't matter. It doesn't matter. But she's a senator. If she's got voting powers, if she's got subpoena power, if she's on committees, She's a senator in the United States government. Well, now they have a problem. So, again, this is this is What we're learning by the way that they're acting, taking their actions and trying to determine their motivation behind them. So the motivation for them is not to shut her up completely. They're offering her a talking head position. Even the way he offers it, it's like to call it you know, you can be a talking head. It's, like, dismissive. Right? It's like, oh, these people that jabber on every day. All these people that just talk about these talking heads, these these pointless speakers. Right? They fear the information, obviously. But if they're given the choice between allowing Kary Lake to spout off daily on Fox News or Kary Lake with real power, They're gonna offer the talking head position. And then just like a mafia offering a no show job, We'll pay you. We'll put you on a company's payroll. And, of course, the way that he's presenting this As if he's not the one actively bribing and threatening her. He's just the messenger. And this is part of the Criminal network that we're seeing unfold here is always, like, 1 or 2 degrees of separation Even if they're imaginary from the people really doing this. So he's coming at her not saying, here's what we're doing. Here's what I'm doing. Here's what I'm offering you, and here's what I'm demanding. He's saying, hey. Look. The guys back east, the people back east, the faceless monsters that may not even exist, Here's what they're making me do. So let's cooperate. Let's be a team player because this is just reality. And then she records it and publishes the audio and blows the whole thing right up in their face. Wonder if Jeff DeWitt is looking in his rearview mirror for cartel License plates following him around now. This is a mafia. This is a straight up mafia. So let's go let's go back. And and again, she she identifies perfectly this is about destroying Trump. This is about working from within, not just the GOP, but within the high Level top brass GOP leadership to undercut their most prominent and powerful and popular candidate in the last 2 decades. This is I mean, we are we are seeing the sausage being made. We are speaking behind the curtain right now. We are seeing the way that politics is manipulated at a top. I mean, you wanna talk about conspiracy. Nobody gets to say the word conspiracy in a negative way ever again. This is black and white incontrovertible evidence of a top level conspiracy manipulating American politics Within the party structure using bribes and threats and cooperation with drug cartels. This is a conspiracy of the highest order, and Carrie Lake blows the whole thing apart. Let's go back to the audio. Speaker 0: I'm gonna look. Speaker 1: It's not good that country does. Speaker 3: It sounds great. Speaker 0: It's not. But at the same time, I'm not even sure if something is I don't know if you will. I think where it really comes out to for a lot of people, I don't think I can control our agenda. It's about The ability to raise money to win. If you really want to know all of Buzzlox, all of Buzzlox is in the market. And even on their end, what makes them the most money? Speaker 1: No, all these consultants don't want their payday debt. And I don't wanna make a deal with these kind of people. This is a hill worth dying on. I I'm not if they're gonna steal the election To make me and our our movement go away, I'm not letting him do that. I owe it to the people of Arizona. Or to carry their torch and their voice. Or Speaker 0: You don't go away, but you pause. Speaker 1: This is the battles right now, Jeff. Pause. Speaker 0: And we go to college first pause. Speaker 1: No. The battle is right now. The battle is right now, and, we don't have time to to pause on this battlefield. Speaker 0: You're not what you can't scratch their back. It's not crazy. Speaker 1: Yeah. Speaker 0: It's a backscratching flow. That's all DC is. It's a big backscratching flow. You're in no position to scratch everybody's back, and you've already been known that if you get there, you're not scratching everybody's back. I don't scratch people's backs. I've been on the outs for a lot of people for a long time. I don't scratch people's backs. Where are we in 2 years If they steal the election again. Speaker 1: Listen to what you're saying. Why don't we do something about it? Speaker 0: What can we do? Speaker 1: So that we, the people, can pick our. Speaker 0: What can we do? Speaker 1: If I'm not willing to accept that, then I'm gonna be the biggest pain in these people's go back and tell them that. I'm running, And I'm gonna be the biggest pain in their Speaker 0: And I'm willing to tell them that. Speaker 1: And they're gonna have to kill me To stop me. Speaker 0: No. I know. I know. Look. Can I You don't have to Speaker 3: I don't know if I've ever seen anything that cut and dry? What a weasel of a man. You can see it in his eyes, can't you? That picture that he's taken, I mean, just dead eyes. And he's so he's just such a liar. The amount of deception that he tries to employ in that just couple minute exchange. We're sitting there pressuring her going, well, it's all about back scratching. It's all about back scratching. Right now, you don't have anything to offer them, and they're surrounded by people that can Offer them things. So it's a little, you know, let them scratch your back, you scratch theirs. It's a little back and forth. Meanwhile, what he's Demanding she do is give up any opportunity to have power at all. So it's not about back scratch. It's not about Give me something I want, and I'll give it to you something you want. They want her to to be a non player for 2 years. They want her Maybe had being a talking head on Fox, but largely just disappeared from public life for 2 years. So there's no if you wanna guarantee that you tea that you have nothing to offer them. If you wanna guarantee that you have no power that can benefit them, then you go work for, you know, whatever company Jeff's dad owns. So it it doesn't even make sense the whole I'll scratch your back, you scratch mine. They're trying to preclude her from power. So how would she be able to her from power. So how would she be able to scratch anybody's back if she takes that offer? So that doesn't make any sense. And then he's he's going, and, you know, I don't scratch anybody's back. You know, I'm not a backscratcher either. Like, you are literally in the middle of a pitch. Dude, what are you talking about? You're literally the hatchet man from the Eastern seaboard controllers here threatening and trying to bribe a popular senate candidate, And you interrupt your dissertation to say that you don't do this type of thing. They they lie like Like, they breathe. I mean, it's like second nature. They don't have to think about it. And he admits, yeah, it's not great for this country, but it's all about And so but he says it's not really about control. Speaker 0: It's not about control. Speaker 3: It's not about ownership. It's about playing for the team. It's about scratching my back and I scratch yours. It's about submitting yourself to the threats that I'm vaguely throwing at you. And to be totally fair, to be completely, you know, unbiased in this, Kary Lake is obviously the one recording this. And so anytime that's one party is recording and the other party isn't, you know that that first party may be changing the way that they're saying things With the knowledge that this audio might get out while the other party doesn't know they're being recorded and can be assumed to be Speaking in an, you know, unconscious sort of way, speaking in a in a candid sort of way, the person recording Always knows that they're recording. It's like the the videos and photos from the, from the big case between Johnny Depp And and his ex wife where they were presenting recordings where the ex wife sounded like she was being really calm and friendly, and it's like, yeah, but she's the one recording. She knows people are gonna see this video, So she's acting. So to be totally fair, you know, you'd wanna have a audio recording where neither one of them knew they were being recorded, and they just happen to get picked up by a security camera or something. Because Carrie Lake is the one recording, we can have a a bit of, Just just a touch of suspicion as to how powerful she she how powerfully she responds. But she does respond that powerfully. The things she says are exactly right, whether that's for our benefit Listening to it later or what she actually believes, I I tend to believe her, but I'm just being totally fair as that's a a aspect of this situation. But, again, the important things to me, My takeaway from this is we're seeing, like, never before behind the curtain, inside how this works, how the pressure is is placed on people. This is almost certainly not the first and will not be the last offer she's gotten like this. So we're seeing behind the curtain. We're seeing how this works. We're seeing the carrot and the stick, the team player, the the soft language, and the Insinuated threats. As, again, I haven't seen anybody report this yet. I can't think of another reason why when she says they're gonna try to kill me, why he brings up cartel members in all 50 states other than that being an oblique Threat against her. And we know that the Mexican cartels are being flushed with A 1,000,000,000 of dollars because of the federal government opening up the border right now. We know that they've shipped them weapons, weaponry grade weapons. Mexico just complained about it. So is the cartel now operating as the enforcers of our political over Glass? And if so, can we get rid of these people? Welcome back, ladies and gentlemen. 2nd hour of The American Journal. Just what a what a crazy bombshell From Kary Lake. And again, I wanna point out that the leftist media is not even touching this despite the fact that Makes a very good case for pointing out high level corruption in the Republican party, which you would think they would wanna do The division was really republican versus democrat, but in reality, this is the elite who control those newspapers Going, yeah. Don't don't put that out. Don't talk. Don't draw too much attention to that. Completely insane and shows you, you know, who's really behind the GOP, man. It's, yeah, Pretty insane. Pretty insane. And god bless Kerry Lake for bringing us that audio. Speaker 0: We got Speaker 3: a lot of other stuff to talk about here. Of course, Trump dominating in New Hampshire. We also have people suggesting that Nikki Haley stay in the race just in case Something were to happen to Donald Trump. It sounds like they make the threats In private and in public, it's like they publish the same vague hints at Physical violence, and just like they do in private, they frame it as concern. We're concerned that something might happen to Trump, They say as they load the gun with the bullets. And, again, this you know, all they have. Literally all they have. I mean, they can't run on the economy. They can't run on unity, obviously. I mean, it's Laughable. Just beyond the pale when you've got people like Joe Biden Calling himself a unifier while simultaneously calling half of his nation ultra MAGA domestic terrorist extremists That must be genocided. Like, nobody's bringing unity. I guess that is a form of unity. Yeah. I guess it is. Different concepts of unity, but, you know, I would think that you'd wanna have people on the left and people on the right Unified with a superlative idea like Americanism, where you go, you might want it one way, I might want it the other way, But we both believe in America, so let's focus on that. That to me sounds like unity. And that, of course, is the construct that Trump and Vivek are pitching are pitching, but unity to them says, you have ideas. These people have other ideas. If we kill and suppress and censor and sterilize the people with the wrong ideas, then we'll all be unified on this side. Yeah. That's that's a form of unity, I guess. You get rid of division by systematically eliminating anybody who disagrees with you. And then not only do you have unity amongst the people who agree with you that you've let live, But then if anybody wants to disagree with you, they'll keep their damn mouth shut because they know what happened last time somebody disagreed. So unity. You know? Unity at the end of a gun. Unity in that if you try to separate from us, you are now the enemy and will be destroyed. Oh, so you wanna be on our team? Wow. Good idea. Good idea. And they do it with a smile. So they can't run on unity. They can't run on the economy. They can't run on American greatness. They can't run on energy independence. They can't run on Gas prices or schools or anything ever because everything they do directly negatively impacts the American Also, what are they what is the one refrain they're repeating over and over like a mantra? Is Trump is a dictator. Trump is a dictator. Trump is a fascist. Trump will destroy politics. We have to save democracy by banning Trump from the ballot. And yet again, Trump issued ominous threat of investigations against Haley if she stays in the GOP race. Oh my god. Is that even possible? Can you use investigations against an opponent as a political tool of suppression? Why has nobody ever done this before? Be right back. Speaker 2: While other networks lie to you about what's happening now, Infowars tells you the truth about what's happening info wars.comforward/go. Speaker 4: The second American revolution is happening now right in front of And you're tuned in to Infowars because you're either looking for the truth or you're already a patriot. I'm asking you now to realize we are at the fulcrum, the crossroads in the fight For human destiny and human future. Please spread the word about the broadcast. Please buy great products info wars store dot com, and Please pray for the transmission. Without you, we're gonna fail. But if you simply take action and spread the word and pray for the broadcast and buy the products, You will continue to aid us together in our victory against these tires, but now is the time to make the decision. I know there's millions of forms of media out there in all this BS, and the globalist hope you get lost in all of it. But notice the globalist, the new world order are coming after us because they realize we've got They're number. Think about it. Info wars is the tip of the spear. You wanna support the tip of the spear? That decision is up to you. Please support us now at the Full Restore.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Kari Lake: "They are going to try to kill me." Jeff DeWit: "You know, there are Cartels operating in all 50 states." Uh, am I the only one who noticed that this is a THREAT? https://www.infowars.com/posts/kari-lake-demands-resignation-of-corrupt-gop-chair-caught-trying-to-bribe-her/

Saved - January 22, 2024 at 8:30 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

I don't totally agree with the tone of this video, but the facts are absolutely solid. Palestine is Winning. Credit: @propandco https://t.co/k0niTLmRVe

Video Transcript AI Summary
On October 7th, a resistance movement in Gaza carried out a successful military operation against Israel, which has been covered up by the Zionist media. The Palestinians did not commit the atrocities they have been accused of, but instead launched a coordinated attack on Israeli military sites, resulting in a humiliating defeat for Israel. This event has reawakened the spirit of resistance among Palestinians and has led to widespread protests and calls for the liberation of Palestine. Israel is resorting to collective punishment and spreading propaganda to maintain the illusion of power, but they are losing support and facing pressure from around the world. This is an opportunity for people everywhere to apply pressure and break the system of oppression.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: You really know what happened on October 7th? You think you do, but believe me, you don't. You've been lied to. We all have. The Zionist media has presented this event to the world as a holocaust against innocent civilians. But the story couldn't be more from. The Zionists have been lying because they are terrified of what actually happened. You see, October 7th is one of the biggest ongoing cover ups in recent memory. A grand lie to distract you from the truth, and it's been working. People have either bought in to the atrocity propaganda lies or they're too busy trying to disproven. Palestinians didn't behead babies, didn't put babies in ovens, didn't rape women. They didn't torture civilians. Liars. So many of us have been so focused on what didn't happen on October 7th. What we need to do now is focus on what did happen because Israel is terrified of the truth. And I'll let you in on a little secret. The truth that I'm about to reveal to you is what will destroy to Zionist regime that will free Palestine. Yes. It's that serious. By the end of this video, you will understand why. Now let's get to it. What really happened on October 7th. And why has Israel tried to cover it up? The truth is that on October 7th, resistance fighters from Gaza carried out a daring military against a juggernaut, and they succeeded. Israel and its hubris had begun to believe that the Palestinian movement was uninterested in armed resistance. From within the confines of their concentration camps, underdogs from Gaza had to avoid detection from sent surveillance by satellites, informants, collaborators, motion detection and seismic sensors, and 247 monitoring by 2 g phone networks, border cameras, and overhead drones. They undermined Israel's security apparatus by planning details on pen and paper, feeding false information to foreman and leveraged Israeli arrogance and complacency to plan and operate relatively undetected. Texted. In the early hours of October 7th, a blitz of over 22100 rockets were fired at the Iron Dome missile defense system. But this was only truly meant to provide the cover needed to fly drones over the $1,000,000,000 iron in wall and destroy the remote controlled machine gun turrets and communication towers. They rammed through the first layer of the fence and then created over 20 separate breach points through the main iron wall. Their immediate objectives, take out important nearby command and control military sites and do so as quickly as possible before the Israelis could respond. So they split into small divisions and race to their targets. Speedboats raced across the ocean and on to the beaches of Sikkim while paragliders flew over the wall and landed in various areas. Guys on beat up motorcycles and pickup trucks use homemade made anti tank missiles to take out $3,000,000 Merkava tanks and $20,000,000 Apache helicopters. They conquered Rahim military base communications and drone surveillance headquarters, killing or capturing all the soldiers inside before destroying the server rooms. According to Scott Ritter, Hamas struck the headquarters of the Gaza division, the local intelligence hub, and other major command and control facilities with brutal precision, turning what should have been a 5 minute response time into many hours, more than enough time for Hamas to carry out one of to primary objectives, the taking of hostages to use as exchange for the near 5,000 men, women, and children rotting in Israeli administrative detention centers, returning to Gaza with more than 230 Israeli soldiers and civilians. The result was a complete route of local Israeli military forces. For hours, the Israelis were completely in the confused as to where the attack was even coming from. Thousands of rockets were in the air. Dozens of bases and military settlements, AKA kibbutz, were captured, and multiple helicopters and tanks were destroyed. The attack came so hard and so fast that many IDF soldiers were still in their pajamas as the resistance fighters enter to the barracks. How could these half starved and besieged fighters have the gall to escape their prison and carry out an hacked like this. No one in Israel could have imagined it, let alone expect desperate to respond. The Israelis began to implement scorched to Earth tactics. Their helicopters began firing hellfire missiles and machine gun rounds indiscriminately at vehicles and people running in the fields. Tanks rolled through the kibbutz and main roads and shelled houses as ground troops exchanged fire with militants. This led to the deaths of many civilians. Ins. It was the most humiliating defeat in Israel's history and has created an internal political crisis that could break the Israeli government for good. Netanyahu, Desperate to hold on to power is exchanging accusations with the military and intelligence apparatus as neither want to take responsibility for the humiliating defeat. Tens of thousands of Israeli protesters are in the streets demanding that Israel agree to a hostage swap with the Palestinians in order to save their family members, and the crisis is external as well. The Palestinians have reawakened a spirit of resistance in the face of at ongoing military occupation. Speaker 1: Resistance has proven its value. This is one of the chance we've been hearing from here who have been protesting in support of the prisoners exchange deal. Speaker 0: The Israelis thought they could expand the illegal occupation, steal more land, build more settlements, erect more walls, arrest more children, increase surveillance, siege, starve and bomb Gaza to hell and desecrate the holy Al Aqsa Mosque without any blowback or consequences. The Israelis implemented a policy of brutality and deterrence instead of one of peace, justice, and diplomacy, and it worked for a time. Palestinians had become complacent with the status quo, and the Muslim world was betraying the Palestinian cause and normalizing with Israel. But Hamas undermined all of this with their bold active resistance on October 7th. The illusion of Israeli power has now been shattered. The veil has been lifted. Power resides Where men believe it resides. It's a trick, a shadow on the wall. On October 7th, they post Israel's power for what it is, a trick, a shadow on the wall. And this terrifies Israel because despite all their wealth, power, and resources. They cannot defeat an opponent that won't go down. The Israelis were shocked on October 7th because they thought the fight was over. After 75 years of brutality, 75 years of occupation, of violence, they thought they had 1. They thought the leadership of the Palestinian resistance had been cowed into submission. For all their walls, Drones, bombs, sensors, radars, cameras, bullets, rockets, and jets. The Palestinian will to resist sis. It always has, and it always will. As Amr Mokhtar, the legendary resistance fighter said, it's win or die. It's victory for martyrdom. This is a spirit that has reawakened in the Palestinians and their diaspora on October 7th, and this is why the Israelis terrified. Speaker 2: There was that ant that stood up to me. Yeah. But we can Speaker 3: forget about him. Yeah. It was just one ant. Speaker 0: Oh, one ant. Hey. Speaker 3: You're right. It's just one ant. Yeah, boys. They're puny. Speaker 2: Puny. Say, let's pretend this brain is a puny little ant. Speaker 0: Did that hurt? Speaker 2: Nope. Well, how about this one? How about this? You let 1 ant stand up to us, then they all might stand up. Speaker 4: Those puny little ants outnumber us Speaker 2: It's a 100 to 1. Speaker 4: And if they ever figure that out, there goes our way of life. Speaker 2: It's not about food. It's about keeping those ants in line. Speaker 0: This is why they have responded with a disgusting level of collective punishment. When the Romans wanted to well to gladiator rebellion. They crucified over 6,000 slaves and lined their bodies up along the Appian Way. For 125 miles from Capua to Rome. Travelers would see nothing but crucified bodies. Israel is trying to do the same, but with bombs instead of crucifixions. They want to make an example out of Palestinian resistance. They're trying to show the Palestinians in the West Bank that Resistance will be met with gross forms of violence, and they want their Arab and Muslim neighbors to know that they will level their cities like air level in Gaza. But this is not a display of strength, quite the opposite. It's a display of weakness. They are so desperate to maintain the illusion, the trick, The shadow on the wall that they are destroying their reputation and exposing themselves in front of the entire world. And while you may think that Israel enjoys full western to port. There is a limit to what the world will accept. All over the world, millions of people are marching. The United States just witnessed its largest ever. Palestine demonstration. People of all races and class joined together to denounce the genocide of Gaza and call for the liberation to Palestine. Western political leaders are slowly changing their tune, calling for humanitarian pauses and trying to negotiate a long term ceasefire, and Muslim leaders Speaker 2: all over the world Speaker 0: are feeling the pressure as well. The Indonesian president and Malaysian prime minister condemned the Israeli attack right to the face of Joe Biden. The king of Jordan, who has historically been soft in his condemnation is talking about war, and Turkey's rhetoric has been increasingly openly hostile to Israel and its western supporters. This isn't enough, but it is evidence that Palestinian resistance as working. It is evidence that your voices are being heard. Your demonstrations are being watched. Your social media Tivity is working, and Israel is terrified. This is why they are lying about what occurred on October 7th. They do not want to Palestinian resistance, whether it's violent or peaceful, to be viewed as legitimate or justified. They don't want it to be seen as effectual. They do not Want their illusion of power to be shattered, so they have resorted to committing atrocities and spreading atrocity propaganda lies. They have to What Hamas did on October 7th dirty. They need to cover up that their military was completely routed in a military raid in order to maintain this perception of strength and power. But the truth is, they are losing support from the populations to the west, and their economy is hemorrhaging money. They are losing over $600,000,000 a week. Their government hangs on by a to read, and this weakness comes at a time when there is already tremendous pressure on their biggest ally, the United States. This cannot last forever. The clock is ticking. The protests are mounting. Netanyahu's days are numbered. Biden and the Democrats are facing reelection. The dollar is late in. The Ukraine war is failing. The US empire is in decline, and China, Russia, Turkey, Saudi, and Iran are rising. The subjugation of the to any people isn't sustainable. Their system is breaking, and together, we can break it. This is the opportunity. This is the moment to seize upon. Pressure must be applied everywhere from the West Bank of Palestine to the streets of Turkey, Jordan, Indonesia, and the West. The politicians and the media will try to move on from this issue, but we cannot allow them to do so. The Israelis and all their arrogance or buying us more time. They are insisting on invading southern Gaza, which gives us the opportunity to organize and resist before it's too late. We must not only continue the protests, we must escalate them. There isn't a single pressure point. There are pressure points all over the world that lead directly to the White House. Wherever you are, whatever you're doing in those areas, do more of it non unstopped. You see, we don't just want a pause in the fighting. We want a pause in all of society until the issue is addressed. This can be accomplished by sustained peaceful protests in the heart of your cities. We must force this issue until the world pressures Israel to finally and their occupation. Speaker 2: Let this be a lesson to all you ants. Ideas are very dangerous things. You are mindless, soil shopping losers. Put on this earth to serve Ask. You're wrong, Hopper. Ants are not meant to serve grasshoppers. I've seen these ants do great things, and year after year, they somehow manage to pick food for themselves And you. So so who is the weaker species? Ants don't serve grasshoppers. It's you who need us. We're a lot stronger than you say we are, and you know it, don't you? Speaker 0: Gaza was the little ant that stood up. We cannot allow them to fight alone. This is not a call for violence. It is a call for mass civil rest and protest all over the world. We must spread the word and let everyone know their system is breaking. It's been breaking for decades. This is the moment. We must apply pressure until we break it. If they wish to enslave the Palestinians, we must make them for. And if we wish for Palestine to be free, we must fight for them. So let's keep fighting and see who taps out first.
Saved - January 5, 2024 at 8:56 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

“Intelligence Agencies” started with International Banking. https://t.co/rNzooerlB2

Video Transcript AI Summary
Intelligence agencies originated from the international banking system, specifically the Rothschilds. They established major banking headquarters in European cities to facilitate trade. Nathaniel Rothschild's intelligence network was renowned, as demonstrated when he sold his stocks after the Battle of Waterloo, leading people to believe they had lost. In reality, his agents were buying stocks at low prices. This event exemplifies how intelligence networks can control economic systems. The birth of intelligence agencies occurred because bankers realized that having vast wealth allowed them to easily influence governments, while also possessing superior information. National governments relied on them for accurate knowledge.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: If you trace it back through the timeline, you see that intelligence agencies as a concept didn't actually spring from governments at all. In fact, they grew out of the international banking system. The Rothschilds pioneered this by having major banking headquarters in Five major European cities. And in order to facilitate trade of money from different countries, you had to have an international information system That was heads and shoulders above anything that governments were able to carry out. Famous story, and most people in the conspiracy world know of Nathaniel Rothschild buying up the UK market, the entire British economy essentially following the battle of Waterloo. He simply went out and very publicly He started selling everything he had, and everybody knew that guy has the best intelligence network in the world. If he's selling all of his stocks, it means we lost the battle at Waterloo. Lou. While in reality, his agents were behind the scenes buying everything up at rock bottom prices. And people point to that as how you get control of an economic system. But importantly, the way they're able to achieve that was because of the intelligence that they had, because of the intelligence network, because of the communication lines that they had set up. So that was really the birth of intelligence agencies was the bankers realizing not only having all the money makes it extremely Convenient and easy to control national governments. But we have better information than the national governments, and they actually have to rely on us to learn what's true.
Saved - January 4, 2024 at 10:26 PM
reSee.it AI Summary
The German government sent orphan children to live with pedophiles, allegedly for the purpose of sexual grooming and abuse. This was done as a means to defeat fascism. Additionally, children were reportedly taken away from their parents to be kept as child sex slaves. One victim, Marco, was taken from his mother by the Welfare office and placed in the home of a known pedophile, who manipulated him into rejecting his own mother despite her efforts to reunite with him.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Yes, the German government sent orphan children to live with pedophiles, explicitly to be sexually groomed and abused. Why, though? Why would they do such a thing?? Well, to defeat fascism, naturally. Defeat the Nazis by raping children! https://t.co/AwyIcFYBdU

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

You might think that this headline is overly dramatic, but the truth is even worse than it seems at first. It wasn't just orphans that were sent to live with pedos, they actually ripped children away from their parents in order to keep them as child sex slaves.

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Marco, one of Kentler's victims was taken from his mother by the Welfare office. He was placed in the home of a known pedophile, who brainwashed him into rejecting his own mother despite her desperate attempts to get him back. https://t.co/lGILFOye1k

Saved - January 4, 2024 at 10:26 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

🚨 INFOWARS >>X<< EXCLUSIVE 🚨 Comparing Donald Trump To Bill Clinton In The Epstein Documents https://t.co/Om7CKFkWqo

Video Transcript AI Summary
The Jeffrey Epstein documents have been released, and the mainstream media is trying to distract from the scandal by focusing on Donald Trump. However, the documents actually clear Trump of any wrongdoing. He is mentioned in the documents, but witnesses confirm that he was never present where the victims were. On the other hand, Bill Clinton is a key person in the Epstein files and is mentioned 73 times. Witnesses testify to Clinton's close relationship with Epstein and his alleged interest in young girls. Clinton participated in helicopter flights and dinner parties with young girls. While both Trump and Clinton are mentioned, Clinton is far more important in the documents.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Well, the Jeffrey Epstein documents have dropped. And so, of course, that means the mainstream media is working double time to cover up the scandal that they've known about for years and have done a pretty good job of hiding in the 1st place. And, of course, they're resorting to their favorite tactic, which is distract with Donald Trump. In fact, the Yahoo News article headline is this, the Epstein list, Bill Clinton, and Donald Trump appear in unsealed documents multiple times, here's what we know. Or as Vanity Fair put it, Trump supporters are very worked up about the Jeffrey Epstein list. And so, of course, that would leave you with the impression that Bill Clinton and Donald Trump are sort of talked about equally in these papers. But what's the reality? Let's compare and contrast the way Trump and Bill Clinton are discussed in the Epstein documents. Well, first of all, Donald Trump is essentially cleared of all wrongdoing by the documents that have just been released. In fact, when asked when one of the witnesses or victims was asked about Donald Trump and if they ever saw Donald Trump at Jeffrey Epstein's home, the answer is not that I can remember, what about on his island? Also, no. In New Mexico, no. In New York, not that I can remember. K. So, yes, he is mentioned in the document, but he's mentioned in that he was never in any of the places where the victims were. In addition, when asked a number of different questions about who was involved, George Lucas, no. Donald Trump, no. Did you ever massage Donald Trump? No. So, yeah, he was technically mentioned in the documents, but the way he was mentioned was when they were asked, was Donald Trump there? Did he victimize you, the answer was no. Over and over again, the answer was no. So that's Trump being mentioned in the Epstein documents. What about Bill Clinton? Well, quote, Bill Clinton is a key person Epstein files finally unsealed. Apart from the defendant, Ghislaine Maxwell and Jeffrey Epstein himself, former president Clinton is a key person who can provide information about his real close relationship with the defendant and mister Epstein. So in the document relating to Bill Clinton, they say that he's basically the 3rd most important person that you should talk to after Ghislaine Maxwell and Jeffrey Epstein, Bill Clinton knows a lot about what's going on. In addition to that, one one of the most damning pieces of evidence comes from witness testimony by Johanna Sjoberg, who alleges Epstein remarked about Clinton's purported interest in young girls. Sjoberg stated, Epstein once said, quote, Clinton likes them young, in reference to underage girls. These chilling wood words expose a dark undercurrent within the world of power and privilege that surrounded Epstein. And in fact, when broke broken down by number of mentions, Clinton is the 3rd most mentioned person in the documents behind prince Andrew and Alan Dershowitz. Clinton is mentioned 73 times. And when you go through, they talk about helicopter flights that, Clinton was on with, some of the victims' dinner parties where he was, as this, summation puts it, exhibiting a playful and cheeky demeanor in the absence of Hillary Clinton. So, again, the mainstream media is publishing headlines that say Donald Trump and Bill Clinton mentioned in Epstein documents. The reality is Donald Trump has mentioned a few times when they're asked, was Donald Trump there? And the answer is no. Whereas Bill Clinton is the 3rd most mentioned person in the documents. He is the 3rd most important person to talk to according to the documents to get information about the sex trafficking ring. And he's mentioned his love for young girls and even several anecdotes about him participating and interacting with young girls on helicopters and dinner parties and other various activities. So, yeah, they're both mentioned, but one little bit more important than the other. And just to close out, we're gonna listen here to a lawyer of 1 of the victims of of Jeffrey Epstein when he was asked about Donald Trump's participation or not in the activities of Jeffrey Epstein in the blackmail spy ring that he was engaged in. Stay tuned for that. For Infowars, this has been Harrison Smith. Speaker 1: Obviously, Our current president has had relationships as I've seen in the past, and there are those, Katie Johnson and maybe other victims who have accused Trump of being involved in things if This, in my experience, Trump supporters will not listen to anything along those lines. Obviously, we're not a court of law here right now, but are those claims of the though that case was dropped, it was dropped before it went to to court. And your opinion as a lawyer and your experience, is there anything you can say as if the validity of those claims or whether or not there will be any, you know, any more about that. Speaker 2: Nothing at all. I the only thing that I can say about president Trump is that he is the only person who in 2009, when I served a lot of subpoenas on a lot of people or at least gave notice to some pretty, connected people that I was going that I wanted to talk to them. He is the only person who picked up the phone And said, let's just talk. I'll give you as much time as you want. I'll tell you what you need to know and was very helpful in the information that he gave and gave if whatsoever that he was involved in anything untoward whatsoever, but had good information that checked out and that helped us and that we didn't have to picked a a a deposition of him. That was in 2009? That was in 2009. Speaker 1: So do you know if there's any truth to James Patterson's claims that Trump kicked Epstein out of Mar a Lago? Speaker 2: I've definitely heard have Speaker 3: While other networks lie to you about what's happening now, Infowars tells you the truth about what's happening next. 29 years on air, all I've wanted to do was warn the people about the And I've done the best job I can to tell the truth and been accurate, and we are on record as the most accurate there are. And I've tried to sell products to fund ourselves. Unlike other communist revolutionaries that rob banks and kidnap people, we don't do that. We try to bring you products that really work. And ladies and gentlemen, I'm scared of this product. It's so powerful. This is the breakdown product after yourselves process it have Of folic acid, Methylfolate with high quality organic b complex. This stuff is rocket fuel. It's not a if It it energizes your cells, and then everything else you take just supercharges it. It's so insane. It's if Foundational energy, the strongest formula out there at infowarsstore.com. It doesn't just energize this operation against the tyrants. It energizes if This is you. Get foundational energy now.
Saved - January 4, 2024 at 10:23 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Prince Andrew subjected to Humiliation Ritual by Epstein and Maxwell. https://t.co/zcENYWM1zm

Video Transcript AI Summary
Prince Andrew is facing allegations of sexual misconduct with underage girls. What stands out is that he was manipulated and blackmailed into posing with a puppet of himself, with one hand on the puppet's breast and the other on a girl's breast. This humiliating act was captured in a photo, emphasizing his loss of control and the extent to which he is being controlled by others. The intention was to show him as a puppet, completely under their control.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Allegations against prince Andrew. Maxwell and Epstein put prince Andrew's hand on a minor 17 year old's breast. That's not the weird part about this story to me. They had a puppet of prince Andrew, like a literal like a muppet, like a puppet of prince Andrew, and there were 2 girls. And so they had the puppet and put the puppet's hand on 1 girl's breast, and then prince Andrew put his hand on another girl's breast, and then they took a picture, like a funny picture. Like, look, it's prince Andrew molesting a girl, and it's a puppet of prince Andrew molesting a girl, which it's like the humiliation. Right? Here's a guy that is an esteemed member of one of the last remaining royal houses of any power in Europe. Right? Prince Andrew, a literal prince of the crown who is being puppeted because he's being blackmailed. He's being seduced and honey potted, and manipulated in order to sleep with underage girls, in order to capture that on video, in order to turn the man into a puppet, and they actually bring out a puppet of him, and have him pose with the puppet doing the thing that they blackmail him with to make him a puppet. It's like there's like a humiliation aspect to this, isn't there? With, like, you are a puppet. And actually I've been participating in this and thinking it's funny. Oh, yeah. It's me and the puppet. We're both doing the same thing. Meanwhile, they're taking the picture going, you are a puppet. You're our puppet. We're gonna do with you whatever we want. You are our puppet now, and we control you. We control you so thoroughly, we're gonna have you pose with a puppet just to really just really put it over the top, really give you the image of who you are now. You're a puppet now of us. We're gonna take a picture of you with the puppet so there's no confusion.
Saved - December 20, 2023 at 12:48 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Which “conspiracy theories” turned out to be true? https://t.co/N8glewFmu7

Video Transcript AI Summary
Some conspiracy theories that have turned out to be true include the Trump-Russia investigation, Jeffrey Epstein's crimes, the JFK assassination, the misuse of the Patriot Act, the Iraq war and weapons of mass destruction, the war in Ukraine, the bombing of the Nord Stream pipeline, open border migration caravans, the climate change scam, chemtrails, HARP, 9/11 being an inside job, the Internet of Things surveillance grid, PFAs, F.A.S, chemicals in the water affecting sexual orientation, the 2020 election being stolen, undercover feds on January 6th, Bilderberg and Bohemian Grove, global government, China's research threat, declining birth rates, defunding the police, George Soros, mail-in ballots, big tech censorship, disinformation agencies, and Obama's birth certificate.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Some of these conspiracy theories, have turned out to be true. Which ones? The Trump Russia witch hunt, Jeffrey Epstein, Epstein, JFK assassination, the misuse of the Patriot Act, the Iraq war, the weapons of mass destruction, the war in Ukraine, the bombing of the Nord Stream pipeline, Epstein pipeline, the open border migration caravans, the climate change scam, chemtrails, and HARP, and 911 being an inside job, and the Internet of Things surveillance grid, and PFAs, F. A. S, and chemicals in the water turning everyone gay, and the 2020 election being stolen and January 6th being filled with undercover feds, and Bilderberg and Bohemian Grove and global government, not to mention a new function research in the threat of China, and collapsing birth rates and defund the police and George Soros and mail in ballots and big tech censorship and disinformation agencies and Obama's birth Tifkit, and and probably some others I can't think of. I mean, so a few of them. I guess a couple of them have been true.
Saved - December 19, 2023 at 11:18 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Covid *Smoking Gun* Uncovered Gain-of-Function engineers caught red handed in Lab Origin cover-up! https://t.co/XjTTjLaMRG

Video Transcript AI Summary
American scientists lied to DARPA in order to secure funding for high-risk coronavirus research in Wuhan, China, according to documents obtained by US Right to Know. The scientists concealed their intentions and claimed the research was being done in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, due to national security concerns and lax safety measures at the Wuhan Institute of Virology. The documents raise doubts about the scientists' credibility and their claims that the pandemic could not have originated from their collaboration. The proposal involved engineering coronaviruses with spike proteins and furin cleavage sites, similar to SARS-CoV-2. The experiments were planned to occur in Wuhan with fewer safety precautions to save costs. This revelation is considered a smoking gun in the lab leak controversy.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: This is smoking gun, folks. This is a absolute smoking gun. They lied to DARPA in order to get funding by saying they were doing work here that was actually being done in Wuhan. They didn't want it done in Wuhan because of national security concerns and because of lack security measures at the Wuhan Institute. They recognize this. They knew this. And so they lied in their application claiming that it was being done in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. This is the smoking gun. We also have this story. American scientists misled Pentagon on research in Wuhan. This is from usrtk.org. American researchers concealed their intentions to conduct high risk coronavirus research in Wuhan under lax safety standards from the Pentagon the year before COVID nineteen pandemic according to documents obtained by US Right to Know. A 2018 grant proposal called Project Defuse, coauthored by the Wuhan Institute of Virology and American Scientist, has stoked concern that the pandemic resulted from a lab accident. My god. We're still debating this. It came from a lab. It came, but the only thing we're trying to determine is whether it was on purpose or not. Speaker 1: It's like you have somebody that's dead, and Speaker 0: they're still debating on whether he's dead. No. He's dead. The question is, was he poisoned, or did he die of natural causes? Is there a murderer to be found out? Or was this all just a big accident? He's dead. It came from a lab. The question is, was it on purpose? Who developed it, and why, etcetera, etcetera. So it's frustrating. Yes. It came from a lab, you absolute morons, but moving on. It proposed engineering high risk coronaviruses of the same species as SARS and SARS COVID 2. More worrying to some scientists, the proposal involved synthesizing spike proteins with furin cleavage sites, the same feature that supercharged SARS COV 2 into the most infectious pandemic pathogen in a century. Indeed, some scientists have likened Diffuse to a blueprint for generating SARS COV 2 in the lab. The new documents obtained by US Right TO Know show These experiments were proposed to occur in part of Wuhan with fewer safety precautions than required in the US, apparently to save on costs. Well, I guess you saved on cost. I guess it's I guess you can just offshore everything to China to save on cost. Don't wanna pay a living wage? Use slave labor in China. Don't wanna adhere to environmental regulations despite being the one to impose them on everybody? Outsource your manufacturing to China. You wanna create a deadly virus with the potential to infect the world and devastate the lives of 1,000,000. Can't do it in America? Save a couple bucks by going to China and killing Speaker 1: everyone. Globalism at work. Speaker 0: The American scientists at the center of the lab leak, controversy appeared to have concealed this from their desired funder, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency in order to evade any national security concerns about doing high level biosecurity work. In China, the documents call into question the credibility of these scientists' assurances that the pandemic could not have sprung out of their collaboration. Yeah. The documents showing how they planned to do this, sort of undermines their claims that they had nothing to do with it. Speaker 1: I guess that's true. I guess that's right. Yeah. Speaker 0: The fact you're covered in blood sort of, undermines your claims Speaker 1: that you didn't stab the guy to death to continue our murder analogy. US rights to know obtained an early draft Speaker 0: of diffuse comments from PD and BRS. Emails show these commenters to be Peter Daszak and Ralph s Barrack, who you'll know if you're a regular viewer of InfoWars. Leads EcoHealth Health Alliance, an organization that discovers novel viruses. Barrick helms the University of North Carolina lab with Speaker 1: a focus on coronaviruses Chapel Hill, if Speaker 0: I'm not mistaken. Both Dazik and Barrick have worked with the Wuhan Institute of of Virology on gain of function research making coronaviruses more deadly or infectious. The formal diffuse grant proposal states that Barrick in cap in Chapel Hill, North Carolina will engineer the coronavirus spike proteins to test their ability to infect human cells. But in a comment on early draft of the proposal, Daszak clarifies that the Wuhan Institute of Virology will in fact do much of this work. But that this but that this is excluded from the formal proposal to make DARPA comfortable to make DARPA comfortable. The comment is addressed to Barrick and Wuhan Institute of Virology senior scientist Jingli Xi. This is smoking gun, folks. This is a absolute smoking gun. Speaker 1: They lied to DARPA in order Speaker 0: to get funding by saying they were doing work here that was actually being done in Wuhan. They didn't want it done in Wuhan because of national security concerns and because of lax security measures at the Wuhan Institute. They recognize this. They knew this. And so they lied in their application claiming that it was being done in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. This is the smoking gun, literally. Like, if this was a murder case, this would be the fingerprints on the gun, the text message between the suspects saying, I just I told the cops I was here so they don't find out that I was actually at the murder scene. Speaker 1: I mean, we've known Speaker 0: that he was involved in the Wuhan Institute. We've known that he was working with the CIA. Peter Daszak, because of a whistleblower. We know that they created the virus in the lab. We know that they covered it up. We've known all of this. But this here, the fact that they went out of their way and Dazic himself makes a note on an early draft of the proposal saying we're going to leave out the fact that's being done at Wuhan because otherwise DARPA would be uncomfortable and wouldn't let them do it. Speaker 1: Absolutely incredible. Absolutely incredible. Speaker 0: In another comment, Dazsick says he sought to, quote, downplay the non US focus of this proposal by DARPA, to DARPA by not highlighting the involvement of the Chinese researchers, Xi and Duke in US medical school professor Linfa Wang. Quote, I'm planning to use my resume and Ralphs, wrote. Linfa Jengali, I realize your resumes are also very impressive, but I'm trying to downplay the non US focus of this proposal so that DARPA doesn't see this as a negative. What do you do to to murder suspects? Speaker 1: When you have incontrovertible Speaker 0: evidence it was them, you take them to trial. Speaker 1: Depends on the race. Speaker 0: You give yeah. Depends on the race. Good news. Peter Dasek's a white guy, so he's gonna get the full force of the justice system, I can only imagine. In a comment on the document, Barrack acknowledged that US researchers would, quote, freak out if they knew the novel coronavirus engineering and testing work was being conducted in a BSL two lab. In the US, these recombinant SARS CoV are studied under BSL 3, not BSL 2, especially important for those who are able to bind and replicate in primary human cells. In China. These might, might be growing these viruses under BSL 2. US researchers will likely freak out. Wow. The lab didn't have enough security. They created the lab the the, furin cleavage sites, clearant furin cleavage sites and spike proteins that made it infectious to humans. They weaponized it. They lied in their application to DARPA to achieve this. This is a smoking gun. This is smoking cannon. This might be the biggest story of the day. Speaker 1: While other networks lie to you about what's happening now, Infowars tells the truth about what's happening next. Winter is coming. Speaker 2: Winter is coming. Speaker 0: Winter is coming. Winter is coming. Speaker 1: Winter is coming. Winter is Coming. Speaker 2: Winter isn't coming. Winter is here. And while the sun isn't helping us produce as much vitamin d, Do yourself a favor and try Infowars Life Winter Sun Plus. Now back in stock and 40% off at info store.com. WinterSum Plus is a powerful vitamin d based formula, bringing you straight vitamin d three free of toxic chemicals, Allergens, preservatives, artificial colors, and GMOs. Our vitamin d three formula supports the body's natural immune system, promotes calcium see him absorption for healthy bones and teeth and help sustain healthy tissue and systems of the body. When the winters come, they come cold. So weather the storm and supplement with Winter Sun plus. 40% off for a limited time at infowarsstore.com.
Saved - December 8, 2023 at 5:21 AM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Threw together a quick compilation of my favorite Alex Jones clips, set to an appropriate soundtrack. This Little Light Of Mine: Alex Jones Edition https://t.co/4xcCiycSgV

Video Transcript AI Summary
Destiny, will, striving, trailblazing, exploring space, mathematics, quantum mechanics, and the secrets of the universe. Life's beauty, intricate details, fighting evil, not selling out, and taking down those who harm others. It's an attack on humanity by a group of psychopaths that must be defeated.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: That's destiny. That's will. That's striving. That's being a trailblazer and blazer and explore, going into space, mathematics, quantum mechanics, the secrets of the universe. It's all there. Life is Fiery with its beauty, this incredible detail. Tuning into it. I'm fighting evil. I love not selling out. I never in any way do anything that is not a 100% to Take these people down. It's an attack on the species by a guild of psychopaths, and they must be defeated. I'm gonna
Saved - September 21, 2023 at 9:23 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

Covid Pitch Meeting

Video Transcript AI Summary
Good news! The ban on gain of function research has been rolled back, allowing for the modification of viruses to be more deadly and transmissible to humans. This is to prepare for potential future outbreaks. However, there has been an outbreak of a respiratory virus in Wuhan, China, near the research lab. The virus is said to have come from a farmer's market, not the lab. The global medical establishment is supposedly prepared for such situations, but they are doing little to contain the spread. The virus affects the elderly and sick more severely. Masks are mandatory, despite evidence suggesting they don't work. Lockdowns have been implemented, shutting down businesses, except for big chain stores. The economy is expected to crash. Plastic barriers and social distancing are imposed, but they are ineffective. Contact tracing is encouraged, raising concerns about privacy. An investigative team is sent to investigate the lab, but it is led by the lab's own director. The speaker questions the logic behind these measures and expresses skepticism about the revolutionary mRNA vaccine being developed with the help of Bill Gates.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Good news. Oh, yeah? Yeah. We've rolled back the ban on gain of function research, really. So now it's legal for us to modify viruses and make them more deadly and transmissible to humans. Why would you want to do that? Well, it's important that we be prepared in case something like that happen in the future. In case somebody modifies a deadly virus to be more infectious and able to transmit to humans. Oh, can you imagine? Yeah. Sounds dangerous. No. No. No. It's fine. We're doing it at a level 4 weapons research lab in Wuhan, China. Very secure. Okay. Good. Terrible news. Oh, no. There's been an outbreak of a mysterious new respiratory virus in Wuhan, China. Wuhan, China, like like where the research lab is? Yeah. Yeah. Exactly. Right where the lab is. So do you think it could have come from the lab? But no. Absolutely not. No. I I see how you could make that mistake, but no. No. No. The virus, the deadly virus with the artificial furin cleavage sites to make it able to infect humans. That came from the farmer's market down the road from the, dangerous bioweapons lab. And you expect us to believe that? I'll ban you from the Internet if you don't. Oh, god. No need to worry. The global medical establishment's always preparing for these types of things. In fact, like, 2 months ago, they held a course called the Abint two zero one where they basically predicted exactly what would happen right down to the type of virus and and where it came from. So so they're, like, totally on top of this. Actually, they're gonna do nothing for months and let it spread all over the world. But it started in China. Right? Like, can we at least halt travel with them? I didn't realize you were a racist. What? I didn't realize you had some deep seething hatred of Asian people. And in fact, I I think it's despicable. Woah. Woah. I'm talking about the virus. Oh, the virus? It's here now. Yeah. I bet. Yeah. I came on a plane from China. There's nothing we could do. Well, what do we know about the virus so far? Not a lot, but we're gonna go ahead and assume that it's the deadliest thing in the world and everybody's scared. We're all scared. You didn't seem very worried about it when it was in China. Well, no. No. I was calling you a racist then. That's what was important, but now we're very scared of the virus. Everybody's scared. You're scared. Well, does it affect certain ages or populations or groups, anything like that? Yeah. Actually, it's way deadlier to the elderly and the sick. Okay. Well, why don't we start by protecting them? And now we're actually gonna send COVID infected patients into nursing homes instead. Entities. Well, okay. Well, what are you doing to stop the spread? UV lights, vitamin c, vitamin d? Where should I wear a mask? We know that masks don't really stop from getting this type of infection. The the science is pretty much settled on this. Masks don't work. Okay. So no masks. Actually, they're mandatory. And also we're shutting down everything. Wait. What? Yeah. It's called lockdown. I'm basically declaring martial law and saying that you can't leave your house or gather in large groups. How do you think you're gonna get people to go along with this? Well, totally for 2 weeks. It's gonna last forever, isn't it? Maybe. And you're shutting everything down? Everything? Every restaurant? Every store? Yep. Absolutely everything. Everything's shut down. We're all in this together. So even, like, Walmart and Target? No. They can stay open. Okay. What about, like, McDonald's or Taco Bell? Obviously, McDonald's and Taco Bell can stay open. Okay. So the big chain stores can stay open, but if a small business tries to stay open, we will send a tank and point a rifle in their face and maybe send them to jail, but it's only for 2 weeks or years or whatever. I mean, won't that crash the economy? Oh, yeah. 100%. For sure. Okay. But this stops the virus. It does not. No. Oh, okay. Other than masks that don't work and lockdowns that don't work, is there anything else you suggest that we do? Oh, I'm not suggesting anything. I'm I'm imposing plastic barriers and social distancing as well. Okay. So those work. No. Of course not. It's ridiculous. Just think about it. But we do encourage contact tracing, where you download our app to your phone and then use it to log everywhere you go and everything you do and everyone you interact with. Sounds like a precursor to vaccine passport. No way. That's Crazy. Hey. By the way, we sent a, investigative team to figure out the origins of the virus. Oh, so you're investigating the lab? No. Okay. K. Well, who are you sending to investigate? The guy who runs the lab. Yeah. This sounds suspicious. It's not. I mean, the whole thing sounds Gotcha. Nothing you're saying really makes any sense, and it seems like the same people imposing the masks and lockdowns are the same people that are benefiting from it, and it seems like it's gonna have way worse long term effects than the virus So, I mean, all of this seems arbitrary and expensive. Well, it's only until we get the vaccine, and and actually, it's gonna be a wonderful revolutionary new mRNA vaccine. So, you know, thank god we have Bill Gates helping us with this. Bill Gates, isn't he the one who thinks the most pressing issue the earth faces is overpopulation and that the best way to reduce population and is through vaccines. Didn't he give a TED talk to that effect? No. Shut up. He loves you.
Saved - September 12, 2023 at 4:16 PM

@HarrisonHSmith - Harrison H. Smith ✞

This is incredible. Even more so when you realize that the programs that had just started at this point are in full operation now. If you only have a few minutes, jump to 14:30

@thewhiteflight - Nathaniel Westermann ✠

Waco: An ADL-Caused Holocaust (A Film by Executive Intelligence Review) This documentary, released May 6, 1993 by Webster Tarpley (co-editor of Executive Intelligence Review), makes a convincing case that the siege of Waco (and the attendant massacre of the religious community…

Video Transcript AI Summary
This press conference discusses the causes and background of the tragic events in Waco, Texas involving the Branch Davidian compound. The speakers focus on the role of the Anti Defamation League (ADL) and the Cult Awareness Network (CAN) in influencing the events. They highlight the ongoing scandal in San Francisco involving the ADL's theft of government information and its sale to other countries. The speakers also draw parallels between the Waco events and the Bay of Pigs debacle, emphasizing the need to investigate the corruption and infiltration of law enforcement agencies by private criminal networks.
Full Transcript
Speaker 0: Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to this press conference sponsored by the Executive Intelligence Review. My name is Webster Tarpley, and I am a contributing editor Executive Intelligence Review. Today, we want to look into the causes and background of the recent tragic bloodletting in the area of Waco, Texas and the Branch Davidian compound. We're interested in exploring the causes in a way that the mass media and congressional investigations so far have failed to do. We wish to focus our attention in particular on the decisive importance of the networks of the Anti Defamation League of Baniyah Bryth And the Cult Awareness Network. And we will show you that at every decisive turn In the tragic chain of events in Waco, it was these ADL and CAN networks that Provided crucial input leading towards the tragic results. And this stretches from the background of the failed February 28th raid by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms through the, April 19th events. However, as you see from the invitation to our proceedings this morning, we are interested simultaneously In going even deeper, and in this regard, we wanna show you the importance of the ongoing San Francisco scandal As a window on the causes of what happened in Waco, I'm referring here To a very large scandal, which has already been the cause for 2 police raids on the headquarters of the Anti Defamation League in San Francisco. This is the scandal associated with the former San Francisco police intelligence officer Gerard, the FBI liaison there, and the so called art dealer and self spied self styled master spy Roy Bullock. And according to all indications, what went on in San Francisco was the theft of privileged governing government information From federal and state law enforcement databases, which was then according to all indications sold by the ADL to governments such as Israel, South Africa, and in all likelihood, others, in the world. This San Francisco case is perhaps one of the clearest ways to understand the pervasive pattern Of corruption, infiltration, and, indeed, penetration of the federal and state law enforcement agencies by private criminal groupings, organizations, and networks, and we will try to present it to you, in that form. One other point that I would like to make here at the beginning is the comparison of the Waco events to the Bay of Pigs Debaklal back in 1961, which of course took place at almost exactly the same point in the young presidency of, John f Kennedy. The Bay of Pigs invasion was, of course, the brainchild of the networks of the Dulles Brothers, the surviving Dulles brother in particular, Alan Dulles. The project of invading Cuba at that time was sold to president Kennedy, based on a series of lies and exaggerations. And in the wake of the failure of the Bay of Pigs, action On the part of the United States, president Kennedy was obliged to proceed to a sweeping purge Of the Central Intelligence Agency, the Pentagon, and other parts of the United States, federal government. And it is certain in historical retrospect that the fight to purge those responsible for the Bay of Pigs was a An absolutely indispensable phase in the struggle of John f Kennedy to be president of the United States. Since we all know that that is not simply a matter of getting elected and moving into the quarters in the White House, it does require a struggle with entrenched and corrupt, Networks, hold over sometimes from previous, administrations. Now we're fortunate, in our investigations to be joined by, 2 of, the leading correspondents of executive intelligence review. We have, first of all, with us, Jeff Steinberg, who is the counterintelligence editor Of the Executive Intelligence Review, one I think of the leading experts on the Anti Defamation League anywhere in the world. He is The co author of a very powerful and very popular book entitled The Ugly Truth About the Anti Defamation League. He will give us, first of all, a series of insights about the San Francisco side of the story. And we will then proceed using San Francisco again as a window on Waco. We will then hear from our 2nd speaker, Harley Schlanger. Harley Schlanger is the Houston Bureau Chief of Executive Intelligence Review. He covers the entire Southwest but, has also in the past been a chronicler of, financial scandals, the savings and loan, Affairs, in all parts of the United States and indeed internationally. So let me introduce our 1st speaker, Jeff Steinberg, Counterintelligence editor of EIR. Speaker 1: Thank you, Webster. On January 8th, some of you may recall that EIR had a press conference in Washington, DC At the National Press Club to announce the release of the book, The Ugly Truth About the ADL. And one of the, points that was made in that book was the ADL's efforts at infiltrating and subverting Local law enforcement throughout the United States. We talked about lavish recruitment junkets to Israel For selective police chiefs and sheriffs, across the United States, intelligence sharing, ADL, Private funding of informant operations of local police strapped by, budget crises. At the time that we called for an investigation into those kinds of practices by the ADL, We were unaware of the fact that already such an investigation was ongoing in San Francisco. It had been initiated in 1990 by the Federal Bureau of Investigations. And in the late fall of 1992, It was principally turned over to the San Francisco police department and San Francisco district attorney's office. In fact, 7 days after the press conference here in Washington on January 15th, the San Francisco scandal broke publicly With revelations first in the San Francisco Chronicle and then much more detailed reporting in the San Francisco examiner beginning the next day that there had indeed been raids on the San Francisco and Los Angeles offices of the ADL on December 10, 1992, as well as raids on the home of Roy Bullock, a 40 year full time employee of the ADL, and Tom Girard, A San Francisco police officer who had been working as a, in effect, paid operative of the ADL. So since those initial revelations were made in the local press out there, I have made 2 trips out to the West Coast. I've spoken with investigators. I've spoken with reporters. I've met with representatives of some of the community groups that were victims and targets of the ADL spying. Our own San Francisco and Los Angeles EIR bureaus, discovered that They had been targets of ADL spying, and in fact, several of our people out in California are now Participants in a class action suit that was filed last month by a former United States congressman, Paul McCloskey, claiming a wide range of damages, as the result of spying by the ADL. Now Much of what I've said so far may very well come as a surprise to many of you here because with the exception of just a few Scant newspaper articles and one, ABC World News Tonight broadcast. The major newspapers in the Washington DC area have thoroughly shunned this scandal despite the fact that as you'll Discover in the next few minutes, this is perhaps one of the most significant espionage and criminal conspiracy cases to emerge in recent years here in the United States. The Washington Times ran 2 abbreviated, Scripps Howard wires off of San Francisco Examiner stories. The Washington Post ran One very brief article, which was highly favorable to the ADL's efforts to damage control and limit the expose of this story. So if you rely on the local media here in Washington, you know virtually nothing about what is actually going on. The first thing I think that is essential to understand about this scandal is that it is not a local West Coast or San Francisco scandal. The investigations so far that have Been conducted by the San Francisco police and the district attorney's office have turned up evidence of major involvement of ADL figures In Washington, DC and in New York City at their main headquarters. In fact, on April 8th this year, The San Francisco police conducted a 2nd court authorized raid on the ADL's offices in both San Francisco and Los Angeles and carted off additional documents, including internal ADL memorandum, including financial records. And what's been stated so far publicly, on terms of the fruits of that April 8th rate, it's rather limited. But what is stated publicly is the fact that evidence is now in the possession of the DA's office showing that All of the spying activity conducted out on the West Coast was micromanaged by the head of the ADL's Nationwide fact finding department headquartered in New York City, a man named Erwin Sewell, who has been in that position with the ADL Since the late 19 sixties, there are both financial trails as well as paper trails now in the possession of the San Francisco authorities, Showing that most of the illegal activities carried out by Roy Bullock and others on the West Coast was done under the specific orders of Sewell And that Sewell received detailed reports on a timely basis on the results of all of the illegal spying activities. Here in Washington, DC, the head of the fact finding department of the ADL is a woman named Mira Lansky Boland. In May of 1991, she organized an all expenses paid junket to Israel For 11 police officers from various police departments across the United States. Among the participants in that junket We're Tom Girard, the San Francisco police officer who's now one of the primary targets of the local investigation on the West Coast. Other police officers from the West Coast were along on this. A local sheriff in Loudoun County, Virginia Named Donald Moore, who was very familiar to us because he was recently indicted and prosecuted in a famous kidnapping case Involving the Cult Awareness Network, the ADL, and an effort to kidnap 2 associates of EIR and Lyndon LaRouche, Louis Dupont Smith and his wife, Andrea Diano Smith. Miralanski Boland was, in effect, One of the leading anti defamation league unindicted coconspirators in the Jonathan j Pollard Espionage case back in 1985. And this is one of the things that I'll be happy to go over in detail a bit later in my discussion and could even go into more detail on during the question and answer period if people are interested. But let me just go back to what has already come out in the public record as the result of the San Francisco investigation And other court actions that have involved the ADL over the years. These 4 loose leaf volumes that are standing up here next to me at the podium represent documents That have emerged in the public record as the result of the San Francisco investigation since just January of this year. These 2 volumes are 700 pages of Material released on April 8th by the San Francisco Police Department. These are the affidavit that was submitted by inspector Roth from the San Francisco Police Department and accompanying documents In order to obtain the search warrant for the April 8th rate, these include interrogations of Roy Bullock and another former ADL official from Los Angeles named David Gervits. What they reveal is, number 1, that the ADL was regularly receiving Classified government documents from the San Francisco Police Department, from the FBI Nationwide computer criminal database from the California State Department of Motor Vehicles and other agencies. This material was being systematically taken from the police computers not because the individuals who were targeted were involved in any criminal activity or were targets of any criminal investigation, but simply because they were on the political target list of the ADL. In at least one case, we know that this illegally obtained data was passed on to the Israeli government, And an American citizen from Chicago, Illinois was illegally detained in Israel by the Israeli government on charges of financing terrorism. That material was generated by the ADL and in part based on illegally obtaining, police and other government files. We know that a number of people whose files were illegally gotten from the police records and other government files For the ADL, through these local police officials, were activists in the anti apartheid movement. The ADL operative Roy Bullock And the former San Francisco police officer Tom Girard received at least $16,000 in cash payments from agents of the government of South Africa to provide these surveillance files on anti apartheid activists. In fact, one of the documents that's Contained in these bound volumes that was released by the police department in San Francisco is a list of 950 US domestic political organizations that were all being spied on by the ADL. Those files were being shared with the Israeli government. They were being shared with the South African government as the result of a Agreement authorized by FBI director at the time William Webster in February of 1985. The FBI Was regularly receiving information gathered by the ADL in apparent violation of many guidelines on FBI, spying activity that were set as the result of the COINTELPRO and other illegal government spying scandals of the 19 seventies. So in effect, the ADL was operating as a subterranean illegal branch of the US government, was funneling material to the Israeli government on a regular basis, was spying on American citizens for the government of South Africa, and was even spying on many organizations within the Jewish community itself that were operating On behalf of policies that the ADL was opposed to, most specifically, groups that were supportive of an idea of some sort of a land for peace Settlement of the Arab Israeli conflict. The mayor of Portland, Oregon, a woman who was born on a kibbutz in Israel, named Vera Katz was a target of spying by the ADL. The Simon Wiesenthal Center in Los Angeles, which the ADL considered to be a rival group, was spied upon. 1 of the members of the Simon Wiesenthal Center in Los Angeles Was exposed to the white Aryan resistance movement, a group in California that the ADL and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms Had jointly infiltrated a convective felon into, and there were efforts made to instigate a violent attack, potentially a murder against the Wiesenthal Center operative by 2 officials of the ADL, Roy Bullock and David Gervitz. So you have A wide range of crimes, foreign espionage, illegal spying on American citizens, illegal possession of confidential government material, solicitation of murder being carried out by the ADL on the West Coast, All under the micromanaging eye of Erwin Sewell at the ADL's headquarters in New York City and with active Nationwide troubleshooter involvement by Mirolansky Boland of the ADL offices right here in Washington, DC. This is a scandal of dramatic proportions. One question that comes as the result of just simply reviewing Uncontested information in the public record, police files, including interrogations of some of the ADL officials themselves. We've got a situation here where the ADL was illegally spying and perhaps working in league With the FBI, with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms soliciting criminal frame up investigations against US citizens who were guilty of nothing more than having policy disagreements with the ADL on a variety of issues. Yet the Washington DC major media has blacked out this story. There has been No sign whatsoever yet of any interest on the part of any office in the United States Congress of taking action on this. We hope that this will be corrected as the result of this press conference and other kinds of meetings and lobbying activities that we're gonna be doing on this issue. I wanna focus for a moment on the case of Mirolansky Boland here in Washington, DC because I think it is exemplary of the kind of activity That the ADL engages in on a systematic basis. Mirolansky Boland has been the fact finder, which is a euphemism for dirty tricks operator for the Anti Defamation League here in the nation's capital since Approximately November of 1982. We know a little bit about her career background and anticipating the question. I'll Tell you right now that we're not sure whether she's a blood relative of Meyer Lansky. We're trying to find that out. It wouldn't be surprising, but we're just not sure. Certainly an admirer. Yes. Mirolanski Bolen was a, participant in a graduate program in national security studies at the Fletcher School of Diplomacy in Boston. She received a master's degree from there in 1978. The director of that program at the time is a Israeli citizen named doctor Yuri Ranan. In the mid 19 sixties, Ranan was an employee of the Israeli government, an intelligence operative for the Israeli government working under the cover of a public affairs officer, first at the Israeli Embassy in Washington, later at the United Nations mission in New York. And one of the projects that Renan was responsible for in the early 19 sixties for the Israeli government was the setting up of a Mossad spy ring At the headquarters of the B'nai Briff using anti anti defamation league personnel as the front people for that espionage operation. This was exposed when one of the actual B'nai B'rith Officials objected to the idea of the group being used as a spy front for the Israeli government. He was fired. He went to court. There was a lengthy civil suit in which many, many documents were forced into the public court record Identifying Renan's role as the Mossad case officer for the spy operation into the ADL. It was, in fact, Immediately after that suit that Renan left the Israeli government service, maintained a relatively low profile for a period of Years and then surfaced as the director of this national security studies program up in Boston. That program Would, as a matter, of course, place all of its graduate students into national security jobs with the US government. In 1978, upon her graduation from that program, Mirolansky Bolen was placed by Yuri Renan into a job with the CIA, where she worked for 2 years before transferring to the Department of Defense office of net assessments. And after 2 years there, She went to work full time for the ADL. Her classmate in that program at the Fletcher School of Diplomacy was Jonathan j Pollard, Who through the same professor Renan was placed into a job with naval intelligence in Suitland, Maryland. We know that throughout the 19 eighties, right up to the time Of Pollard's arrest for espionage that Lansky, Boland, and Pollard maintained contact Through a group called the 3rd generation, which was a network of congressional staffers, government, intelligence officers with the State Department, the CIA, and the Pentagon, who all would meet over at the Heritage Foundation offices on a monthly basis and Exchange information and swap, intelligence stories and things like that. There's evidence that there was a direct kind of operating relationship between Pollard and Merlanski Bolen during that period and that the ADL played a rather central role In the overall Pollard spy operation, we would hope that this would become one of the issues picked up by the local media, by congressional committees, and hopefully even by government investigators as part of this overall look into the ADL's activities. So all of these kinds of things are not matters of speculation. This is not guesswork. This is the concrete fruits of ongoing investigations that either found their way into civil litigations in court or in the case of the spying on 950 organizations and well over 12,000 American citizens. We have the investigative findings of the San Francisco police department to show the exact hard evidence of this kind of criminality. Despite all of this, the ADL still to this day enjoys tax exempt status from the Internal Revenue Service. They are officially classified by the US government as a tax exempt charity despite the fact that the activities that they're engaged in as documented in these binders here are anything but In these binders here are anything but charitable. So one of the things that we would very much like to see taken up As part of the congressional review and executive branch review of this scandal would be the ADL's tax exempt status, which is clearly Completely inappropriate and would indicate a degree of collusion between federal agencies, regulatory agencies like the IRS, like the Federal Election Commission, and the leading figures within the ADL. We'd like to see that ended once and for all. Now I mentioned at the, early Stages of my remarks here this morning that Mirolansky Boland of the field office of Washington, DC of the ADL, sponsored and personally led a junket of local police officers to Israel In May of 1991, and that among the people involved in that junket were Tom Girard, the San Francisco police officer who has now the country and is in hiding in the Philippines and is threatening to reveal all sorts of US government secrets about his activities for The Central Intelligence Agency in the early eighties when he had a 2 year leave of absence from the San Francisco Police Department. Another person who was along on that junket was a sergeant in the sheriff's department in San Diego County named Tim Carroll. Carol was interviewed by the San Francisco police department and confirmed that the officers selected for that junket to Israel In May of 1991, we're being paid for, quote, services already rendered to the ADL and that the purpose of the junket was to put them in contact with senior officials of the Israeli National Police Force, The Israeli Mossad, the Israeli Defense Force intelligence sections in order to establish what he described as Deeper emotional and sentimental ties to the efforts of Israel. In other words, it was a follow on recruitment junket as well as a payment And insurance of continued collaboration in the ADL's illegal activities. Well, one of the people involved also in that junket From Loudoun County, Virginia, deputy sheriff Don Moore, as I indicated, shows up more recently As an active member of the Cult Awareness Network, which is an organization that maintains extremely close working relations With the Anti Defamation League. In fact, I think it's fair to say that the Cult Awareness Network functions in effect as an operational arm of the ADL carrying out a range of activities that the ADL would not in any way, shape, or form wish to be caught engaged in. The most specific one being kidnapping for hire, which was the issue in the DuPont Smith case recently. So with that sort of notation Of the relationship between the ADL and the Cult Awareness Network and the fact that that is a ongoing Washington DC area, activity. I'd like to, at this point, Finish my remarks. After Harley Schlanger goes into this Cult Awareness Network role in the Waco Massacre. Both of us will be available for questions on any of the matters that I've raised here. People are also welcome at the end of the At the end of the press conference to come up here and look through some of these documents. And, if any reporters are interested in getting copies of that material, we can make arrangements Speaker 2: Let me begin by summarizing what we're really looking at if you think through What Jeff was just reporting and what we've discovered from our preliminary investigations of the Cult Awareness Network In its relationship to the tragedy that took place in Waco, Texas. What we're looking at is a pattern of corruption, Corruption of federal law enforcement agencies and in the case of the ADL, the files coming out from San Francisco Of state and local agencies that stretches back over decades with the recent publication of Anthony Summers book And material that's been on file and available for some time. We know that this goes back a number of years to include organized crime involvement In blackmail of the Federal Bureau of Investigation. If we look at the patterns that are coming out of San Francisco, We see in the case of Bullock that this stretches back anywhere from 25 to 40 years depending on the, the specific case you're looking at. And now we're finding something that I think is the probably the most insidious of all, which is a private organization, the Cult Awareness Network, Which is moving to impose its agenda on federal law enforcement agencies and doing it in public in the open As in the case of the the shameless representative from New Jersey, William Hughes, who is badgering both attorney general Reno And FBI director sessions demanding that they bring the Cult Awareness Network in as the experts on cults With the idea being as the Cult Awareness Network says that we're going to have many, many Waco's in the future, and the existing agencies are not prepared for that. So what we're really looking at is an attempt to impose the agenda of these private agencies. The Anti Defamation League the Cult Awareness Network is the most prominent on official federal law enforcement agencies. And this is what The people of this country should be concerned with, and this is what should be the subject of the investigations that are going on Instead of the dog and pony show that we saw last week with the the House Judiciary Committee. I watched some of the The hearings with a veteran Houston police department SWAT officer. And after we turned it off, he turned to me and he said, imagine if something like this had happened In Houston, and it was a Houston SWAT team that was involved in the so called rescue operation. And in the process of the negotiations and then the act of attack, there had been the deaths of all the people who were involved. They've been held hostage or were in the The siege said, do you know what would have happened to us? He said there would have been immediate suspensions pending investigation, And the investigation would look at who handled the negotiations, who trained the police, who developed the psychological profile that was used, And how could this have been handled differently? That's not what we're seeing so far in Waco. Some of these questions are coming Forward. And some people are bringing them up. But in general, what we're seeing instead is the attempt to use the act, Which was which we all prove was a criminal act on behalf of the law enforcement agencies that they're using that To justify the intensification of the procedures that were used that resulted in the deaths of more than 80 people, Including 4 federal officers for the purpose of executing a search warrant. It Reminds me of something that I remember from years ago hearing a military official of the United States talking about A city in Vietnam, and he said we had to destroy the city to save it. Here we had a case where we want to protect children according To the official agencies protect children from harm. And in the process, we bash down their their house, pumped in gas, and and ended up with an action in which they were all killed. If, the result was to or if the goal of this operation was to protect children from abuse, and that's a question which has not yet been satisfactorily answered whether there was abuse or not. That if that was the goal, Then I guess in a certain sense, it's it's succeeded because those children will not be abused again. But it's because of the deaths of those children that we have the to get to the bottom of this. Who's responsible for this and how did it happen? And that's what the investigation has to focus on because these people do deserve a day in court. Now an investigation has to begin by separating This operation into 2 phases. And I'll just indicate to you some of the areas of investigation, some of the leads that should be pursued In the, attempt to get to the bottom of this. The first is phase 1, the what led up to the February 28th raid by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms. And then secondly, phase 2 is the FBI operation, which began the next day After the initial fiasco on February 28th in which 4 federal agents were killed possibly by their own fire. The 2nd phase began March 1st and was brought to a fiery end on April 19th. One of the most important things to look at is this question of who were the sources and the so called experts. When Janet Reno held her 1st press conference, She said over and over and over, I consulted the experts. I consulted the best experts we could find. So the question has to be asked, who were these experts? I think we can say fairly conclusively that in the case of the alcohol, tobacco, and arms raid, the experts so called were leading activists and officials of the Cult Awareness Network. In the case of phase 2 with the FBI, the experts who should be investigated include The people based in Quantico, Virginia, in the so called behavioral sciences unit of the FBI and the related hostage response team, The people who were on the scene and conducted the operation. And the third part of this is in the case of attorney general Reno, Who were the people briefing her? That is who compiled the information and convinced her on the night of Saturday, April 17th, That the only way to end the hostage the the the siege in Waco, the only way to end it would be to batter down the walls and pump in a kind of tear gas, which is banned for use in warfare by a Geneva code. Now in the case of the ATF, the question that we have to look at is how does a private agency like the Cult Awareness Network Get the power to direct federal law enforcement investigations. Now the first thing you have to look at is what is the Cult This network. And how does it operate? We have the documentation in the book, Travesty, Of the way in which the Cult Awareness Network was working through the operatives Donnie Moore, who Jeff covered in his presentation, Donnie Moore from the deputy sheriff from Loudoun County, Virginia. How he worked together with a professional So called deprogrammer named Galen Kelly to plan out the kidnapping of Louis DuPont Smith. Now the Cult Awareness Network today will tell you that they do not engage in kidnapping, That this is something that some people, some nasty people like Ted Patrick used to do, but the Cult Awareness Network is above this. But the FBI transcripts, That is the transcripts that were got from a wire on one of the collaborators or one of the people brought in by Donnie Moore on the Lewis Pond Smith case proves that they are still doing kidnapping. And in fact, Galen Kelly, several days after he was acquitted In the DuPont Smith case was indicted again on another kidnapping. And last week on a horrendous CBS special street stories edition, Galen Kelly said on camera he would kidnap again, so he's called it kidnapping. I don't know why this this, court In Alexandria, couldn't find that there was kidnapping involved. What the Cult Awareness Network has done is that it's set up itself as the experts On cults. And this goes back to some of the key people involved in the Cult Awareness Network who not so coincidentally Turn up in the CIA mind control programs in the 19 fifties sixties, code named Operation MK Ultra. These were exposed during the as part of the church committee hearings in the late 19 seventies, and several books and articles have been written about them. These were the programs We're so called psychiatrists. We're doing investigations on mind control techniques starting from the the Chinese model, The idea of the Manchurian Candidate, but we're also using psychedelic drugs and a number of other kinds of techniques, including sensory deprivation and so on To come to an understanding supposedly of how the mind works, but in fact, they were creating cults. For example, Louis Jollian West, Who was just quoted the other day in the Boston Globe saying that law enforcement officials are too liberal in enforcing and allowing freedom of speech, That we have to give up freedom of speech if we're to protect ourselves from cults. The same doctor West in the 19 fifties sixties Was drugging students on campuses, students who were unknowingly being drugged to do tests of, of their reaction to psychedelic drugs. West worked with someone named doctor Margaret Singer who joins him today on the board of the American Family Foundation, Which is a a organization directly working and related to CAN, the Cult Awareness Network. Margaret Singer is supposedly an expert On brainwashing. The 2 of them were involved in the 19 sixties in programs on Haight Ashbury Street In San Francisco, which is where the beginning of the so called counterculture occurred. Now these same people Who are experienced in brainwashing from that that, work that they did are the ones today who supposedly are the experts on cults. And they're asking that the justice department give them an official franchise to determine what group is a cult and what group therefore should be targeted. And this is the group that representative Hughes at least twice Both with attorney general Reno and with FBI director Sessions in the public hearing demanded that the the FBI and justice department bring in for consultation. Now as this refers to Waco, if you look at the pattern around the Initial raid. What you find is that the ATF was operating on the basis of a profile provided to them by the Cult Awareness Network. There were 3 inputs for this. The first, and this is this is, from material that's available in the public, And an investigation should find out what else was done. What were the specific contacts between CAN and ATF officials? But the first were a series of letters sent from former members of the Branch Davidians in Michigan, most likely around the the Jewel family there. And what they said in the letters they sent out is that they charged Koresh with, quote, child abuse and neglect, tax evasion, slavery, and Ports of past, possible mass destruction, unquote. This report was sent out to all government agencies and law enforcement officials Even including in Waco, in McLennan County, and in the state of Texas, there were attempts by To get an investigation going locally and the local officials who have on several occasions sent people To the compound to investigate charges of child abuse and who concluded each time that there was no evidence to support that said that there was no reason to go in for them to be involved. And so then the target became the federal agencies. There was a memo released recently by the Dallas Morning News, A memo from the FBI on February 23, 1993, 5 days before the raid against the Branch Davidian compound In which the FBI responding to the letters from Michigan with those accusations said that to date, No information has been developed to verify the allegations. Now that was one of the inputs. The 2nd input is from a man named Rick Ross. Rick Ross is a can deprogrammer with no background in psychology or psychology, psychiatry. Fact, his background is that he was a jewel thief. He was convicted in 1975 in Arizona As being someone involved in a $50,000 jewel heist, Rick Ross is a kidnapper. There are warrants out for him in Washington state. There are other people investigating him in California and elsewhere. Rick Ross was involved in deprogramming at least one former member of the branch Davidians, and he had a contract for a deprogramming of a second one. Rick Ross admitted That he was consulting with the ATF. That was immediately after the 1st raid. Within 2 days, he was denying that he had been consulting with them, and instead he received a contract to be a consultant for Channel 4 Television in Dallas, Texas, where he became the local expert. Rick Ross has been on national television, local television day after day after day as the so called expert on the branch Davidians. And that was the 2nd input from Canada to the ATF. And the 3rd and perhaps the most curious comes from Australia, from a private investigator named Jeffrey Hasek. Now Hasek caused the US State Department office in Melbourne, Australia. A woman named Sandra Stevens, who's a consulate official there, to send a letter to the state department, which was forwarded to ATF. And what the letter said is quote, Howell, that is David Koresh, was heading in one of the following directions. A final Jonestown massacre, an armed confrontation with authorities, or some bizarre behavior such as an attempted assassination of a public figure, Speaker 1: and Speaker 2: With ATF to, push ATF to launch this investigation and and attack. Well, Hasik is not just a private eye. He works very closely with the law firm in Australia of Arnold Bloch Liebler. And the Leibler family in Australia is a family which has been exposed in the press there As a Mossad operation that is Israeli intelligence, and that they work with the Jewish center in Melbourne, which is an affiliate of the Cult Awareness Network And an affiliate of the Anti Defamation League, the same network that that Jeff was describing. And so from that, It's not just 1 private eye who's who's meeting with several former former members, but it's an official of this operation Who was reporting to the State Department, which then asked that the ATF do something. When the ATF botched the 1st raid And the technical side is is not of interest right now. We can take that up if if people have some questions. In fact, there's much that we don't know yet About what happened on the technical side of this whole thing. But when they were asked why launch a raid? Why send more than a 100 people well armed with helicopters against this compound when it may very well have been that there was a tip-off beforehand? ATF spokesman Jack Coloren said that the agency concluded that, quote, Koresh would either launch an attack on Waco residents or instigate a mass suicide, unquote. Virtually the same words used by Hasek in the letter That was forwarded by the state department to the ATF. Now that represents fairly conclusive In in, leads on the role of the Cult Awareness Network in setting up the the ATF in the 1st place, And it's there that the the investigation has to proceed. Now one additional note on the can side of this, the Cult Awareness Network side. Since the conclusion of the standoff, the siege situation on April 19th, Cult Awareness Network leader Cynthia Kisser has appeared on national television, local television, radio shows within op Beds and major papers saying that had can been included in the full standoff As a full partner in shaping the intelligence and the the operations, then this would not have happened. She continued to say there are more than 15 100, maybe as many as 25 100 additional Koresh style cults, many of which are dangerous. And she has said repeatedly that we must now realize that we cannot allow freedom of speech and freedom of religion and freedom of association For these groups, this was presented by Hughes, representative Hughes, before the committee and even, Floyd Clark Mark from the FBI said that we cannot set up the kind of, spying, the kind of intelligence gathering on people who have committed no crimes. But the Cult Awareness Network is trying to force their view of cults And a cult for them, it it it actually is very similar to the idea of a thought crime, very similar to the idea that the Anti Defamation League is trying Forced through state legislatures on the idea of hate crime legislation to give to judges, to give to law enforcement officials, The responsibility to try to determine the thoughts of a person and from basing that on the thoughts of a person Preemptively attacking them based on this kind of profile. And that's something that goes directly against the constitution of the United States. Now in phase 2, in looking at the FBI operation, what we have to look at is the role of Quantico Virginia, Which is where the the FBI has its be say behavioral science unit and the hostage response team. Now it's worth noting That the hostage response team that was deployed against the compound in Waco was also involved In the more than 400 man operation deployed against Lyndon LaRouche in October 1986, That again, you have a parallel. You have the Cult Awareness Network and the ADL that we're stirring up agencies, planting stories, planting slanders and rumors To build up for a siege which was intended to have the same kind of bloody ending in Leesburg, Virginia That occurred in Waco, Texas, that this hostage response team operates from the same or a similar psychological profile mapping As the Cult Awareness Network does, there are 2 people in particular who should be investigated in this. One of whom is doctor Park Dietz, who is supposedly the top psychological expert working for the FBI. And it is Dietz who has been involved in, building the hostage response team. Dietz was on the scene in Waco. Deetz was involved in in putting out the the line according to judge sessions that the children were being abused and the children are in danger. A second person who should be investigated is a doctor Murray Myron, who is a pioneer in something called psycholinguistics. He's a professor at Syracuse University and has been on the payroll on a retainer for the FBI for the last 15 years. Myron from Syracuse, New York was telling the FBI that there was no need to negotiate any further with Koresh, That the negotiations would not work, that a confrontation was inevitable. Why wait? Myron told an executive intelligence review interviewer But he said of that he approved that he was one of the people who approved the April 19th action. And he said of all the options, This was the most benign. So you have to consider at least that the guy's judgment is off. But that's what he said, the so called Expert for the FBI. He said the the rule of law must be enforced. Society must show its willingness to use force To enforce the rule of law. Clearly, the issue here was not the rule of law in Waco, Texas, but establishing the precedent Of brutal repression of groups that are targeted and singled out as cults. And that was What was done when the FBI launched that raid? And there must be investigations into the role of Deetz and Myron and the whole crew of psychological shock troops employed at Quantico, Virginia. Now finally, I think it's important to to look at the The evidence that that is coming from or the the statements coming from the lawyers in the case. Because In a matter of fact, outside of the FBI, the only people in contact with individuals inside the compound During the last 3 weeks of the siege were the lawyers. Dick DeGaren, a very prominent defense attorney in Houston, Jack Zimmerman, And now there's Mike DeGeherin and several others who were involved. Dick DeGeherin said repeatedly that Koresh does wanna come out because he wants his day in court. And the Houston Chronicle ran an article 2 weeks before the the final attack, which was an Interview with several attorneys, including a former prosecutor and a defense attorney in Houston, all of whom said that the government will have a very difficult case Proving its case in court. That is at the ATF from what they had in the warrant, which some police officials have said does not constitute probable cause For that kind of action, that they would have a very difficult time proving their case. Well, the negotiating tactics so called that were used, Including the blinding lights and the loud music, the hard cop, soft cop tactics, which are typical in this kind of action. And then the final tank and gas assault meant that the FBI will never have to answer some of these questions. In fact, there's talk of bringing the Cult Awareness Network in to deprogram the former members who survived. And in fact, one of the Cult Awareness Network members said that there's still program. They can't go to court and testify because they still think there was no suicide pact, That there was nothing wrong with what they did, so they can't tell the truth until they've gone through deprogramming. That is absolute interference With the right to a fair trial. On the case, the final case of attorney general Reno, there's 1 person in particular I think must be investigated, Aided who was the liaison between the Quantico Group and herself, and that is a deputy attorney general named Mark Richard. Reno told the committee that it was Richard and Sessions, but mostly Richard who briefed her during the siege. That it was Mark Richard who went down to Waco To get a hands on look and also decide who the prosecutor should be in the case. And Mark Richard was one of the small coterie of people Who were at the final meeting on April 17th to decide the final tactics. Mark Richard is distinguished by his connection Long term to the same Mossad ADL networks as the police operative in in San Francisco And as the Cult Awareness Network, he was one of the founders of something called the Office of Special Investigations, which has engaged in the The prosecution of alleged former Nazis, and it was Richard's office as has come out repeatedly now in cases, for example, the Demyanuk case, Who passed on and knowingly passed on forge KGB and Israeli documents to help convict, American citizens. The same Mark Richard was in the office with attorney general Reno when the final decision was made. And because of his connections again, you see the same thread, the same pattern, and this must be brought up for investigation. As to people like representative Hughes, who say that we need a special intelligence unit on cults, and we should give special leeway to law enforcement In, investigation of cults. This is absolutely irresponsible. He's calling for a violation of the constitution, And, he he needs to be set straight on this. What we saw was a completely unnecessary catastrophe In which 24 or more children were killed to protect them from abuse. In which a house was burned down because there were suspicions That there were illegal weapons being stockpiled there. In a compound where people had lived at peace with the community for many, many years. Where local law enforcement officials said if you wanted to sign out a warrant against Koresh, why didn't you go to the prosecutor's office? We could have called and arranged some kind of peaceable surrender as they did in 1988 after a shootout internal within the, the, Branch Davidians. Speaker 0: Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to this press conference sponsored by the Executive Intelligence Review. My name is Webster Tarpley, and I am a contributing editor of Executive Intelligence Review. Today, we want to look into the Causes and background of the recent tragic bloodletting in the area of Waco, Texas And the Branch Davidian compound. We're interested in exploring the causes in a way that the Mass media and congressional investigations so far have failed to do. We wish to focus our attention in particular And the decisive importance of the networks of the Anti Defamation League of Baniyah Brith and the Cult Awareness Network. And We will show you that at every decisive turn in the tragic chain of events in Waco, It was these ADL and CAN networks that provided crucial input leading towards the tragic Results. And this stretches from the background of the failed February 28th raid by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms through The, April 19th events. However, as you see from the Invitation to our proceedings this morning. We are interested simultaneously in going even deeper of, the leading correspondents of Executive Intelligence Review. We have, first of all, with us, Jeff Steinberg, Who is the counterintelligence editor of the Executive Intelligence Review? One, I think of The leading experts on the, Anti Defamation League anywhere in the world, he is the co author of a very powerful and very popular book Entitled The Ugly Truth About the Anti Defamation League. He will give us, first of all, a series of insights about the San Francisco side of the story. And we will then proceed using San Francisco again as a window on Waco. We will then hear from our 2nd speaker, Harley Schlanger. Harley Schlanger is the Houston Bureau Chief of Executive Intelligence Review. He covers the entire Southwest but, has also in the past been a chronicler of, financial scandals, the savings and loan, editor of EIR. Speaker 1: Thank you, Webster. On January 8th, some of you may recall that EIR had a press conference in Washington, DC at the National Press Club To announce the release of the book, The Ugly Truth About the ADL. And one of the, points that was made in that book Was the ADL's efforts at infiltrating and subverting local law enforcement Throughout the United States, we talked about lavish recruitment junkets to Israel for selective police chiefs and sheriffs, across the United States, intelligence sharing, ADL private funding of informant operations of local Police strapped by, budget crises. This is by the ADL. We were unaware of the fact that already such an investigation was ongoing in San Francisco. It had been initiated in 1990 by the Federal Bureau of Investigations. And in the late fall of 1992, It was principally turned over to the San Francisco police department and San Francisco district attorney's office. In fact, 7 days after the press conference here in Washington on January 15th, The San Francisco scandal broke publicly with revelations first in the San Francisco Chronicle and then Much more detailed reporting in the San Francisco Examiner beginning the next day that there had indeed been raids on the San Francisco and Los Angeles offices of the ADL on December 10, 1992, as well as raids on the home of Roy. Speaker 0: One other point that I would like to make here at the beginning is the comparison of the Waco events to the Bay of Pigs debacle back in 1961, which of course took place at almost exactly the same point in the young presidency of, John f Kennedy. The Bay of Pigs invasion was, of course, the brainchild of the networks of the Dulles Brothers, the surviving Dulles brother in particular, Alan Dulles. The project of invading Cuba at that time was sold to president Kennedy, based on a series of lies and exaggerations. And in the wake of the failure of the Bay of Pigs, action On the part of the United States, president Kennedy was obliged to proceed to a sweeping purge Of the Central Intelligence Agency, the Pentagon, and other parts of the United States, federal government. And it is certain in historical retrospect that the fight to purge those responsible for the Bay of Pigs was a An absolutely indispensable phase in the struggle of John f Kennedy to be president of the United States. Since we all know that that is not simply a matter of getting elected and moving into the quarters in the White House, it does require a struggle with entrenched and corrupt Networks, hold over sometimes from previous, administrations. Now we're fortunate, in our investigations to be joined by, 2. And in this regard, We wanna show you the importance of the ongoing San Francisco scandal as a window On the causes of what happened in Waco, I'm referring here to a very large scandal, Which has already been the cause for 2 police raids on the headquarters of the Anti Defamation League in San Francisco. This is the scandal associated with the former San Francisco police intelligence officer, Gerard, the FBI liaison there and the so called art dealer and self spied self styled master spy Roy Bullock. And according to all indications, what went on in San Francisco was the theft of privileged governing government information From federal and state law enforcement databases, which was then according to all indications sold By the ADL to governments such as Israel, South Africa, and in all likelihood, others, in the world. This San Francisco case is perhaps one of the clearest ways to understand the pervasive pattern Of corruption, infiltration, and, indeed, penetration of the federal and state law enforcement agencies by private criminal groupings, organizations, and networks. And we will try to present it to you, in that form.
View Full Interactive Feed